TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 9, 2020
Registration No. 333-239291
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 1
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
6331
84-4512647
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
150 Lake Street West
Wayzata, MN 55391
(952) 974-2200
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Andrew M. O’Brien
President and Chief Executive Officer
Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
150 Lake Street West
Wayzata, MN 55391
(952) 974-2200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Dwight S. Yoo
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
One Manhattan West
New York, New York 10001
(212) 735-3000
Richard D. Truesdell, Jr.
Shane Tintle
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 450-4000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
 
 
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of each class of securities to be registered
Shares to be
registered(1)
Proposed
maximum offering
price per share(2)
Proposed
maximum aggregate
offering price(2)
Amount of
registration fee(3)
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
12,321,428
$15.00
$184,821,420.00
$23,989.82
(1)
Includes additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3)
Of this amount, $12,980.00 has been previously paid.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to completion, dated July 9, 2020
Preliminary Prospectus
10,714,286 shares

Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of common stock of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. We are offering 7,142,857 shares of our common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional 3,571,429  shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is estimated to be between $13.00 and $15.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (the “Nasdaq”) under the symbol “TIG.”
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus summary — Implications of being an emerging growth company.”
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 18.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission or regulatory authority has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
Per Share
Total
Initial public offering price
$    
$    
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
$
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
$      
$      
(1)
See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.
Certain of the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional 1,607,142 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock through the book-entry facilities of the Depository Trust Company on or about    , 2020.
Joint Book-Running Managers
J.P. Morgan
Evercore ISI
William Blair
Co-Manager
JMP Securities
The date of this prospectus is      , 2020.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of contents
 
Page
1
18
40
41
43
44
45
46
48
51
74
97
103
108
113
115
117
122
124
127
135
135
136
136
F-1
We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our shares of common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
No action is being taken by us, the selling stockholders or the underwriters in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of shares of common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.
Market and industry data
This prospectus includes certain market and industry data that are based on third-party sources, including publicly available information, industry publications and reports from government agencies, including the Workers’ Compensation Insurance Rating Bureau of California, and our own estimates, including underlying assumptions, based on our management’s knowledge of, and experience in, the insurance industry and market segments in which we compete. Third-party industry publications and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources generally believed to be reliable. We have not independently verified any third-party information. Industry and market data could be inaccurate because of the method by which sources obtained their data and because information cannot be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. Our estimates have not been verified by any independent source. Such data and estimates, including those
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

relating to a specified market’s projected growth or future performance, are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk factors.” These and other factors could cause future performance to differ materially from such data and estimates. See “Forward-looking statements.”
Trademarks and service marks
This prospectus contains references to a number of trademarks and service marks which are our registered trademarks or service marks, or trademarks or service marks for which we have pending applications or common law rights. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names are referred to in this prospectus without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we or other owner thereof will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our or such owner’s rights to these trademarks, service marks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, service marks or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, such other companies.
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus summary
This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. References in this prospectus to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” are (i) before the consummation of the reorganization transactions defined below in “Our organizational structure,” to Trean Holdings LLC, BIC Holdings LLC and their subsidiaries and (ii) after such reorganization transactions, to Trean Insurance Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires. References to “Benchmark” are to our subsidiary Benchmark Insurance Company, a Kansas insurance company. References to “ALIC” are to our subsidiary American Liberty Insurance Company, a Utah insurance company.
Our company
We are an established, growing and highly profitable company providing products and services to the specialty insurance market. Historically, we have focused on specialty casualty markets that we believe are underserved and where our expertise allows us to achieve higher rates, such as niche workers’ compensation markets and small- to mid-sized specialty casualty insurance programs. We underwrite specialty casualty insurance products both through programs where we partner with other organizations (“Program Partners”) and also through our own managing general agencies (“Owned MGAs”). We also provide our Program Partners with a variety of services including issuing carrier services, claims administration and reinsurance brokerage, from which we generate recurring fee-based revenues. We believe the business we target is generally subject to less competition and has better pricing, which we believe allows us to generate higher risk-adjusted returns. We believe many of our target markets are experiencing strong secular tailwinds and consequently are growing more quickly than the broader market.
We believe that a number of differentiating factors have contributed to our ability to achieve consistent levels of growth and profitability superior to that of the broader insurance industry. We believe our multi-service value proposition is highly attractive in our target markets, drives deep integration with our Program Partners and allows us to generate greater and more diversified revenue streams. We carefully identify and select our Program Partners, ensure we have closely aligned interests, and look to grow and expand these relationships over time. We believe we have a competitive advantage in claims management for longer-tailed lines, specifically workers’ compensation, where our in-house capabilities and differentiated philosophy enable us to have lower claims costs and to settle claims more quickly than our competitors. Our business strategy is supported by robust controls surrounding program design and underwriting, ongoing monitoring, and reinsurance and collateral management as evidenced by our “A” (Excellent) financial strength rating, with a stable outlook, by A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”), a leading rating agency for the insurance industry. This rating is based on matters of concern to policyholders and is not designed or intended for use by investors in evaluating our securities. Our management team has decades of insurance industry experience across underwriting as well as program administration, reinsurance, claims and distribution.
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our goal is to deliver long-term value to our stockholders by growing our business and generating attractive returns. We have grown gross written premiums from $144.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $411.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 29.8% and have grown our net income from $7.9 million to $31.3 million at a CAGR of 41.1% over the same time period. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our return on equity was 25.5% and our return on tangible equity(1) was 26.1%.

(1)
Return on tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of return on tangible equity to return on equity in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).
(2)
Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income to net income in accordance with GAAP.
(3)
Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending members’ equity during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on equity to return on equity in accordance with GAAP.
Our business
We provide insurance products and services focused on specialty casualty lines to our Program Partners and Owned MGAs. We target a diversified portfolio of small- to mid-sized programs, typically with less than $30 million of premiums, that focus on niche segments of the specialty casualty insurance market and that we believe have strong underwriting track records.
For the three months ended March 31, 2020, 82.9% of our gross written premiums were related to workers’ compensation insurance. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 82.8% of our gross written premiums were related to workers’ compensation insurance. Within the workers’ compensation insurance market, we write business across a variety of industries and hazard classes. We target accounts that we believe offer greater risk-adjusted returns, such as small accounts less subject to competition or accounts with high experience modification factors that our underwriters assess to be attractively priced for the potential risk. Experience modification factors are determined by state insurance regulators based on the insured’s historical loss experience. We do not write accounts that we believe present outsized exposure to catastrophic risk. The average workers’ compensation premium per policy written by us was $19,103 for the year ended December 31, 2019.
In addition to our core expertise in workers’ compensation, we target lines of business that allow us to leverage our capabilities and where we believe we can add incremental risk-adjusted value. For example, our other liability business, which represented 7.5% of our gross written premiums for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 7.3% of our gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019, offers specific products to employers that have similar characteristics as those covered by our workers’ compensation insurance business.
We continuously evaluate potential new Program Partners through referrals from our existing customers and through our reinsurance brokerage operations. We seek to partner with organizations that have a strong track record of underwriting success and have the ability and willingness to retain risk to ensure
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

alignment of interests. In recent years, as a result of our long-term relationships and high degree of integration with our Program Partners, we have also invested in or acquired six of our Program Partners, providing us greater control over and visibility into their business and allowing us to capture additional earnings from these programs.
For the three months ended March 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, 62.5% and 63.6% of our gross written premiums were generated by our Owned MGAs, respectively. Our Owned MGAs premiums include Compstar Insurance Services, LLC, of which we currently own 45% of the common equity of its parent company, Compstar Holding Company LLC (“Compstar”), which will become wholly owned upon completion of the reorganization transactions. We own 100% of all other Owned MGAs.
We are licensed to write business across 49 states and the District of Columbia. We seek to write business in states through select distribution outlets with the potential for attractive underwriting margins, and focus on markets with higher than average premium growth trends. California, Michigan and Arizona are the largest states in which we do business, representing approximately 49%, 9% and 8%, respectively, of our gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019.
For the three months ended March 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, approximately 13.2% and 8.9% of our total revenues, respectively, were from fee-based services, including issuing carrier services, reinsurance brokerage and claims administration. We believe that these services, combined with our underwriting capabilities, are a compelling value proposition for our Program Partners, and provide us with a valuable range of touch-points to deepen our relationships and understanding of our Program Partners’ businesses. We also believe that our model allows us to generate greater revenue from our Program Partners than would a traditional insurance carrier model.
The following graphs illustrate our business mix of $411.4 million in gross written premiums by product, distribution channel and geography for the year ended December 31, 2019.
FY 2019 gross written premiums of $411.4 million by:


(1)
Other includes group accident & health, commercial auto liability, auto physical damage, private passenger auto liability, boiler and machinery, surety, fire and inland marine.
(2)
Pools are state insurance pools.
(3)
Other states include Montana, Tennessee, New Jersey and other U.S. geographical areas.
We evaluate the retention of risk internally as well as externally with Program Partners and professional reinsurers. We typically retain a portion of the risk for all underwritten business and cede a portion back to our Program Partners in order to align interests through direct exposure to underwriting results. We cede the balance, if any, to professional reinsurers in order to optimize our net position relative to our balance sheet. In aggregate for the three months ended March 31, 2020, we retained 24.3% of gross written premiums, and ceded 28.7% of gross written premiums to our Program Partners and 47.0% to professional reinsurers. In aggregate for the year ended December 31, 2019, we retained 20.8% of gross written premiums, and ceded 28.6% of gross written premiums to our Program Partners and 50.6% to professional reinsurers. Through our reinsurance strategy, we earn underwriting profit, reinsurance commission overrides, management fee income, and brokerage commissions.
We typically look to retain less net risk on programs that are new to us and may seek to grow our retention as we gain more experience with the Program Partner. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we retained less than 5% of gross written premiums from the five new Program Partners added since
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2018 and ceded 27.3% to professional third-party reinsurers and 68.1% to Program Partners. Although reinsurance makes the reinsurer liable to us to the extent the risk is transferred or ceded to the reinsurer, it does not discharge us from our obligation to pay claims for losses insured under our insurance policies. See “Risk factors — We are subject to reinsurance counterparty credit risk. Our reinsurers may not pay on losses in a timely fashion, or at all.”
Due to our reinsurance strategy, we retain credit risk exposure to our Program Partners and our professional reinsurers. We carefully manage our credit exposure through stringent collateral requirements, which require at least 100% of reserves for unearned premiums and losses and loss adjustment expenses, including incurred but not reported reserves, for all non-rated or non-admitted reinsurers. The majority of collateral is collected on a funds-withheld basis, and is collected with monthly “true-ups.” Since the inception of our current programs in 2007 until December 31, 2019, we ceded $1.3 billion in premiums with no unpaid reinsurance recoverables.
Since we operate primarily in casualty lines, we have limited exposure to property catastrophe risks. In order to mitigate our exposure to a severe loss under our workers' compensation policies from a catastrophe, we purchase reinsurance catastrophe loss protection covering an estimate of the amount of the 500-year return period probable maximum loss, with varying co-participations through the first $15 million. We reinsure property losses for the 500-year return period probable maximum loss, with a small co-participation through the first $2 million.
Our competitive strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include:
Expertise and focus in underserved specialty casualty insurance markets. We focus on select markets that we believe are underserved and where we can achieve higher rates, including niche workers’ compensation markets and small- to mid-sized specialty casualty insurance programs. We have the specialized expertise and capabilities to succeed in our target markets, and we believe we have few competitors in our target markets due to the specialized knowledge, broad licensing and filing authority requirements, and complex operational systems necessary to profitably manage these traditionally longer-tailed lines of business. We believe that larger companies that do have the required expertise and capabilities in these areas tend not to participate in our target markets due to the need for customized solutions when working with smaller, more entrepreneurial partners.
Multi-service value proposition for our partners. We believe that our focus on the needs of smaller accounts and the breadth of products and services we offer allow us to better serve the needs of our Program Partners, and provide us with greater revenue and profit opportunities. Our multi-service offering enables us to develop deep relationships with our Program Partners and enhances our ability to achieve our target results. We offer our Program Partners reinsurance brokerage, claims administration, underwriting capacity and, in particular, access to our A.M. Best “A” financial strength rating through issuing carrier services. Our ability to leverage our licenses across multiple products in 49 states and the District of Columbia allows us to provide a national multi-service solution for our Program Partners. Additionally, we believe that our Program Partners highly value the ease of doing business with us given our focus on smaller programs.
Long-term, carefully selected and aligned relationships with Program Partners. We carefully select the Program Partners we choose to do business with, and design our programs to align risks between parties. We select programs with the intention of building long-term relationships, where our business philosophies align and our Program Partners can grow alongside us. As of December 31, 2019, excluding the 5 Program Partners added in the prior two years, our relationships with our 17 other Program Partners have an average duration of more than eight years. For the three months ended March 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, our Program Partners and Owned MGAs that have been with us for more than 10 years represented 63% and 62% of our gross written premiums, respectively. Our management team carefully evaluates potential new programs in conjunction with our underwriting and actuarial departments. We accept only programs that meet our stringent underwriting and actuarial
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

requirements, and decline approximately 88% of the new opportunities that we evaluate. For every Program Partner we select, we work with them to appropriately align interests and to establish rigorous ongoing reporting and auditing requirements upfront. All but one of our Program Partners retain significant underwriting risk.
Differentiated in-house claims management. We believe that proactively managing our claims, while also accurately setting reserves, is a key aspect of keeping our losses low. In our workers’ compensation business, our claims philosophy is to provide an injured employee high-quality medical care as quickly as possible in order to reduce pain, accelerate healing, and lead to a faster and more complete recovery. Once an injured employee has healed, we aim to fully settle the claim and obtain a full and complete release of the claim at the earliest opportunity. In California, for the year ended December 31, 2018, valued as of March 31, 2020, our average medical cost for the workers’ compensation market was $10,774 per claim compared to the California workers’ compensation industry average of $29,500, as reported by the WCIRB. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we also closed 68% of our workers’ compensation claims in California within the calendar year following the accident year, compared with the industry average of 38% as of September 30, 2018, as reported by WCIRB. Our commitment to delivering the best claims process is exemplified by the experience of our claims administration department, who average 16 years of industry experience. To provide our policyholders this higher level of expertise and attention, we currently average 80 open claims per claims adjuster. In comparison, the 2019 Workers’ Compensation Benchmarking Study by Rising Medical Solutions found that 71% of TPAs had over 100 open claims per claims adjuster.
We believe this personal, high touch approach decreases the likelihood of lengthy and costly litigation. As of December 31, 2019, our reserves for claims incurred but not reported were approximately 70% of our total net loss reserves, and we have not had any unfavorable development on our initial loss projection since 2012.
Significant fee-based income and efficient capital structure. Our business model generates significant fee-based income from multiple sources including issuing carrier services, claims administration and reinsurance brokerage. For the three months ended March 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, our fee-based income accounted for approximately 13.2% and 8.9% of total revenue, respectively. All of our fee-based income accrues outside of our regulated insurance companies, which we believe enhances our organization’s financial flexibility and increases the visibility of our earnings. Within our insurance companies, we cede a significant portion of the risk we originate to our reinsurance partners. These agreements enable us to maintain broader relationships with our Program Partners than our current capital base would otherwise enable. We believe that our strategy has allowed us to scale our business and provides a consistent fee-based income stream to complement our profitable underwriting business, thus providing us with greater revenue opportunities from our Program Partners than we would be able to access in a traditional insurance underwriter model.
Disciplined risk management across our organization. Our disciplined approach to risk management begins with the extensive due diligence performed during our Program Partner selection process and continues throughout the relationship. We have rigorous ongoing controls and reporting requirements, including with respect to underwriting and ongoing Program Partner diligence. Similarly, we maintain rigorous controls over our reinsurance exposures, maintaining stringent collateral requirements to minimize our credit exposure. As a result of providing multiple services to our Program Partners, we have numerous touch points and are in regular communication regarding underwriting, claims handling, reinsurance placement and collateral management, which we believe enhances our ability to achieve our desired financial targets with each Program Partner and minimizes risks to our organization.
Entrepreneurial and highly experienced management team. Our management team is highly experienced, with decades of experience in specialty insurance markets. Our team has a long history of cohesively driving the development and implementation of our business from its inception in 1996, with 18 members having been with us for over 10 years. We are led by our Chief Executive Officer and founder Andrew M. O’Brien. Prior to founding our company, Mr. O’Brien began his insurance career at the reinsurance broker E.W. Blanch Company, where he ultimately served as a General Partner, Executive Vice President and Director. As owners of approximately 13.7% of our outstanding common stock,
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), immediately following the completion of this offering, Mr. O’Brien and two directors will continue to be meaningful owners of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. and to have closely aligned interests with our stockholders.
Our strategy
We believe that our approach will allow us to continue to achieve our goals of both growing our business and generating attractive returns. Our strategy involves:
Growing within our existing markets. We focus on lines of business that have large markets, with $54 billion of workers’ compensation premiums and $81 billion for other liability written in the United States in 2019 according to S&P Global. There were greater than $40 billion direct written premiums in commercial property and casualty markets in 2018 produced by program administrators according to the Target Markets Program Administration Association (“TMPAA”). By comparison, we generated $411.4 million of gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019. We select Program Partners operating in our target markets with whom we believe we can partner with to grow within these significant markets. Programs Partners and Owned MGAs that we wrote business with prior to December 31, 2015 generated a gross written premium CAGR of 28.8% from the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2019. Given the size of our markets and our proven ability to grow our business, we believe that we have ample room to continue to grow our business organically for the foreseeable future. Additionally, as we grow our premiums and capital, we expect to continuously optimize our reinsurance program to maximize our risk-adjusted returns.
Selectively adding new Program Partners. We have been selective in choosing our current Program Partners, and will continue to ensure that new Program Partners share our business philosophy and meet our rigorous underwriting and returns criteria. Since 2015, we have added fourteen new Program Partners, four of which were added in the first four months of 2020. We focus on specialty lines and will continue to add programs in these markets. However, we also continue to evaluate potential partnerships in additional lines of business that harness our core competencies and provide us with greater revenue opportunities.
Opportunistically grow our Owned MGA business through acquisitions. From time to time, we may have the opportunity to deepen our relationships with our existing Program Partners by acquiring equity interests from their management teams. Since 2013, we have successfully completed seven acquisitions of companies with which we have had prior relationships. These businesses represented 63.6% of our gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019. We pursue these periodic opportunities with the same discipline and focus on enhancing our stockholders’ returns as we do in underwriting a new program.
Strengthen and harness our strong and growing capital base. Despite our relatively modest historical balance sheet, we have grown our premiums through the significant use of reinsurance. As our capital base has grown, new opportunities have emerged for us. Of particular note, in 2019, A.M. Best upgraded our insurance companies from an “A-” to an “A” (Excellent) (Outlook Stable) financial strength rating, which we believe differentiates us in the markets we operate. As we continue to generate additional capital, and through the proceeds raised in this offering, we believe we will have the opportunity to access additional business to which we did not previously have access. We will also have the ability to retain more profitable businesses that we have historically ceded to the reinsurance markets. Any incremental business that we retain will be carefully balanced to ensure continued alignment of interests with all of our Program Partners, in an effort to maximize our risk-adjusted returns.
Maintaining our distinct combination of industry-leading profitability and growth. Our competitive advantages, including our focus on underserved markets, have enabled us to grow our gross written premiums to $411.4 million for 2019 at a CAGR of 29.8% since 2015, while maintaining an average return on equity of approximately 19.3% for the same time period. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, we generated a loss ratio of 57.6%. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we generated a loss ratio of 51.6%, in line with our average annual loss ratio from 2015 to 2019 of 50.0%. As we seek to grow our business, we remain disciplined in targeting classes of business and markets where we believe we can generate attractive returns. Rather than make decisions based on where we are in the market cycle, we
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

focus on selecting high-quality programs, only pursuing opportunities that we expect to meet our pricing and risk requirements over the long-term. We will not participate in markets where we do not believe our business model can add incremental risk-adjusted value.
Maintain disciplined controls over our key business risks. In order to maintain our underwriting profitability, we have systematic underwriting and risk monitoring processes across our business. Our processes are enhanced by our ability to provide multiple services to our Program Partners since we are in regular communication with them regarding underwriting, claims handling, reinsurance placement and collateral management. We seek to swiftly terminate relationships with Program Partners that are not producing targeted underwriting results, writing exposures outside of agreed upon risk tolerances, or not meeting their collateral or other commitments to us. Our stringent and extensive due diligence Program Partners selection process allows us to select superior Program Partners. We have terminated two partnerships for failure to perform contractually since 2010.
Recent developments
Estimated preliminary financial results for the two months ended May 31, 2020 (unaudited)
While unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements are not available for any period subsequent to March 31, 2020, based on the information currently available to us, we preliminarily estimate:
Gross written premiums increased $1.9 million, or 2.9%, to $69.6 million for the two months ended May 31, 2020, compared to $67.7 million for the two months ended May 31, 2019.
Net earned premiums increased $0.4 million, or 3.0%, to $13.8 million for the two months ended May 31, 2020, compared to $13.4 million for the two months ended May 31, 2019.
Consistent with the first quarter of 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a significant impact on our premium revenue for the two months ended May 31, 2020. The substantial majority of workers’ compensation risks that we insure, both through our Owned MGAs and our Program Partners, are not in classes of business that to date have heightened exposure to COVID-19. Growth in premiums and payroll for the month of May 2020 was generally consistent with prior months’ growth during 2020. The merger of LCTA Risk Services, Inc. into Trean Corporation, effective April 1, 2020, began to generate additional premiums in the month of May 2020. The incremental addition of insured employees from this acquisition in May 2020 offset the portion of our workers’ compensation portfolio that was impacted by business shutdowns driven by COVID-19.
Our combined ratio was 93.5% (comprised of a loss ratio of 58.5% and an expense ratio of 35.0%) for the two months ended May 31, 2020, compared to 82.2% (comprised of a loss ratio of 55.7% and an expense ratio of 26.5%) for the three months ended June 30, 2019.
The increase in the loss ratio for the two months ended May 31, 2020 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2019 was principally due to our maintaining adequate reserves for incurred but not yet reported losses in light of recent economic conditions and other effects related to the COVID-19 pandemic, including potential delays in reporting and settling claims as a result of stay-at-home and similar orders. The increase in the expense ratio was principally due to higher general and administrative expenses, including increases in salaries and benefits resulting from a larger workforce, professional services expenses and other costs related to the initial public offering and reorganization transactions, and additional fees incurred in connection with the 2020 First Horizon Credit Agreement (as defined below) entered into in May 2020. Additionally, our acquisition of LCTA Risk Services, Inc., effective April 1, 2020, increased expenses starting in April with additional premiums first being generated in May. We are currently engaged in discussions regarding the potential acquisition of a workers' compensation carrier with which we have a longstanding relationship and have entered into an exclusivity agreement with the target company. The proposed purchase price is approximately $12.0 million.
The preliminary financial results for the two months ended May 31, 2020 are preliminary and estimated. Actual financial results for the two months ended May 31, 2020 may differ materially from the preliminary financial results. We are currently in the process of performing procedures to prepare our unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, but those financial
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

statements will not be available until after the closing of this offering. To date, we have not identified any unusual or particular events or trends that occurred during the two months ended May 31, 2020 that we believe will materially affect the preliminary financial results presented above.
The preliminary financial results should not be viewed as a substitute for our unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements or our annual audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on the preliminary financial results. The preliminary financial results should be read in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Forward-looking statements,” “Risk factors,” “Selected historical combined financial and other data” and our combined financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The preliminary financial results presented above have been prepared by, and are the responsibility of, management. Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to the preliminary financial results for the two months ended May 31, 2020. Accordingly, Deloitte & Touche LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
Workers’ compensation monthly claims data
For the two months ended May 31, 2020, we are seeing fewer claims reported despite insuring more employees. We have not seen a significant impact on the number of reported claims or on the average value of incurred losses due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The number of workers’ compensation insured employees increased by approximately 1.5% year-over-year from April 30, 2019 to April 30, 2020. The number of workers’ compensation insured employees increased by approximately 4.0% year-over-year from May 31, 2019 to May 31, 2020. In contrast, the number of claims reported on a monthly basis during the two months ended May 31, 2020 declined compared to the number of claims reported monthly during the first quarter of 2020 and compared to the number of claims reported during the two months ended May 31, 2019. In addition, closed claims outpaced reported claims in April 2020 and May 2020.




8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary risk factors
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include the following:
failure of our Program Partners or our Owned MGAs to properly market, underwrite or administer policies could adversely affect us;
we depend on a limited number of Program Partners for a substantial portion of our gross written premiums;
more than half of our gross written premiums are written in three key states;
a downgrade in the A.M. Best financial strength ratings of our insurance company subsidiaries may negatively affect our business;
if we are unable to accurately underwrite risks and charge competitive yet profitable rates to our clients and policyholders, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected;
adverse economic factors, including recession, inflation, periods of high unemployment or lower economic activity could result in the sale of fewer policies than expected or an increase in frequency or severity of claims and premium defaults or both, which, in turn, could affect our growth and profitability;
negative developments in the workers’ compensation insurance industry could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;
our failure to accurately and timely pay claims could harm our business;
we are subject to reinsurance counterparty credit risk and our reinsurers may not pay on losses in a timely fashion, or at all;
if we are unable to obtain reinsurance coverage at reasonable prices or on terms that adequately protect us, we may be required to bear increased risks or reduce the level of our underwriting commitments;
retention of business written by our Program Partners could expose us to potential losses;
our loss reserves may be inadequate to cover our actual losses;
we may not be able to manage our growth effectively;
any shift in our investment strategy could increase the riskiness of our investment portfolio and the volatility of our results, which, in turn, may adversely affect our profitability;
our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition and FSRs are subject to the effects of natural and man-made catastrophic events;
disruptions related to COVID-19, including economic impacts of the COVID-19-related governmental actions, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;
because our business depends on insurance brokers, we are exposed to certain risks arising out of our reliance on these distribution channels that could adversely affect our results;
regulators may challenge our use of fronting arrangements in states in which our Program Partners are not licensed;
our principal stockholders will be able to exert significant influence over us and our corporate decisions;
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our principal stockholders could sell their interests in us to a third party in a private transaction, which may result in your not realizing any change-of-control premium on your shares and subject us to the influence of a currently unknown third party; and
we will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and operating as a public company will place additional demands on our management.
Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading “Risk factors.”
Implications of being an emerging growth company
As a company with less than $1.07 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time) in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:
we may present as few as two years of audited financial statements and two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this prospectus;
we are exempt from the requirement to obtain an attestation report from our auditors on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for up to five years or until we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company;
we are permitted to provide reduced disclosure regarding our executive compensation arrangements pursuant to the rules applicable to smaller reporting companies, which means we do not have to include a compensation discussion and analysis and certain other disclosures regarding our executive compensation; and
we are not required to hold non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation.
In addition to the relief described above, the JOBS Act permits us an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period, which means that our combined financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards on a non-delayed basis.
In this prospectus we have elected to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements relating to executive compensation, and in the future, we may take advantage of any or all of these exemptions for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time) or more, (ii) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Our history
We were founded in 1996 as a reinsurance broker and MGA targeting smaller, underserved insurance providers writing niche classes of business, predominantly workers’ compensation, accident and health and medical professional liability. From 1996 through 2000, we wrote business on the paper of a highly rated, third-party insurance carrier. In 2000, we purchased a small, unrated, single-state carrier in South Dakota. Through the addition of a risk-bearing insurance carrier, we expanded our product suite and created opportunities to earn additional revenue and profit in the form of underwriting and investment income.
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In 2003, we sold the South Dakota carrier and purchased Benchmark, which was licensed in 41 states and the District of Columbia. Benchmark provided us with an insurance carrier with a financial strength rating of “A-” from A.M. Best and that is now licensed in 49 states and the District of Columbia and has an “A” rating from A.M. Best. In 2007, we replaced Benchmark’s management team and began our plan to reposition the business as a specialty insurance carrier for select, high-performing small- to mid-sized Program Partners. We focused on a limited group of core Program Partners and sought to upgrade Benchmark’s staff, infrastructure and business processes. After stabilizing and repositioning the business by 2011, we turned our attention to growing the business by expanding existing Program Partner relationships and selectively adding new Program Partners. In 2013, we acquired S&C Claims Services, which, prior to the acquisition, had been handling our workers’ compensation claims for over 10 years.
In July 2015, we sold a minority equity stake of 36.4% to AHP-BHC LLC and AHP-TH LLC, entities affiliated with Altaris Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity firm focused on businesses operating in the healthcare and healthcare-related sector with $4.0 billion of assets actively under management. Altaris Capital Partners, LLC made additional equity investments through affiliated entities, ACP-BHC LLC and ACP-TH LLC (together with AHP-BHC LLC and AHP-TH LLC, the “Altaris Funds”), in January 2016 and May 2017.
The investments by the Altaris Funds provided liquidity for certain original stockholders, and the financial flexibility to grow our business and invest in our operations. In 2017, we acquired ALIC, a former Program Partner relationship that is a Utah-domiciled insurance company that writes workers’ compensation insurance in Utah and Arizona. In 2018, we acquired ownership interests in two additional Program Partner relationships, a 45% common equity ownership in Compstar, the parent company of Compstar Insurance Services, LLC, a general agent (“GA”) underwriting workers’ compensation insurance coverage for California contractors, and 100% ownership of Westcap Insurance Services, LLC (“Westcap”), an MGA underwriting general liability insurance coverages for California contractors. We had relationships of 11, 12 and 12 years with ALIC, Compstar Insurance Services, LLC and Westcap respectively prior to our equity investments.
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our organizational structure
The diagram below depicts our current organizational structure:

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will effect the following transactions (the “reorganization transactions”): (i) each of Trean Holdings LLC (“Trean Holdings”) and BIC Holdings LLC (“BIC Holdings”) will contribute all of their respective assets and liabilities to Trean Insurance Group, Inc., a newly formed direct subsidiary of BIC Holdings, in exchange for shares of common stock in Trean Insurance Group, Inc., (ii) Trean Insurance Group, Inc. will acquire from Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc., Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc. and Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc. (collectively, the “Blake Enterprises entities”) their 55% equity interest in Compstar Holding Company LLC (“Compstar”) in exchange for approximately 6.6 million shares of Trean Insurance Group, Inc.’s common stock, after which Trean Insurance Group, Inc. will contribute such 55% equity interest in Compstar to Trean Compstar Holdings LLC (“Trean Compstar”), so that Trean Compstar will own 100% of Compstar, (iii) upon the completion of the transfers by Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings, Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings will be dissolved and will distribute in-kind shares to the Pre-IPO Unitholders (as defined below) (including with respect to the Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings Class C units held by Randall D. Jones, one of our directors, that will become fully vested in connection with the IPO). In connection with such dissolutions and as contemplated by the operating agreements for Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings, among other things, transaction payments will be made by Trean Corporation and Benchmark to certain of the Pre-IPO Unitholders and certain other employees of Trean Corporation and/or Benchmark, which payment amounts are expected to be $3.1 million in the aggregate.
In the in-kind distribution described above, current holders of each of Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings equity interests (the “Pre-IPO Unitholders”) will receive 37,386,394 shares of common stock at an exchange rate of 0.48 shares of common stock per unit.
Assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), immediately following the completion of this offering, the Altaris Funds will hold approximately 57.6% of our common stock, 21.5% will be held by management and other Pre-IPO Unitholders and the Blake Enterprises entities and the remaining 20.9% will be held by public stockholders (or 54.8%, 21.1% and 24.1%, respectively, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments is exercised in full).
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering:

Our principal stockholders
We are, and after giving effect to this offering, will continue to be, subject to the significant influence of the Altaris Funds, our principal stockholders and selling stockholders in this offering. The Altaris Funds, immediately following the completion of this offering, are expected to own, in the aggregate, approximately 57.6% of our outstanding common stock, or 54.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments in full. See “Principal and selling stockholders.” So long as the Altaris Funds own a significant amount of our outstanding common stock, the Altaris Funds may exert significant influence over us and our corporate decisions. See “Risk factors — Risks related to our common stock and this offering — Our principal stockholders will be able to exert significant influence over us and our corporate decisions.”
Corporate information
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in January 2020. We are a newly formed corporation, have no material assets and have not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with the reorganization. Our principal executive offices are located at 150 Lake Street West, Wayzata, MN 55391, and our telephone number is (952) 974-2200. Our website is www.trean.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto is not incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The offering
Common stock offered by us
7,142,857 shares
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders
3,571,429 shares (or 5,178,571 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full)
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
51,142,857 shares
Use of proceeds
We estimate the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering will be approximately $88.3 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $4.7 million.
We intend to use the net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering to (i) redeem all $5.1 million aggregate liquidation preference of the Series B Nonconvertible Preferred Stock of Benchmark Holding Company (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), (ii) pay $7.7 million to redeem all of our outstanding Fixed to Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities of Trean Corporation (the “Subordinated Notes”), (iii) use $19.3 million to repay in full all outstanding term loan borrowings under the 2018 Oak Street Credit Agreement (as defined below), (iv) pay an aggregate one-time payment of approximately $7.3 million to Altaris Capital Partners, LLC in connection with the termination of our consulting and advisory agreements with Altaris Capital Partners, LLC and (v) pay an aggregate $3.1 million to certain Pre-IPO Unitholders and other employees in connection with the reorganization transactions. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions — Consulting Agreements” and “Organizational structure.” We will use all remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes, including to support the growth of our business. 
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering. See “Use of proceeds.”
Dividend policy
We currently do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax and regulatory limitations, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. See “Dividend policy.”
Controlled company
Upon the closing of this offering, the Altaris Funds will beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power for the election of members of our board of directors.
See “Certain relationships and related party transactions — Director Nomination Agreement.” Consequently, we will be a
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“controlled company” under the Nasdaq rules. As a controlled company, we qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq. See “Risk factors.”
Voting rights
Shares of common stock are entitled to one vote per share. See “Description of capital stock.”
Proposed stock symbol
“TIG”
Risk factors
You should read the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
The number of shares of common stock outstanding after the offering is based on our outstanding shares as of July 9, 2020, after giving effect to the reorganization transactions, and excludes 5,058,085 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the Trean Insurance Group, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan that we intend to adopt prior to the completion of this offering.
Unless otherwise indicated and except for our historical combined financial and other data and our combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the information in this prospectus:
assumes that the initial public offering price of the common stock will be $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus);
gives effect to the completion of the reorganization transactions; and
assumes no exercise of the option granted to the underwriters to purchase up to an additional 1,607,142 shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary historical combined financial and other data 
The following tables present summary historical combined financial and other data of BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC, along with their wholly owned subsidiaries.
The summary historical combined financial and other data presented below do not purport to be indicative of the results that can be expected for any future period and should be read together with “Capitalization,” “Selected historical combined financial and other data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Three months ended
March 31,
Year ended
December 31,
 
2020
2019
2019
2018
 
(in thousands)
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
Gross written premiums
$107,859
$101,534
$411,401
$357,007
Increase in gross unearned premiums
(7,373)
(10,952)
(13,598)
(16,862)
Gross earned premiums
100,486
90,582
397,803
340,145
Ceded earned premiums
(78,027)
(70,958)
(311,325)
(273,569)
Net earned premiums
22,459
19,624
86,478
66,576
Net investment income
3,272
1,287
6,245
4,816
Net realized capital gains (losses)
3,234
612
667
(715)
Other revenue
4,392
3,595
9,125
7,826
Total revenue
33,357
25,118
102,515
78,503
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
12,934
11,456
44,661
35,729
General and administrative expenses
8,160
3,969
21,005
15,706
Interest expense
461
624
2,169
1,557
Total expenses
21,555
16,049
67,835
52,992
 
 
 
 
 
Other income
14
93
121
639
Income before taxes
11,816
9,162
34,801
26,150
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes
2,912
1,319
7,074
5,546
Equity earnings (losses) in affiliates, net of tax
702
608
3,558
(1,082)
Net income
$9,606
$8,451
$31,285
$19,522
Adjusted net income(1)
$6,602
$8,369
$33,194
$22,197
 
Three months ended
March 31, 2020
Year ended
December 31, 2019
Pro forma per share data(2):
 
 
Pro forma earnings (loss) per share outstanding
 
 
Basic and diluted
$0.20
$0.68
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding
 
 
Basic and diluted
51,142,857
51,142,857
(1)
Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income to net income in accordance with GAAP.
(2)
Pro forma earnings per share outstanding gives pro forma effect to: (a) the issuance of 37,386,394 shares of our common stock to Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings in exchange for the contribution of all of their respective assets and liabilities to Trean Insurance Group, Inc., (b) the issuance of 6,613,606 shares of our common stock in connection with the acquisition from the Blake Enterprises entities of their 55% equity interest in Compstar, (c) the issuance of 7,142,857 shares of our common stock by us in the IPO and (d) equity in the net income of Compstar (net of tax) for the 55% that we do not currently own as if we had owned 100% of Compstar at the beginning of the period. See “Organizational structure.” See “Selected historical combined financial and other data” for the calculation of pro forma earnings per share outstanding.
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
At March 31,
2020
At December 31,
 
2019
2018
 
(in thousands)
Balance sheet data:
 
 
 
Accrued investment income
$2,420
$2,468
$2,372
Premiums and other receivables
67,773
62,460
62,400
Related party receivables
21,871
22,221
15,934
Reinsurance recoverable
313,760
307,338
257,509
Prepaid reinsurance premiums
83,694
80,088
66,765
Deferred policy acquisition cost, net
3,103
2,115
2,976
Property and equipment, net
8,238
7,937
8,134
Deferred tax asset
1,280
1,367
1,823
Goodwill
2,822
2,822
2,822
Other assets
7,572
3,277
1,963
Total assets
954,583
919,034
800,119
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses
418,757
406,716
340,415
Unearned premiums
111,162
103,789
90,074
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
165,018
163,445
166,838
Reinsurance premiums payable
48,099
53,620
40,135
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
18,360
14,995
15,004
Total liabilities
799,302
772,319
688,988
Redeemable preferred stock
5,100
5,100
6,000
Total members’ equity
150,181
141,615
105,131
Total liabilities and members’ equity
954,583
919,034
800,119
 
Three months ended
March 31,
Year ended
December 31,
 
2020
2019
2019
2018
Underwriting and other ratios:
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio(1)
57.6%
58.4%
51.6%
53.7%
Expense ratio(2)
36.3%
20.2%
24.3%
23.6%
Combined ratio(3)
93.9%
78.6%
75.9%
77.3%
Return on equity(4)
26.3%
30.5%
25.5%
20.2%
Adjusted return on equity(5)
18.1%
30.2%
27.0%
23.0%
Return on tangible equity(6)
26.9%
31.4%
26.1%
20.6%
Adjusted return on tangible equity(7)
18.5%
31.1%
27.7%
23.4%
(1)
The loss ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of losses and loss adjustment expenses to net earned premiums.
(2)
The expense ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of general and administrative expenses to net earned premiums.
(3)
The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss.
(4)
Return on equity represents net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending members’ equity during the period.
(5)
Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending members’ equity during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on equity to return on equity in accordance with GAAP.
(6)
Return on tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending tangible members’ equity during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of return on tangible equity to return on equity in accordance with GAAP.
(7)
Adjusted return on tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending tangible members’ equity during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on tangible equity to return on tangible equity in accordance with GAAP.
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risk factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all the other information contained in this prospectus, including our combined financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. There may be additional risks and uncertainties of which we currently are unaware or that we currently believe to be immaterial. If any of these risks or uncertainties occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks related to our business and industry
Failure of our Program Partners or our Owned MGAs to properly market, underwrite or administer policies could adversely affect us.
The marketing, underwriting, claims administration and other administration of policies in connection with our issuing carrier services and for business written directly by our Owned MGAs are the responsibility of our Program Partners and our Owned MGAs. Any failure by them to properly handle these functions could result in liability to us. Even though our Program Partners may be required to compensate us for any such liability, there are risks that they do not pay us because they become insolvent or otherwise. Any such failures could create regulatory issues or harm our reputation, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We depend on a limited number of Program Partners for a substantial portion of our gross written premiums.
We source a significant amount of our premiums from our Program Partners, which are generally MGAs and insurance companies. Historically, we have focused our business on a limited group of core Program Partners and have sought to grow the business by expanding existing Program Partner relationships and selectively adding new Program Partners.
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, approximately 34% and 42% of our gross written premiums was derived from our top ten Program Partners.
A significant decrease in business from, or the entire loss of, our largest Program Partners or several of our other Program Partners may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
More than half of our gross written premiums are written in three key states.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, we derived approximately 49%, 9% and 8%, respectively, of our gross written premiums in the states of California, Michigan and Arizona. As a result, our financial results are subject to prevailing regulatory, legal, economic, demographic, competitive and other conditions in these states, in particular our gross written premiums in California. Adverse developments relating to any of these conditions could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A downgrade in the A.M. Best financial strength ratings of our insurance company subsidiaries may negatively affect our business.
A.M. Best financial strength ratings (“FSRs”) are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies. Our insurance company subsidiaries are rated for overall financial strength by A.M. Best. These FSRs reflect A.M. Best’s opinion of our insurance company subsidiaries’ financial strength, operating performance, strategic position and ability to meet obligations to policyholders, and are not evaluations directed to investors. Our insurance company subsidiaries’ FSRs are subject to periodic review, and the criteria used in the rating methodologies are subject to change. While our insurance company subsidiaries are rated “A” (Excellent), their FSRs are subject to change. A significant portion of our business is conducted through small- and mid-sized insurance carriers, program managers and other insurance organizations that do not have an A.M. Best financial strength rating or
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

require a highly rated carrier, such as ourselves, to meet their business objectives. A significant downgrade in our insurance company subsidiaries’ FSRs could lead to our Program Partners doing business with other insurance companies and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we are unable to accurately underwrite risks and charge competitive yet profitable rates to our clients and policyholders, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
In general, the premiums for our insurance policies are established at the time a policy is issued and, therefore, before all of our underlying costs are known. Like other insurance companies, we rely on estimates and assumptions in setting our premium rates. Establishing adequate premium rates is necessary, together with investment income, to generate sufficient revenue to offset losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) and other general and administrative expenses in order to earn a profit. If we do not accurately assess the risks that we assume, we may not charge adequate premiums to cover our losses and expenses, which would adversely affect our results of operations and our profitability. Alternatively, we could set our premiums too high, which could reduce our competitiveness and lead to lower policyholder retention, resulting in lower revenues. Pricing involves the acquisition and analysis of historical loss data and the projection of future trends, loss costs and expenses, and inflation trends, among other factors, for each of our products in multiple risk tiers and many different markets. To accurately price our policies, we must:
collect and properly analyze a substantial volume of data from our insureds;
develop, test and apply appropriate actuarial projections and ratings formulas;
closely monitor and timely recognize changes in trends; and
project both frequency and severity of our insureds’ losses with reasonable accuracy.
We seek to implement our pricing accurately in accordance with our assumptions. Our ability to undertake these efforts successfully and, as a result, accurately price our policies, is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including:
insufficient or unreliable data;
incorrect or incomplete analysis of available data;
uncertainties generally inherent in estimates and assumptions;
our failure to implement appropriate actuarial projections and ratings formulas or other pricing methodologies;
regulatory constraints on rate increases;
our failure to accurately estimate investment yields and the duration of our liability for losses and LAE; and
unanticipated court decisions, legislation or regulatory action.
We may be unable to access the capital markets when needed, which may adversely affect our ability to take advantage of business opportunities as they arise and to fund our operations in a cost-effective manner.
Our ability to grow our business, either organically or through acquisitions, depends, in part, on our ability to access capital when needed. Capital markets may become illiquid from time to time, and we cannot predict the extent and duration of future economic and market disruptions or the impact of any government interventions. We may not be able to obtain financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we need capital but cannot raise it or cannot obtain financing on terms acceptable to us, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected and we may be unable to execute our long-term growth strategy.
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Adverse economic factors, including recession, inflation, periods of high unemployment or lower economic activity could result in the sale of fewer policies than expected or an increase in frequency or severity of claims and premium defaults or both, which, in turn, could affect our growth and profitability.
Factors, such as business revenue, economic conditions, the volatility and strength of the capital markets and inflation can affect the business and economic environment. These same factors affect our ability to generate revenue and profits. In an economic downturn that is characterized by higher unemployment, declining spending and reduced corporate revenues, the demand for insurance products is generally adversely affected, which directly affects our premium levels and profitability. Prolonged and high unemployment that reduces the payrolls of our insureds would reduce the premiums that we are able to collect. Negative economic factors may also affect our ability to receive the appropriate rate for the risk we insure and may adversely affect our opportunities to underwrite profitable business.
Negative developments in the workers’ compensation insurance industry could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although we engage in other businesses, 82.8% of our gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019 were attributable to workers’ compensation insurance policies providing both primary and excess coverage. As a result, negative developments in the economic, competitive or regulatory conditions affecting the workers’ compensation insurance industry could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If one of our larger markets were to enact legislation to increase the scope or amount of benefits for employees under workers’ compensation insurance policies without related premium increases or loss control measures, this could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The insurance industry is cyclical in nature.
The financial performance of the insurance industry has historically fluctuated with periods of lower premium rates and excess underwriting capacity resulting from increased competition followed by periods of higher premium rates and reduced underwriting capacity resulting from decreased competition. Although the financial performance of an individual insurance company depends on its own specific business characteristics, the profitability of many insurance companies tends to follow this cyclical market pattern. Because this market cyclicality is due in large part to the actions of our competitors and general economic factors, we cannot predict the timing or duration of changes in the market cycle. We expect these cyclical patterns will cause our revenues and net income to fluctuate, which may cause the market price of our common stock to be more volatile.
Our failure to accurately and timely pay claims could harm our business.
We must accurately and timely evaluate and pay claims to manage costs and close claims expeditiously. Many factors affect our ability to evaluate and pay claims accurately and timely, including the training and experience of our claims staff, our claims department’s culture and the effectiveness of our management, our ability to develop or select and implement appropriate procedures and systems to support our claims functions and other factors. Our failure to accurately and timely pay claims could lead to regulatory and administrative actions or material litigation, undermine our reputation in the marketplace and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we do not hire and train new claims staff effectively or if we lose a significant number of experienced claims staff, our claims department may be required to handle an increasing workload, which could adversely affect the quality of our claims administration, and our business could be materially and adversely affected.
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The effects of emerging claim and coverage issues on our business are uncertain.
As industry practices and economic, legal, judicial, social and other environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. These issues may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by increasing the number or size of claims. Examples of emerging claims and coverage issues include, but are not limited to:
judicial expansion of policy coverage and the impact of new theories of liability;
plaintiffs targeting property and casualty (“P&C”) insurers in purported class action litigation relating to claims-handling and other practices;
medical developments that link health issues to particular causes, resulting in liability claims; and
claims relating to unanticipated consequences of current or new technologies, including cyber-security related risks and claims relating to potentially changing climate conditions.
In some instances, these emerging issues may not become apparent for some time after we have issued the affected insurance policies. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance policies may not be known until many years after the policies are issued.
In addition, the potential passage of new legislation designed to expand the right to sue, to remove limitations on recovery, to extend the statutes of limitations or otherwise to repeal or weaken tort reforms could have an adverse impact on our business.
The effects of these and other unforeseen emerging claim and coverage issues are difficult to predict and could harm our business and materially adversely affect our results of operations.
Our risk management policies and procedures may prove to be ineffective and leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risk.
We have developed and continue to develop enterprise-wide risk management policies and procedures to mitigate risk and loss to which we are exposed. There are inherent limitations to risk management strategies because there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not anticipated or identified. If our risk management policies and procedures are ineffective, we may suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected. As our business changes and the niches in which we operate evolve, our risk management framework may not evolve at the same pace as those changes. As a result, there is a risk that new products or new business strategies may present risks that are not identified, monitored or managed. In times of market stress, unanticipated market movements or unanticipated claims experience, the effectiveness of our risk management strategies may be limited, resulting in losses to us. In addition, we may be unable to effectively review and monitor all risks and our employees may not follow our risk management policies and procedures.
The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “NAIC”) and state legislatures and regulators have increased their focus on risks within an insurer’s holding company system that may pose enterprise risk to insurers. Our insurance company subsidiaries are subject to regulation in Kansas, the state of domicile of Benchmark, California, where Benchmark is commercially domiciled, and Utah, the state of domicile of ALIC. The Kansas Insurance Department, the California Department of Insurance and the Utah Insurance Department, the primary regulators of our insurance company subsidiaries, have adopted regulations implementing a requirement under the Kansas, California and Utah insurance laws, respectively, for insurance holding companies to adopt a formal enterprise risk management (“ERM”) function and to file an annual enterprise risk report. The regulations also require domestic insurers to conduct an Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”) and to submit an ORSA summary report prepared in accordance with the NAIC’s ORSA Guidance Manual. While we operate within an ERM framework designed to assess and monitor our risks, we may not be able to effectively review and monitor all risks, our employees may not all operate within the ERM framework and our ERM framework may not result in our accurately identifying all risks and limiting our exposures based on our assessments.
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are subject to reinsurance counterparty credit risk. Our reinsurers may not pay on losses in a timely fashion, or at all.
We purchase reinsurance to transfer part of the risk we have assumed (known as ceding) to a reinsurance company in exchange for part of the premium we receive in connection with the risk. Although reinsurance makes the reinsurer liable to us to the extent the risk is transferred or ceded to the reinsurer, it does not relieve us (the reinsured) of our liability to policyholders. Accordingly, we are exposed to credit risk with respect to our reinsurers to the extent the reinsurance receivable is not sufficiently secured by collateral or does not benefit from other credit enhancements. We also bear the risk that a reinsurer may be unwilling to pay amounts we have recorded as reinsurance recoverable for any reason, including that:
the terms of the reinsurance contract do not reflect the intent of the parties of the contract or there is a disagreement between the parties as to their intent;
the terms of the contract cannot be legally enforced;
the terms of the contract are interpreted by a court or arbitration panel differently than intended;
the reinsurance transaction performs differently than we anticipated due to a flawed design of the reinsurance structure, terms or conditions; or
a change in laws and regulations, or in the interpretation of the laws and regulations, materially affects a reinsurance transaction.
The insolvency of one or more of our reinsurers, or inability or unwillingness to make timely payments under the terms of our contracts, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we are unable to obtain reinsurance coverage at reasonable prices or on terms that adequately protect us, we may be required to bear increased risks or reduce the level of our underwriting commitments.
Our insurance company subsidiaries purchase reinsurance as part of our overall risk management strategy. While reinsurance does not discharge our insurance company subsidiaries from their obligation to pay claims for losses insured under their insurance policies, it does make the reinsurer liable to them for the reinsured portion of the risk. As part of our strategy for our issuing carrier business, we reinsure underwriting risk to third-party reinsurers. At the inception of a new program, we typically act as an issuing carrier where we reinsure a substantial amount of such risk to third parties. For these reasons, reinsurance is an important tool to manage transaction and insurance risk retention and to mitigate losses. We may be unable to maintain our current reinsurance arrangements or to obtain other reinsurance in adequate amounts and at favorable rates, particularly if reinsurers become unwilling or unable to support our specialized issuing carrier model in the future. Additionally, market conditions beyond our control may impact the availability and cost of reinsurance and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In recent years, our Program Partners have benefitted from favorable market conditions, including growth in the role of MGAs and of offshore and other alternative sources of reinsurance. A decline in the availability of reinsurance, increases in the cost of reinsurance or a decreased level of activity by MGAs could limit the amount of issuing carrier business we could write and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may, at certain times, be forced to incur additional costs for reinsurance or may be unable to obtain sufficient reinsurance on terms acceptable to us. In the latter case, we would have to accept an increase in exposure to risk, reduce the amount of business written by our insurance company subsidiaries or seek alternatives in line with our risk limits, all of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Some of our issuing carrier arrangements contain limits on the reinsurer’s obligations to us.
While we reinsure underwriting risk in our issuing carrier business, including a substantial amount of such risk at the inception of a new program, we have in certain cases entered into programs that contain limits on our reinsurers’ obligations to us, including loss ratio caps or aggregate reinsurance limits. To the extent losses under these programs exceed the prescribed limits, we will be liable to pay the losses in excess of such limits, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Retention of business written by our Program Partners could expose us to potential losses.
We retain risk for our own account on business underwritten by our insurance company subsidiaries. The determination to reduce the amount of reinsurance we purchase, or not to purchase reinsurance for a particular risk, customer segment or niche is based on a variety of factors, including market conditions, pricing, availability of reinsurance, our capital levels and loss experience. Retention increases our financial exposure to losses and significant losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Our loss reserves may be inadequate to cover our actual losses.
Significant periods of time often elapse between the occurrence of an insured loss, the reporting of the loss to us and our payment of that loss. To recognize liabilities for unpaid losses, we establish reserves as balance sheet liabilities representing estimates of amounts needed to pay reported and unreported losses and the related LAE. Loss reserves are estimates of the ultimate cost of claims and do not represent a precise calculation of any ultimate liability. These estimates are based on historical information and on estimates of future trends that may affect the frequency and severity of claims that may be reported in the future. Estimating loss reserves is a difficult, complex and inherently uncertain process involving many variables and subjective judgments. As part of the reserving process, we review historical data and consider the impact of various factors such as:
loss emergence and cedant reporting patterns;
underlying policy terms and conditions;
business and exposure mix;
trends in claim frequency and severity;
changes in operations;
emerging economic and social trends;
inflation; and
changes in the regulatory and litigation environments.
This process assumes that past experience, adjusted for the effects of current developments and anticipated trends, is an appropriate basis for predicting future events. It also assumes that adequate historical or other data exists upon which to make these judgments. For more information on the estimates used in the establishment of loss reserves, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Critical accounting estimates — Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.” There, however, is no precise method for evaluating the impact of any specific factor on the adequacy of reserves and actual results are likely to differ from original estimates, perhaps materially. If the actual amount of insured losses is greater than the amount we have reserved for these losses, our profitability could suffer.
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may not be able to manage our growth effectively.
We intend to grow our business in the future, which could require additional capital, systems development and skilled personnel. We, however, must be able to meet our capital needs, expand our systems and our internal controls effectively, allocate our human resources optimally, identify and hire qualified employees or effectively incorporate any acquisitions we make in our effort to achieve growth. The failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our ability to grow our business will depend in part on the addition of new Program Partners, and our inability to effectively onboard such new Program Partners could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our ability to grow our business will depend in part on the addition of new Program Partners. If we do not effectively onboard our new Program Partners, including assisting such Program Partners to quickly resolve any post-onboarding issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to add new Program Partners and our relationships with our existing Program Partners could be adversely affected. Additionally, our reputation with potential new customers could be damaged. If we fail to meet the requirements of our customers, it may be more difficult to execute on our strategy to retain Program Partners, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We could be adversely affected by the loss of one or more key executives or by an inability to attract and retain qualified personnel.
We depend on our ability to attract and retain experienced personnel and seasoned key executives who are knowledgeable about our business. The pool of talent from which we actively recruit is may fluctuate based on market dynamics specific to our industry and independent of overall economic conditions. As such, higher demand for employees having the desired skills and expertise could lead to increased compensation expectations for existing and prospective personnel, making it difficult for us to retain and recruit key personnel and maintain labor costs at desired levels. We do not have employment agreements with our executive officers. Should any of our executives terminate their employment with us, or if we are unable to retain and attract talented personnel, we may be unable to maintain our current competitive position in the specialized markets in which we operate, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Technology breaches or failures of our or our business partners’ systems could adversely affect our business.
Global cybersecurity threats can range from uncoordinated individual attempts to gain unauthorized access to our information technology systems and those of our business partners or service providers to sophisticated and targeted measures known as advanced persistent threats. While we and our business partners and service providers employ measures designed to prevent, detect, address and mitigate these threats (including access controls, data encryption, vulnerability assessments, continuous monitoring of information technology networks and systems and maintenance of backup and protective systems), cybersecurity incidents, depending on their nature and scope, could potentially result in the misappropriation, destruction, corruption or unavailability of critical data (personal or otherwise) and confidential or proprietary information (our own or that of third parties) and the disruption of business operations. In 2020, we discovered that we were subject to a cybersecurity incident that involved a third party obtaining unauthorized access to an employee’s electronic mailbox that was compromised in August 2019 through a phishing email. In conjunction with our cyber insurance carrier, we engaged outside counsel and a consulting firm specializing in digital forensics. While we do not believe the incident will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial performance and reputation, our investigation is ongoing and the ultimate effect of the incident is uncertain. Our evaluation, together with outside counsel, of whether data breach notifications may be required or appropriate in connection with this incident is ongoing, but we may decide to make such notifications in the future. In addition, cyber incidents that impact the availability, reliability, speed, accuracy or other proper functioning of our technology systems (or the data held by such systems) could affect our operations. We may not have the resources or technical sophistication to anticipate or prevent every type of cyber-attack. A significant cybersecurity
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

incident, including system failure, security breach, disruption by malware or other damage could interrupt or delay our operations, result in a violation of applicable privacy and other laws, expose us to litigation and potential liability, damage our reputation, cause a loss of customers or give rise to monetary fines and other penalties, any or all of which could be material. It is possible that insurance coverage we have in place would not entirely protect us in the event that we experienced a cybersecurity incident, interruption or widespread failure of our information technology systems.
Any significant interruption in the operation of our computer systems could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We rely on multiple computer systems to interact with customers, issue policies, pay claims, run modeling functions, assess insurance risks and complete various important internal processes including accounting and bookkeeping. Our business depends on our ability to access these systems to perform necessary business functions. Additionally, some of these systems may include or rely upon third-party systems not located on our premises. Any of these systems may be exposed to unplanned interruption, unreliability or intrusion from a variety of causes, including among others, storms and other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, utility outages, security breaches or complications encountered as existing systems are replaced or upgraded.
Any such issues could materially affect us including the impairment of information availability, compromise of system integrity or accuracy, misappropriation of confidential information, reduction of our volume of transactions and interruption of our general business. Although we believe our computer systems are securely protected and continue to take steps to ensure they are protected against such risks, such problems may occur. If they do, interruption to our business and damage to our reputation, and related costs, could be significant, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Performance of our investment portfolio is subject to a variety of investment risks.
Our results of operations depend, in part, on the performance of our investment portfolio. We seek to hold a high-quality portfolio of investments that is managed by a professional investment advisory management firm in accordance with our investment policy and routinely reviewed by our management team. Our investments, however, are subject to general economic conditions and market risks as well as risks inherent to particular securities.
Our primary market risk exposures are to changes in interest rates. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk.” In recent years, interest rates have been at or near historic lows. A protracted low interest rate environment would continue to place pressure on our net investment income, which, in turn, may adversely affect our profitability. Future increases in interest rates could cause the values of our fixed income securities portfolios to decline, with the magnitude of the decline depending on the duration of securities included in our portfolio and the amount by which interest rates increase. Some fixed income securities have call or prepayment options, which create possible reinvestment risk in declining rate environments. Other fixed income securities, such as mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, carry prepayment risk or, in a rising interest rate environment, may not prepay as quickly as expected.
The value of our investment portfolio is subject to the risk that certain investments may default or become impaired due to deterioration in the financial condition of one or more issuers of the securities we hold, or due to deterioration in the financial condition of an insurer that guarantees an issuer’s payments on such investments. Downgrades in the credit ratings of fixed maturities also have a significant negative effect on the market valuation of such securities.
Such factors could reduce our net investment income and result in realized investment losses. Our investment portfolio is subject to increased valuation uncertainties when investment markets are illiquid. The valuation of investments is more subjective when markets are illiquid, thereby increasing the risk that the estimated fair value (i.e., the carrying amount) of the securities we hold in our portfolio does not reflect prices at which actual transactions would occur.
Risks for all types of securities are managed through the application of our investment policy, which establishes investment parameters that include maximum percentages of investment in certain types of
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

securities and minimum levels of credit quality, which we believe are within applicable guidelines established by the NAIC, the Kansas Insurance Department, the California Department of Insurance and the Utah Insurance Department. Our investment objectives may not be achieved, and results may vary substantially over time. In addition, although we seek to employ investment strategies that are not correlated with our insurance and reinsurance exposures, losses in our investment portfolio may occur at the same time as underwriting losses.
Any shift in our investment strategy could increase the riskiness of our investment portfolio and the volatility of our results, which, in turn, may adversely affect our profitability.
Our investment strategy has historically been focused on fixed income securities which are subject to less volatility but also lower returns as compared to certain other asset classes. In the future, our investment strategy may include a greater focus on investments in equity securities, which are subject, among other things, to changes in value that may be attributable to market perception of a particular issuer or to general stock market fluctuations that affect all issuers. Investments in equity securities may be more volatile than investments in other asset classes such as fixed income securities. Common stocks generally subject their holders to more risks than preferred stocks and debt securities because common stockholders’ claims are subordinated to those of holders of preferred stocks and debt securities upon the bankruptcy of the issuer. An increase in the riskiness of our investment portfolio could lead to volatility of our results, which, in turn, may adversely affect our profitability.
We could be forced to sell investments to meet our liquidity requirements.
We invest the premiums we receive from our insureds until they are needed to pay policyholder claims. Consequently, we seek to manage the duration of our investment portfolio based on the duration of our losses and loss adjustment expenses reserves to ensure sufficient liquidity and avoid having to liquidate investments to fund claims. Risks such as inadequate losses and loss adjustment expenses reserves or unfavorable trends in litigation could potentially result in the need to sell investments to fund these liabilities. We may not be able to sell our investments at favorable prices or at all. Sales could result in significant realized losses depending on the conditions of the general market, interest rates and credit issues with individual securities.
We may face increased competition in our programs market.
While we believe there are relatively few competitors in the small- and mid-sized programs market that have the broad in-house expertise and wide array of services that we offer to our Program Partners, we may face increased competition if other companies decide to compete with us in our programs market or competitors begin to offer policy administration or other services. Any increase in competition in this market, especially by one or more companies that have greater resources than we have, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We compete with a large number of companies in the insurance industry for underwriting premium.
We compete with a large number of other companies in the insurance industry for underwriting premium. During periods of intense competition for premium, we are exposed to the actions of other companies that may seek to write policies without the appropriate regard for risk and profitability. During these times, it is very difficult to grow or maintain premium volume without sacrificing underwriting discipline and income.
We face competition from a wide range of specialty insurance companies, underwriting agencies and intermediaries, as well as diversified financial services companies that are significantly larger than we are and that have significantly greater financial, marketing, management and other resources. Some of these competitors also have greater market recognition than we do. We may incur increased costs in competing for underwriting revenues. If we are unable to compete effectively in the markets in which we operate or expand our operations into new markets, our underwriting revenues may decline, as well as overall business results.
Our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition and FSRs are subject to the effects of natural and man-made catastrophic events.
Events such as hurricanes, windstorms, flooding, earthquakes, wildfires, solar storms, acts of terrorism, explosions and fires, cyber-crimes, public health crises, illness, epidemics or pandemic health events,
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

product defects, mass torts and other catastrophes may adversely affect our business in the future. Such catastrophic events, and any relevant regulations, could expose us to:
widespread claim costs associated with P&C and workers’ compensation claims;
losses resulting from a decline in the value of our invested assets;
losses resulting from actual policy experience that is adverse compared to the assumptions made in product pricing;
declines in value and/or losses with respect to companies and other entities whose securities we hold and counterparties with whom we transact business to whom we have credit exposure, including reinsurers, and declines in the value of investments; and
significant interruptions to our systems and operations.
Natural and man-made catastrophic events are generally unpredictable. While we have structured our business and selected our niches in part to avoid catastrophic losses, our exposure to such losses depends on various factors, including the frequency and severity of the catastrophes, the rate of inflation and the value and geographic or other concentrations of insured companies and individuals. Vendor models and proprietary assumptions and processes that we use to manage catastrophe exposure may prove to be ineffective due to incorrect assumptions or estimates.
In addition, legislative and regulatory initiatives and court decisions following major catastrophes could require us to pay the insured beyond the provisions of the original insurance policy and may prohibit the application of a deductible, resulting in inflated catastrophe claims.
These and other disruptions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Disruptions related to COVID-19, including economic impacts of the COVID-19-related governmental actions, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, COVID-19 has spread to multiple countries, including the U.S., and was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization on March 11, 2020. The global outbreak of COVID-19 continues to rapidly evolve and has resulted in quarantines, reductions in business activity, widespread unemployment and overall economic and financial market instability. In addition, the ongoing continuation of the COVID-19 pandemic and the economic impacts of COVID-19-related governmental actions may also eventually have an impact on our premium revenue, our loss experience and loss expense, liquidity, or our regulatory capital and surplus, and operations.
It is still too early to determine the ultimate effect that the economic shutdown, resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, will have on our future revenues or expected claims and losses. Legislative and regulatory initiatives taken, or which may be taken in response to COVID-19, may adversely affect our operations, particularly with respect to our workers’ compensation businesses. Adverse effects could include:
Legislative or regulatory action seeking to retroactively mandate coverage for losses, which our policies would not otherwise cover or have been priced to cover;
Regulatory actions relaxing reporting requirements for claims, which may affect coverage under our claims made and reported policies;
Legislative actions prohibiting us from cancelling policies in accordance with our policy terms or non-renewing policies at their expiration date;
Legislative orders to provide premium refunds, extend premium payment grace periods and allow time extensions for past due premium payments;
We may have increased workers’ compensation loss expense and claims frequency if policyholder employees in high risk roles with essential businesses contract COVID-19 in the workplace;
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

While we have seen through the two months ended May 31, 2020 fewer claims reported despite insuring more employees and have not seen a significant impact on the average value of incurred losses due to the COVID-19 pandemic, high unemployment and low interest rates could adversely affect our profitability and declining payrolls could adversely affect our workers' compensation written premiums;
Travel restrictions and quarantines leading to a lack of in-person meetings, which would hinder our ability to establish relationships or originate new business;
Alternative working arrangements, including employees working remotely, which could negatively impact our business should such arrangements remain for an extended period of time;
We may experience elevated frequency and severity in our workers’ compensation lines as a result of legislative or regulatory action to effectively expand workers’ compensation coverage for certain types of workers; and
We may experience delayed reporting of losses, settlement negotiations and disputed claims resolution above our normal claims resolution trends.
The occurrence of any of these events or experiences, individually or collectively, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Global climate change may in the future increase the frequency and severity of weather events and resulting losses, particularly to the extent our policies are concentrated in geographic areas where such events occur, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Scientific evidence indicates that man-made production of greenhouse gas has had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on the global climate. There is a growing consensus today that climate change increases the frequency and severity of extreme weather events and, in recent years, the frequency of extreme weather events appears to have increased. We cannot predict whether or to what extent damage that may be caused by natural events, such as wild fires, severe tropical storms and hurricanes, will affect our ability to write new insurance policies and reinsurance contracts, but, to the extent our policies are concentrated in the specific geographic areas in which these events occur, the increased frequency and severity of such events and the total amount of our loss exposure in the impacted areas of such events may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, although we have historically had limited exposure to catastrophic risk, claims from catastrophe events could reduce our earnings and cause substantial volatility in our business, financial condition and results of operations for any period. However, assessing the risk of loss and damage associated with the adverse effects of climate change and the range of approaches to address loss and damage associated with the adverse effects of climate change, including impacts related to extreme weather events and slow onset events, remains a challenge and might adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Because our business depends on insurance brokers, we are exposed to certain risks arising out of our reliance on these distribution channels that could adversely affect our results.
Certain premiums from policyholders, where the business is produced by brokers, are collected directly by the brokers and forwarded to our insurance subsidiary. In certain jurisdictions, when the insured pays its policy premium to its broker for payment on behalf of our insurance subsidiary, the premium may be considered to have been paid under applicable insurance laws and regulations. Accordingly, the insured would no longer be liable to us for those amounts, whether or not we have actually received the premium from that broker. Consequently, we assume a degree of credit risk associated with the brokers with whom we work. Where necessary, we review the financial condition of potential new brokers before we agree to transact business with them. Although the failure by any of our brokers to remit premiums to us has not been material to date, there may be instances where our brokers collect premiums but do not remit them to us and we may be required under applicable law to provide the coverage set forth in the policy despite the absence of related premiums being paid to us.
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Because the possibility of these events occurring depends in large part on the financial condition and internal operations of our brokers, we monitor broker behavior and review financial information on an as-needed basis. If we are unable to collect premiums from our brokers in the future, our underwriting profits may decline and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Our operating results have in the past varied from quarter to quarter and may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.
Our operating results are subject to fluctuation and have historically varied from quarter to quarter. We expect our quarterly results to continue to fluctuate in the future due to a number of factors, including the general economic conditions in the markets where we operate, the frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophic or other insured events, fluctuating interest rates, claims exceeding our loss reserves, competition in our industry, deviations from expected renewal rates of our existing policies and contracts, adverse investment performance and the cost of reinsurance coverage.
In particular, we seek to underwrite products and make investments to achieve favorable returns on tangible stockholders’ equity over the long term. In addition, our opportunistic nature and focus on long-term growth in tangible equity may result in fluctuations in gross written premiums from period to period as we concentrate on underwriting contracts that we believe will generate better long-term, rather than short-term, results. Accordingly, our short-term results of operations may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.
Changes in accounting practices and future pronouncements may materially affect our reported financial results.
Developments in accounting practices may require us to incur considerable additional expenses to comply, particularly if we are required to prepare information relating to prior periods for comparative purposes or to apply the new requirements retroactively. The impact of changes in current accounting practices and future pronouncements cannot be predicted but may affect the calculation of net income, stockholders’ equity and other relevant financial statement line items.
Our insurance subsidiaries are required to comply with statutory accounting principles (“SAP”). SAP and various components of SAP are subject to constant review by the NAIC and its task forces and committees, as well as state insurance departments, in an effort to address emerging issues and otherwise improve financial reporting. Various proposals are pending before committees and task forces of the NAIC, some of which, if enacted, could have negative effects on insurance industry participants. The NAIC continuously examines existing laws and regulations. We cannot predict whether or in what form such reforms will be enacted and, if so, whether the enacted reforms will positively or negatively affect us.
Legal and regulatory risks
We are subject to extensive regulation.
Most insurance regulations are designed to protect the interests of policyholders rather than stockholders and other investors. These regulations, generally administered by a department of insurance in each state and territory in which we do business, relate to, among other things:
approval of policy forms and premium rates;
standards of solvency, including risk-based capital measurements;
licensing of insurers;
challenging our use of fronting arrangements in states in which our Program Partner is not licensed;
imposing minimum capital and surplus requirements for insurance company subsidiaries;
restrictions on agreements with our large revenue-producing agents;
cancellation and non-renewal of policies;
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

restrictions on the nature, quality and concentration of investments;
restrictions on the ability of our insurance company subsidiaries to pay dividends to us;
restrictions on transactions between our insurance company subsidiaries and their affiliates;
restrictions on the size of risks insurable under a single policy;
requiring deposits for the benefit of policyholders;
requiring certain methods of accounting;
periodic examinations of our operations and finances;
prescribing the form and content of records of financial condition required to be filed; and
requiring reserves for unearned premium, losses and other purposes.
State insurance departments also conduct periodic examinations of the conduct and affairs of insurance companies and require the filing of annual, quarterly and other reports relating to financial condition, holding company issues, ERM and ORSA and other matters. These regulatory requirements could adversely affect or inhibit our ability to achieve some or all of our business objectives, including profitable operations in our various customer segments.
In addition, regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to deny or revoke licenses for various reasons, including the violation of regulations. In some instances, we follow practices based on our interpretations of regulations or practices that we believe may be generally followed by the industry. These practices may turn out to be different from the interpretations of regulatory authorities. If we do not have the requisite licenses and approvals or do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, insurance regulatory authorities could fine us, preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities in certain jurisdictions or otherwise penalize us. This could adversely affect our ability to operate our business. Further, changes in the laws and regulations applicable to the insurance industry or interpretations by regulatory authorities could adversely affect our ability to operate our business as currently conducted and in accordance with our business objectives.
In addition to regulations specific to the insurance industry, including the insurance laws of our principal state regulators (the Kansas Insurance Department, the California Department of Insurance and the Utah Insurance Department), as a public company we will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the SEC and the securities exchange on which our common stock is listed, each of which regulate many areas such as financial and business disclosures, corporate governance and stockholder matters. Among other laws, we are subject to laws relating to federal trade restrictions, privacy/data security and terrorism risk insurance laws.
We monitor these laws, regulations and rules on an ongoing basis to ensure compliance and make appropriate changes as necessary. Implementing such changes may require adjustments to our business methods, increases to our costs and other changes that could cause us to be less competitive in our industry. For further information on the regulation of our business, see “Regulation.”
Regulators may challenge our use of fronting arrangements in states in which our Program Partners are not licensed.
We enter into fronting, or issuing carrier, arrangements with our Program Partners that require a broadly licensed, highly rated admitted carrier to conduct their business in states in which such Program Partner is not licensed or is not authorized to write particular lines of insurance. We typically act as the reinsurance broker to the program as well as the issuing carrier, which enables us to charge fees for the placement of reinsurance in addition to the fronting fees. We also receive ceding commissions from third-party reinsurers to which we transfer all or a portion of the underwriting risk. Some state insurance regulators may object to our issuing carrier arrangements. In certain states, including Florida and Kentucky, the insurance commissioner has the authority to prohibit an authorized insurer from acting as an issuing carrier for an unauthorized insurer. In addition, insurance departments in states in which there is no statutory or regulatory prohibition against an authorized insurer acting as an issuing carrier for an unauthorized insurer could deem the assuming insurer to be transacting insurance business without a license and the issuing carrier to be aiding and abetting the unauthorized sale of insurance.
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If regulators in any of the states where we conduct our issuing carrier business were to prohibit or limit the arrangement, we would be prevented or limited from conducting that business for which a capacity provider is not authorized in those states, unless and until the capacity provider is able to obtain the necessary licenses. This could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “— More than half of our gross written premiums are written in three key states.”
Regulation may become more extensive in the future.
Legislators and regulators may periodically consider various proposals that may affect our business practices and product designs, how we sell or service certain products we offer or the profitability of our business. We continually monitor such proposals and assess how they may apply to us or our competitors or how they could impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to compete effectively.
Increasing regulatory focus on privacy issues and expanding laws could affect our business model and expose us to increased liability.
The regulatory environment surrounding information security and privacy is increasingly demanding.
We are subject to numerous U.S. federal and state laws and non-U.S. regulations governing the protection of personal and confidential information of our customers or employees. On October 24, 2017, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) adopted an Insurance Data Security Model Law, which requires licensed insurance entities to comply with detailed information security requirements. The NAIC model law has been adopted by certain states and is under consideration by others. It is not yet known whether or not, and to what extent, states legislatures or insurance regulators where we operate will enact the Insurance Data Security Model Law in whole or in part, or in a modified form. Such enactments, especially if inconsistent between states or with existing laws and regulations could raise compliance costs or increase the risk of noncompliance, with the attendant risk of being subject to regulatory enforcement actions and penalties, as well as reputational harm. Any such events could potentially have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
As a holding company, we rely on dividends and payments from our subsidiaries to operate our business. Our ability to receive dividends and permitted payments from our insurance company subsidiaries is subject to regulatory constraints.
We are a holding company and, as such, have no direct operations of our own. We do not expect to have any significant assets other than our ownership of equity interests in our operating subsidiaries. We accordingly depend on the payment of funds from our subsidiaries in the form of dividends, distributions or otherwise to meet our obligations and to pay our expenses. The ability of our subsidiaries to make any payments to us depends on their earnings, the terms of their indebtedness, including the terms of any credit facilities and legal restrictions.
In addition, dividends payable from our insurance company subsidiaries without the prior approval of the applicable insurance commissioner are limited to the greater of 10% of Benchmark’s surplus as shown on the last statutory financial statement on file with the Kansas Insurance Department and the California Department of Insurance, respectively, or 100% of net income during the applicable twelve-month period (not including realized capital gains); and in Utah, the lesser of 10% of ALIC’s surplus as shown on the last statutory financial statement on file with the Utah Insurance Department, 100% of net income during the applicable twelve-month period (not including realized capital gains). As of December 31, 2019, the maximum amount of unrestricted dividends that our insurance company subsidiaries could pay to us without approval was $11.6 million. Our insurance company subsidiaries may be unable to pay dividends in the future, and the limitations of such dividends could adversely affect our business, liquidity or financial condition.
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The effects of litigation on our business are uncertain and could have an adverse effect on our business.
As is typical in our industry, we continually face risks associated with litigation of various types, including general commercial and corporate litigation, and disputes relating to bad faith allegations which could result in us incurring losses in excess of policy limits. We are party to certain litigation matters throughout the year, mostly with respect to claims. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and if there were an outcome unfavorable to us, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial position in the period in which the outcome occurs. Even if an unfavorable outcome does not materialize, we still may face substantial expense and disruption associated with the litigation.
We may have exposure to losses from acts of terrorism as we are required by law to provide certain coverage for such losses.
U.S. insurers are required by state and federal law to offer coverage for acts of terrorism in certain commercial lines, including workers’ compensation. The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act, as extended by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“TRIPRA”) requires commercial P&C insurance companies to offer coverage for acts of terrorism, whether foreign or domestic, and established a federal assistance program through the end of 2020 to help cover claims related to future terrorism-related losses. The likelihood and impact of any terrorist act is unpredictable, and the ultimate impact on us would depend upon the nature, extent, location and timing of such an act. Although we reinsure a portion of the terrorism risk we retain under TRIPRA, our terrorism reinsurance does not provide full coverage for an act stemming from nuclear, biological or chemical terrorism. To the extent an act of terrorism, whether a domestic or foreign act, is certified by the Secretary of Treasury, we may be covered under TRIPRA of our losses for certain P&C lines of insurance. However, any such coverage would be subject to a mandatory deductible based on 20% of earned premium for the prior year for the covered lines of commercial P&C insurance. Based on our 2018 earned premiums, our aggregate deductible under TRIPRA during 2019 is approximately $59 million. The federal government will then reimburse us for losses in excess of our deductible, which will be 81% of losses in 2019, and 80% in 2020, up to a total industry program limit of  $100 billion.
Assessments and premium surcharges for state guaranty funds, secondary-injury funds, residual market programs and other mandatory pooling arrangements may reduce our profitability.
Most states require insurance companies licensed to do business in their state to participate in guaranty funds, which require the insurance companies to bear a portion of the unfunded obligations of impaired, insolvent or failed insurance companies. These obligations are funded by assessments, which are expected to continue in the future. State guaranty associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurance companies in the state based on their proportionate share of premiums written in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurance companies are engaged. Accordingly, the assessments levied on us may increase as we increase our written premiums. Some states also have laws that establish secondary-injury funds to reimburse insurers and employers for claims paid to injured employees for aggravation of prior conditions or injuries. These funds are supported by either assessments or premium surcharges based on incurred losses.
In addition, as a condition to conducting business in some states, insurance companies are required to participate in residual market programs to provide insurance to those who cannot procure coverage from an insurance carrier on a negotiated basis. Insurance companies generally can fulfill their residual market obligations by, among other things, participating in a reinsurance pool where the results of all policies provided through the pool are shared by the participating insurance companies. Although we price our insurance to account for our potential obligations under these pooling arrangements, we may not be able to accurately estimate our liability for these obligations. Accordingly, mandatory pooling arrangements may cause a decrease in our profits. Further, the impairment, insolvency or failure of other insurance companies in these pooling arrangements would likely increase the liability for other members in the pool. The effect of assessments and premium surcharges or increases in such assessments or surcharges could reduce our profitability in any given period or limit our ability to grow our business.
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks related to our common stock and this offering
There is no public market for our common stock and a market may never develop.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq, an active trading market for shares of our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of common stock at an attractive price, or at all. The price for our common stock in this offering will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and representatives of the underwriters, and it may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at any other price, or at the time that you would like to sell. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common stock, our ability to motivate our employees and sales representatives through equity incentive awards, and our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using our common stock as consideration.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or our industry or if they issue unfavorable commentary or negative recommendations with respect to our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research and other securities analysts publish about us, our business and our industry. We do not have control over these analysts and we may be unable or slow to attract research coverage. One or more analysts could issue negative recommendations with respect to our common stock or publish other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us, our business or our industry. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market. As a result of one or more of these factors, the market price of our common stock price could decline rapidly and our common stock trading volume could be adversely affected.
Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance.
Some factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate, in addition to the other risks mentioned in this section of the prospectus, are:
our operating and financial performance and prospects;
our announcements or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products or services, enhancements, significant contracts, acquisitions or strategic investments;
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts who cover our common stock;
fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or earnings guidance or the quarterly financial results or earnings guidance of companies perceived to be similar to us;
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities, sales of large blocks of common stock by our stockholders, including our principal stockholders, or the incurrence of additional debt;
departure of key personnel;
reputational issues;
changes in general economic and market conditions;
changes in industry conditions or perceptions or changes in the market outlook for the insurance industry; and
changes in applicable laws, rules or regulations, regulatory actions affecting us and other dynamics.
The securities markets have from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies.
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These broad market fluctuations, as well as general market, economic and political conditions, such as recessions, loss of investor confidence or interest rate changes, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of shares of our common stock are low.
Our principal stockholders will be able to exert significant influence over us and our corporate decisions.
Immediately following this offering, our principal stockholders, the Altaris Funds, will hold approximately 57.6% of our common stock or 54.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments in full. As a result, our principal stockholders are able to influence matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other extraordinary transactions. Our principal stockholders may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. The concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of us, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of us and may ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.
As long as our principal stockholders own a majority of our common stock, we may rely on certain exemptions from the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq available for “controlled companies.”
Upon the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance listing requirements of the Nasdaq because our principal stockholders will continue to own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock. A controlled company may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq. Accordingly, our board of directors will not be required to have a majority of independent directors and our compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee will not be required to meet the director independence requirements to which we would otherwise be subject until such time as we cease to be a “controlled company.” If we elect to rely on “controlled company” exemptions, you will not have certain of the protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq.
Our principal stockholders could sell their interests in us to a third party in a private transaction, which may result in your not realizing any change-of-control premium on your shares and subject us to the influence of a currently unknown third party.
Following the completion of this offering, our principal stockholders will continue to beneficially own more than 50% of our common stock. Our principal stockholders will have the ability, should they choose to do so, to sell some or all of their shares of our common stock in a privately negotiated transaction, which, if sufficient in size, could result in another party gaining significant influence over us.
The ability of our principal stockholders to sell their shares of our common stock privately, with no requirement for a concurrent offer to be made to acquire all of the shares of our outstanding common stock that will be publicly traded after this offering, could prevent you from realizing any change-of-control premium on your shares of our common stock that may accrue to our principal stockholders upon their private sales of our common stock.
Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our common stock may depress our stock price.
If our stockholders sell a large number of shares of our common stock, or if we issue a large number of shares of our common stock in connection with future acquisitions, financings, or other circumstances, the market price of shares of our common stock could decline significantly. Moreover, the perception in the public market that our stockholders may sell shares of our common stock could depress the market price of those shares. In addition, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our principal stockholders could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
All the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction, except for shares acquired by any of our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Immediately after this offering, the public market for our common stock will include only the 10,714,286 shares of common stock that are
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

being sold in this offering. Once we register these shares, they can be sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to restrictions under the securities laws applicable to resales by affiliates. In addition, the registration rights agreement with our principal stockholders pursuant to which we will be obligated to register our principal stockholders’ shares of our common stock for public resale upon request by our principal stockholders, beginning 180 days following the date of this prospectus. See “Shares eligible for future sale — Registration Rights Agreement.”
We expect that we, our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all our common stock immediately preceding this offering will enter into lock-up arrangements under which we and they will agree that we and they will not sell, directly or indirectly, any common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject to certain exceptions) without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. See “Underwriting.”
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and operating as a public company will place additional demands on our management.
As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq have imposed various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Compliance with these requirements will place significant additional demands on our management and will require us to enhance certain internal functions, such as investor relations, legal, financial reporting and corporate communications. Accordingly, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance.
We currently do not anticipate declaring or paying regular dividends on our common stock.
We do not currently anticipate declaring or paying regular cash dividends on our common stock in the near term. We currently intend to use our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth and develop our business and for general corporate purposes (which may include capital contributions to our insurance company subsidiaries). Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock in the near term, and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which they are initially offered. Any future declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions of capital will be at the discretion of our board of directors and the payment of any future dividends or other distributions of capital will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, cash needs, regulatory constraints, capital requirements (including requirements of our subsidiaries) and any other factors that our board of directors deems relevant in making such a determination. In addition, the terms of the agreements governing the debt we incurred, or debt that we may incur, may limit or prohibit the payment of dividends. For more information, see “Dividend policy.” We may not establish a dividend policy or pay dividends in the future or continue to pay any dividend if we do commence paying dividends pursuant to a dividend policy or otherwise.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the exclusive forum for any action under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be either the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to claims which are vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or forum other than the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, for which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have subject matter jurisdiction or, in the case of an action under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, for which neither the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware nor the federal district court for the District of Delaware has subject matter jurisdiction. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that the stockholder finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees and may discourage these types of lawsuits. In addition, stockholders who do bring a claim in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware could face additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near Delaware. Furthermore, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware recently determined that a provision stating that federal district courts are the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act is not enforceable. This decision may be reviewed and ultimately overturned by the Delaware Supreme Court.
Provisions in our organizational documents, Delaware corporate law, state insurance laws and certain of our contractual agreements and compensation arrangements may prevent or delay an acquisition of us.
Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and of state law may delay, deter, prevent or render more difficult a takeover attempt that our stockholders may consider in their best interests. For example, such provisions or laws may prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.
Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws may have anti-takeover effects and may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that our stockholders may consider in their best interests. The provisions provide for, among others:
the ability of our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock;
the filling of any vacancies on our board of directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, that after the first time when the principal stockholders cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of our outstanding common stock, any vacancy occurring in our board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders);
certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings;
advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at our annual meetings; and
stockholder action by written consent only until the first time when our principal stockholders cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, 50% or greater of our outstanding common stock.
Section 203 of the DGCL may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, including mergers, consolidations or acquisitions of additional shares, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” An “interested stockholder” is defined to include persons owning directly or indirectly 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation.
The insurance laws and regulations of the various states in which our insurance company subsidiaries are organized may delay or impede a business combination involving us. State insurance laws generally prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most states’ statutes, an entity is presumed to have control of an
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. These regulatory restrictions may delay, deter or prevent a potential merger or sale of us, even if our board of directors decides that it is in the best interests of stockholders for us to merge or be sold. These restrictions also may delay sales by us or acquisitions by third parties of our insurance company subsidiaries.
These anti-takeover provisions and laws may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that our stockholders may consider in their best interests. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. See “Description of capital stock — Certain anti-takeover provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated by-laws and applicable law.”
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our principal stockholders have no obligation to offer us corporate opportunities.
The Altaris Funds and the members of our board of directors who are affiliated with the Altaris Funds, by the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, are not required to offer us any corporate opportunity of which they become aware and can take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have an investment, unless such opportunity is expressly offered to them solely in their capacity as our directors. Trean Insurance Group, Inc., by the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, expressly renounces any interest in any such corporate opportunity to the extent permitted under applicable law, even if the opportunity is one that we would reasonably be deemed to have pursued if given the opportunity to do so. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation cannot be amended to eliminate our renunciation of any such corporate opportunity arising prior to the date of any such amendment.
The Altaris Funds are in the business of making investments in portfolio companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete with us, and the Altaris Funds have no obligation to refrain from acquiring competing businesses. Any competition could intensify if an affiliate or subsidiary of the Altaris Funds were to enter into or acquire a business similar to ours. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by the Altaris Funds to themselves, their portfolio companies or their other affiliates instead of to us.
We will be required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to achieve and maintain effective internal controls, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.
As a public company with SEC reporting obligations, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require annual assessments by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the annual report for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. We are an emerging growth company, and thus we are exempt from the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley until such time as we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. See also “— We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act and have elected to take advantage of reduced disclosure requirements and other exemptions applicable to emerging growth companies.” Regardless of whether we qualify as an emerging growth company, we will still need to implement substantial internal control systems and procedures in order to satisfy the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and applicable requirements. During the course of our assessment, we may identify deficiencies that we are unable to remediate in a timely manner. Testing and maintaining our internal control over financial reporting may also divert management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley. If we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or their effect on our operations. Moreover, any material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control over
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

financial reporting may impede our ability to file timely and accurate reports with the SEC. Any of the above could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information or our common stock listing on the Nasdaq to be suspended or terminated, which could have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock.
We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act and have elected to take advantage of reduced disclosure requirements and other exemptions applicable to emerging growth companies.
For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in JOBS Act, we will have the option to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and other requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our registration statements, periodic reports and proxy statements, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”), being permitted to have an extended transition period for adopting any new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or the SEC, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
In this prospectus we have elected to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements relating to executive compensation, and in the future, we may take advantage of any or all of these exemptions for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time) or more, (ii) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
We have availed ourselves of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We expect to continue to avail ourselves of the emerging growth company exemptions described above. In addition, we expect to avail ourselves of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. As a result, the information that we provide to stockholders will be less comprehensive than what you may receive from other public companies.
Because we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards for an “emerging growth company,” our combined financial statements may not be comparable to companies that currently comply with these accounting standards.
We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our combined financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with these accounting standards as of the public company effective dates. Consequently, our combined financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. Because our combined financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates, investors may have difficulty evaluating or comparing our business, performance or prospects in comparison to other public companies, which may have a negative impact on the value and liquidity of our common stock. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we plan to rely on this exemption. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
You will incur immediate dilution as a result of this offering.
The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net stockholders’ tangible book value per share of our common stock based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities divided
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

by our shares of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share after consummation of this offering. You may experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances. See “Dilution.”
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering and may not use them effectively.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes. Our management has broad discretion over how these proceeds are to be used and could spend the proceeds in ways with which you may not agree. In addition, we may not use the proceeds of this offering effectively or in a manner that increases our market value or enhances our profitability. We have not established a timetable for the effective deployment of the proceeds, and we cannot predict how long it will take to deploy the proceeds.
Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control.
Under applicable Kansas, California and Utah insurance laws and regulations, no person may acquire control of a domestic insurer until written approval is obtained from the state insurance commissioner following a public hearing on the proposed acquisition. Such approval would be contingent upon the state insurance commissioner’s consideration of a number of factors including, among others, the financial strength of the proposed acquiror, the acquiror’s plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. Kansas, California and Utah insurance laws and regulations pertaining to changes of control apply to both the direct and indirect acquisition of ten percent or more of the voting stock of that state’s domiciled insurer. Accordingly, the acquisition of ten percent or more of our common stock would be considered an indirect change of control of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. and would trigger the applicable change of control filing requirements under Kansas, California and Utah insurance laws and regulations, absent a disclaimer of control filing and its acceptance by the Kansas Insurance Department, the California Department of Insurance and the Utah Insurance Department. These requirements may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of Trean Insurance Group, Inc., including through transactions that some or all of the stockholders of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. may consider to be desirable. See “Regulation.”
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Forward-looking statements
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical or current facts. These statements may discuss, among other things, our future financial performance, our business prospects and strategy, the lines of business we target, our anticipated financial position, liquidity and capital, our dividend policy and market and industry conditions. You can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “believe,” “seek,” “outlook,” “future,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “can have,” “likely” and similar terms. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions about future events. These statements are only predictions and are not guarantees of future performance. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying beliefs and assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by a forward-looking statement. Factors that may cause such differences include those described in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. Except as expressly required under federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of the SEC, we disclaim any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Organizational structure
The diagram below depicts our current organizational structure:

Following the date of this prospectus and prior to the completion of this offering, each of Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings will contribute all of their respective assets and liabilities to Trean Insurance Group, Inc., a newly formed direct subsidiary of BIC Holdings, in exchange for shares of common stock in Trean Insurance Group, Inc. as consideration. Upon the completion of the transfer, Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings will be dissolved and will distribute in-kind shares to the Pre-IPO Unitholders (including with respect to Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings Class C units held by Mr. Jones, one of our directors, that will become fully vested in connection with the IPO). In connection with such dissolutions and as contemplated by the operating agreements for Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings, among other things, transaction payments will be made by Trean Corporation and Benchmark to certain of the Pre-IPO Unitholders and certain other employees of Trean Corporation and/or Benchmark, which payment amounts are expected to be $3.1 million in the aggregate.
In addition, Trean Insurance Group, Inc. will acquire the Blake Enterprises entities’ 55% equity interest in Compstar in exchange for approximately 6.6 million shares of common stock in Trean Insurance Group, Inc. as consideration. Upon the completion of the acquisition, Trean Insurance Group, Inc. will contribute such 55% equity interest to Trean Compstar after which Trean Compstar will own 100% of Compstar.
In the in-kind distribution described above, the Pre-IPO Unitholders will receive 37,386,394 shares of common stock at an exchange rate of 0.48 shares of common stock per unit.
Assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), immediately following the completion of this offering, the Altaris Funds will hold approximately 57.6% of our common stock, 21.5% will be held by management and other Pre-IPO Unitholders and the Blake Enterprises entities and the remaining 20.9% will be held by public stockholders (or 54.8%, 21.1% and 24.1%, respectively, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments is exercised in full).
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering:

42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Use of proceeds
We estimate the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering will be approximately $88.3 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $4.7 million.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $6.6 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, which we show on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. 
We intend to use the net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering to (i) redeem all $5.1 million aggregate liquidation preference of the Series B Preferred Stock, (ii) pay $7.7 million to redeem all of our outstanding Subordinated Notes, (iii) use $19.3 million to repay in full all outstanding term loan borrowings under the 2018 Oak Street Credit Agreement, (iv) pay an aggregate one-time payment of approximately $7.3 million to Altaris Capital Partners, LLC in connection with the termination of our consulting and advisory agreements with Altaris Capital Partners, LLC and (v) pay an aggregate $3.1 million to certain Pre-IPO Unitholders and other employees in connection with the reorganization transactions and pursuant to the operating agreements for Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions — Consulting Agreements” and “Organizational structure.” Any remaining proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes, including to support the growth of our business.
There are four tranches of Series B Preferred Stock that have no maturity date and pay dividends at a rate per annum, respectively, of 3.00%, 4.00%, 2.85% and in an amount equal to the actual net investment income earned on the outstanding liquidation preference. The Subordinated Notes bear interest at 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 3.50% and have a maturity date of July 7, 2036.
The term loan under the 2018 Oak Street Credit Agreement accrues interest at a variable per annum rate equal to the prime rate plus 1.25%. As of March 16, 2020, the date of the most recently announced prime rate, the interest rate under the term loan was 4.50%. The term loan matures on May 25, 2024.
This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering.
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dividend policy
We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.
Our status as a holding company and a legal entity separate and distinct from our subsidiaries affects our ability to pay dividends and make other payments. As a holding company without significant operations of our own, the principal sources of our funds are dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries. The ability of our insurance company subsidiaries to pay dividends to us is subject to limits under insurance laws of the states in which our insurance company subsidiaries are domiciled or commercially domiciled. See “Risk factors — As a holding company, we rely on dividends and payments from our subsidiaries to operate our business. Our ability to receive dividends and permitted payments from our insurance company subsidiaries is subject to regulatory constraints.” Furthermore, dividends from our insurance company subsidiaries are limited by minimum capital requirements in state regulations. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Liquidity and capital resources” and “Regulation.”
On May 22, 2020, Trean Holdings paid an $18.2 million one-time special cash distribution to the Pre-IPO Unitholders of Trean Holdings. The distribution was funded from (i) a distribution of $3.4 million from Trean Compstar to Trean Holdings, (ii) a distribution of $14.0 million from Trean Corporation to Trean Holdings, of which $11.2 million was funded from borrowings under the 2020 First Horizon Credit Agreement, and (iii) $0.8 million of cash on hand at Trean Holdings.
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Capitalization
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2020, on an:
actual basis;
as adjusted basis giving effect to the reorganization transactions; and
as further adjusted basis giving effect to the issuance and sale by us of 7,142,857 shares of our common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of proceeds,” based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
The as further adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined when the initial public offering price is determined. You should read this table with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Organizational structure,” “Use of proceeds,” “Selected historical combined financial and other data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. 
 
As of March 31, 2020
 
Actual
As adjusted
As further
adjusted(1)
 
(in thousands, except shares
and per share data)
Long-term debt
$28,721
$48,981
$20,989
Redeemable preferred stock,1,000,000 shares authorized; 51 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted; no shares issued and outstanding, as further adjusted
5,100
5,100
Stockholders’ / members’ equity:
 
 
 
Members’ equity
78,458
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, actual; 600,000,000 shares authorized, 44,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; 51,142,857 shares issued and outstanding, as further adjusted
440
511
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted and as further adjusted
Additional paid-in capital
17,995
242,332
330,523
Retained earnings
49,967
64,501
64,501
Accumulated other comprehensive income
3,761
Total stockholders’ / members’ equity
150,181
307,273
395,535
Total capitalization
$  178,902
$ 356,253
$416,524
(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share of common stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total stockholders’ equity by approximately $6.6 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock offered in this offering by us would increase or decrease total stockholders’ equity by approximately $13.0 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The number of shares of common stock outstanding after the offering is based on our outstanding shares as of July 9, 2020, after giving effect to the reorganization transactions, and excludes 5,058,085 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our omnibus incentive plan that we expect to have approved upon consummation of this offering.
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dilution
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the as further adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.
As of March 31, 2020, our net tangible book value was $147.2 million. As adjusted net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding immediately after giving effect to the reorganization transactions but before the completion of this offering. As of March 31, 2020, our as adjusted net tangible book value per share was $2.67.
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering (i.e., the initial public offering price per share) and the as further adjusted net tangible book value per share. As further adjusted net tangible book value per share represents as adjusted net tangible book value per share as further adjusted to give effect to sale by us of 7,142,857 shares of common stock in this offering (the number of shares offered by us set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As of March 31, 2020, our as further adjusted net tangible book value was $205.6 million, or $4.02 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.35 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $9.98 per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Assumed initial public offering price per share
 
$14.00
As adjusted net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2020
$2.67
 
Increase in as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering
1.35
 
As further adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering
 
$4.02
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
 
$9.98
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our as further adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering by $0.13 per share and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.87 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Similarly, each increase (decrease) in 1,000,000 shares of the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the as further adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering by $0.17 and decrease (increase) the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $(0.17) per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments, as further adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering would not change since the selling stockholders are selling all the shares pursuant to any exercise of this option, and we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes, on an as further adjusted basis as of March 31, 2020 as described above, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors in this offering with respect to the number of shares of our common stock purchased, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid:
 
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average
Price
Per Share
 
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing stockholders
40,428,571
79.1%
$565,999,994
79.1%
$14.00
New investors in this offering
10,714,286
20.9%
$150,000,004
20.9%
$14.00
Total
51,142,857
100%
$715,999,998
100%
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors in this offering and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $7.1 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $14.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will decrease to 38,821,429, or 75.9% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering and the number of shares held by new investors in this offering will increase to 12,321,428, or 24.1% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering.
To the extent that any options or other equity incentive grants are issued in the future with an exercise price or purchase price below the initial public offering price, new investors in this offering will experience further dilution.
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Selected historical combined financial and other data 
The following tables present selected historical combined financial and other data of BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC, along with their wholly owned subsidiaries, at the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical combined financial and other data set forth below as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been derived from our audited combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical combined financial and other data set forth below as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited combined financial statements. In the opinion of our management, our unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements included in this prospectus include all adjustments, consisting of only normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth herein.
The selected historical combined financial and other data presented below do not purport to be indicative of the results that can be expected for any future period and should be read together with “Capitalization,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Three months ended
March 31,
Year ended
December 31,
 
2020
2019
2019
2018
 
(in thousands)
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
Gross written premiums
$107,859
$101,534
$411,401
$357,007
Increase in gross unearned premiums
(7,373)
(10,952)
(13,598)
(16,862)
Gross earned premiums
100,486
90,582
397,803
340,145
Ceded earned premiums
(78,027)
(70,958)
(311,325)
(273,569)
Net earned premiums
22,459
19,624
86,478
66,576
Net investment income
3,272
1,287
6,245
4,816
Net realized capital gains (losses)
3,234
612
667
(715)
Other revenue
4,392
3,595
9,125
7,826
Total revenue
33,357
25,118
102,515
78,503
 
 
 
 
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
12,934
11,456
44,661
35,729
General and administrative expenses
8,160
3,969
21,005
15,706
Interest expense
461
624
2,169
1,557
Total expenses
21,555
16,049
67,835
52,992
 
 
 
 
 
Other income
14
93
121
639
Income before taxes
11,816
9,162
34,801
26,150
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes
2,912
1,319
7,074
5,546
Equity earnings (losses) in affiliates, net of tax
702
608
3,558
(1,082)
Net income
$9,606
$8,451
$31,285
$19,522
Adjusted net income(1)
$6,602
$8,369
$33,194
$22,197
 
Three months ended
March 31, 2020
Year ended
December 31, 2019
Pro forma per share data(2):
 
 
Pro forma earnings per share outstanding
 
 
Basic and diluted
$0.20
$0.68
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding
 
 
Basic and diluted
51,142,857
51,142,857
(1)
Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income to net income in accordance with GAAP.
(2)
Pro forma earnings per share outstanding gives pro forma effect to: (a) the issuance of 37,386,394 shares of our common stock to Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings in exchange for the contribution of all of their respective assets and liabilities to Trean Insurance Group, Inc., (b) the issuance of 6,613,606 shares of our common stock in connection with the acquisition from the Blake Enterprises
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

entities of their 55% equity interest in Compstar, (c) the issuance of 7,142,857 shares of our common stock by us in the IPO and (d) equity in the net income of Compstar (net of tax) for the 55% that we do not currently own as if we had owned 100% of Compstar at the beginning of the period. See “Organizational structure.”
The table below sets forth the calculation of pro forma earnings per share outstanding:
 
Three months ended
March 31, 2020
Year ended
December 31, 2019
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Numerator:
 
 
Net income
$9,606
$31,285
Pro forma adjustment: 55% equity in net income of Compstar (net of tax)
858
3,409
Pro forma net income
$10,464
$34,694
 
 
 
Denominator:
 
 
Issuance of our common stock to Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings in exchange for contribution
37,386,394
37,386,394
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition from the Blake Baker Enterprises Entities of their 55% equity interest in Compstar Holding Company LLC
6,613,606
6,613,606
Issuance of common stock by us in this offering
7,142,857
7,142,857
Pro forma shares outstanding
51,142,857
51,142,857
Pro forma earnings per share outstanding
 
 
Basic and diluted
$0.20
$0.68
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
At March 31,
2020
At December 31,
 
2019
2018
 
(in thousands)
Balance sheet data:
 
 
 
Accrued investment income
$2,420
$2,468
$2,372
Premiums and other receivables
67,773
62,460
62,400
Related party receivables
21,871
22,221
15,934
Reinsurance recoverable
313,760
307,338
257,509
Prepaid reinsurance premiums
83,694
80,088
66,765
Deferred policy acquisition cost, net
3,103
2,115
2,976
Property and equipment, net
8,238
7,937
8,134
Deferred tax asset
1,280
1,367
1,823
Goodwill
2,822
2,822
2,822
Other assets
7,572
3,277
1,963
Total assets
954,583
919,034
800,119
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses
418,757
406,716
340,415
Unearned premiums
111,162
103,789
90,074
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
165,018
163,445
166,838
Reinsurance premiums payable
48,099
53,620
40,135
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
18,360
14,995
15,004
Total liabilities
799,302
772,319
688,988
Redeemable preferred stock
5,100
5,100
6,000
Total members’ equity
150,181
141,615
105,131
Total liabilities and members’ equity
$954,583
$919,034
$800,119
 
Three months ended
March 31,
Year ended
December 31,
 
2020
2019
2019
2018
Underwriting and other ratios:
 
 
 
 
Loss ratio(1)
57.6%
58.4%
51.6%
53.7%
Expense ratio(2)
36.3%
20.2%
24.3%
23.6%
Combined ratio(3)
93.9%
78.6%
75.9%
77.3%
Return on equity(4)
26.3%
30.5%
25.5%
20.2%
Adjusted return on equity(5)
18.1%
30.2%
27.0%
23.0%
Return on tangible equity(6)
26.9%
31.4%
26.1%
20.6%
Adjusted return on tangible equity(7)
18.5%
31.1%
27.7%
23.4%
(1)
The loss ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of losses and loss adjustment expenses to net earned premiums.
(2)
The expense ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of general and administrative expenses to net earned premiums.
(3)
The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss.
(4)
Return on equity represents net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending members’ equity during the period.
(5)
Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending members’ equity during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on equity to return on equity in accordance with GAAP.
(6)
Return on tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending tangible members’ equity during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of return on tangible equity to return on equity in accordance with GAAP.
(7)
Adjusted return on tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending tangible members’ equity during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on tangible equity to return on tangible equity in accordance with GAAP.
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 and the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 should be read in conjunction with the information included under “Business,” “Selected historical combined financial and other data” and our combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion and analysis below are based on comparisons between our historical financial data for different periods and include certain forward-looking statements about our business, operations and financial performance. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors described in “Risk factors.” Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, those forward-looking statements. See “Forward-looking statements.”
Overview
We are an established, growing and highly profitable company focused on providing products and services to the specialty insurance market. We underwrite specialty casualty insurance products both through our Program Partners and also through our Owned MGAs. We also provide our Program Partners with a variety of services, including issuing carrier services, claims administration and reinsurance brokerage, from which we generate recurring fee-based revenues.
We have one reportable segment. We provide insurance products and services focused on specialty casualty lines to our Program Partners and Owned MGAs. We target a diversified portfolio of small to medium programs, typically with less than $30 million of premiums, that focus on niche segments of the specialty casualty insurance market and that we believe have strong underwriting track records.
Our goal is to deliver long-term value to our stockholders by growing our business and generating attractive returns. We have grown gross written premiums from $144.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $411.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a CAGR of approximately 29.8% and have grown our net income from $7.9 million to $31.3 million at a CAGR of approximately 41.1% over the same time period. Our average return on equity from 2015 to 2019 was approximately 19.3%. We plan to use any remaining proceeds from this offering to support the growth of our business, including making contributions to the capital of our insurance subsidiaries and retaining more risk to capture additional premiums.
Coronavirus (COVID-19) Impact
We are monitoring the impact of the ongoing continuation of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, including how it will impact our premium revenue, loss experience and loss expense, liquidity, and our regulatory capital and surplus, and operations.
Workforce operations
We took several actions to protect the health of the public and our employees and to comply with directives and advice of governmental authorities. We responded by developing a Preparedness Plan that outlined both corporate-wide and location-specific modifications to offices. This multi-faceted plan included elements such as restricting business travel and transitioning from an office-based company to primarily a remote working culture. As most of our employees already had secure remote working connections, we took additional measures to ensure all employees who wanted or needed to work remotely were able to do so securely with limited connectivity disruption. We also provided our employees education and training with respect to cybersecurity issues that may arise relating to COVID-19 and working remotely in conjunction with the goal of serving the operational needs of a remote workforce and continuing to serve our customers. We implemented safeguards for employees who play critical roles to ensure operational reliability and established protocols for employees who interact directly with the public. As state, city and county guidelines progress, we have implemented new health and safety in-office procedures to prepare for transitioning our workforce back to working in our offices on a limited basis.
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Premium revenue, claims and losses
We have not had a significant impact to our premium revenue in the first quarter of 2020 relating to the COVID-19 pandemic. Only 10.0% of our business falls under hospitality, healthcare, and education, where a majority of the layoffs have occurred so far. Gross written premiums have increased by 6.2% and gross earned premiums have increased by 10.9% during the quarter ended March 31, 2020 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2019. As over 80% of our gross written premiums are related to workers’ compensation insurance, we expect that future revenue trends could be impacted by higher unemployment rates as businesses slowly restart or if unemployment levels continue to trend high over the balance of 2020. However, a significant portion of our workers’ compensation premiums are pay-as-you-go programs, which reduces our downside risk from future premium audits or refunds. We believe our business interruption exposure is limited to certain commercial multiple peril premiums in Michigan, which are written on standard ISO forms.
We also have not seen a significant impact in our reported claims or incurred losses in the first quarter of 2020 relating to the COVID-19 pandemic. Losses and loss adjustment expenses increased $1.5 million, or 12.9%, to $12.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to $11.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 primarily attributable to the growth in earned premiums during the period. In addition, our loss ratio remained relatively consistent at 57.6% during the first quarter of 2020 versus 58.4% during the first quarter of 2019.
Investment portfolio
With respect to our investment portfolio, we seek to hold a high-quality, diversified portfolio of investments, which are primarily in fixed maturity and available-for-sale investments and as such, our investment portfolio has limited exposure to the recent equity market volatility. In addition, and as a precaution, we put a temporary freeze on further investments to accumulate cash for liquidity purposes. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, we have experienced a slight decrease of only $1,233, or 0.4%, in the fair value of our investment portfolio due to unrealized losses on the value of our fixed maturity investments. We believe the recent decline in the fair value of our investment portfolio was due to the recent disruption in the global financial markets associated with COVID-19 as opposed to underlying issues with our investment portfolio. While we have seen an improvement in our unrealized investment positions as of the end of May 2020, if there were to be continued equity and debt financial market volatility, which in turn, could create market-to-market investment valuation decreases, we expect there could be additional or increased unrealized losses recorded during the balance of the year. However, given the conservative nature of our investment portfolio, we expect that any adverse impact on the value of our investment portfolio, as it relates to COVID-19, will be temporary, and we do not expect a long-term negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Other concerns
Adverse events such as health-related concerns about working in our offices, the inability to travel, the potential impact on our business partners and customers, and other matters affecting the general work and business environment could harm our business and delay the implementation of our business strategy. We cannot anticipate all the ways in which the current global health crisis and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business in the future.
Components of our results of operations
Gross written premiums
Gross written premiums are the amounts received or to be received for insurance policies written or assumed by us during a specific period of time without reduction for general and administrative expenses (including policy acquisition costs), reinsurance costs or other deductions. The volume of our gross written premiums in any given period is generally influenced by:
Addition and retention of Program Partners;
New business submissions to our Program Partners;
Binding of new business submissions into policies;
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Renewals of existing policies; and
Average size and premium rate of bound policies.
Gross earned premiums
Gross earned premiums are the earned portion of gross written premiums. We earn insurance premiums on a pro rata basis over the term of the policy. Our insurance policies generally have a term of one year.
Ceded earned premiums
Ceded earned premiums are the amount of gross earned premiums ceded to reinsurers. We enter into reinsurance contracts to limit our maximum losses and diversify our exposure and provide statutory surplus relief. The volume of our ceded earned premiums is affected by the level of our gross earned premiums and any decision we make to increase or decrease limits, retention levels and co-participations.
Net earned premiums
Net earned premiums represent the earned portion of our gross written premiums, less that portion of our gross written premiums that is earned and ceded to third-party reinsurers, including our Program Partners and professional reinsurers, under our reinsurance agreements.
Net investment income
We earn investment income on our portfolio of cash and invested assets. Our cash and invested assets are primarily comprised of fixed maturities, including other investments and short-term investments. Our net investment income includes interest income on our invested assets, which is net of the income earned on our reinsurance agreements, which are held for the benefit of our Program Partners, as well as unrealized gains and losses on our equity portfolio.
Net realized capital gains/losses
Net realized capital gains/losses are a function of the difference between the amount received by us on the sale of a security and the security’s recorded value, as well as any “other-than-temporary impairments” related to fixed maturity investments recognized in earnings.
Other revenue
Other revenue includes brokerage, third-party administrative, management and consulting fees, which are commonly based on written premiums.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Losses and LAE are net of reinsurance and include claims paid, estimates of future claim payments, changes in those estimates from prior reporting periods and costs associated with investigating, defending and servicing claims. In general, our losses and LAE are affected by:
frequency of claims associated with the particular types of insurance contracts that we write;
trends in the average size of losses incurred on a particular type of business;
mix of business written by us;
changes in the legal or regulatory environment related to the business we write;
trends in legal defense costs;
wage inflation; and
inflation in medical costs.
Losses and LAE are based on an actuarial analysis of the estimated losses, including losses incurred during the period and changes in estimates from prior periods. Losses and LAE may be paid out over a period of years.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses include policy acquisition costs and other underwriting expenses. Policy acquisition costs are principally comprised of the commissions we pay our brokers and program managers, net of ceding commissions we receive on business ceded under our reinsurance contracts.
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Policy acquisition costs that are directly related to the successful acquisition or reinsurance of those policies are deferred. The amortization of such policy acquisition costs is charged to expense in proportion to premium earned over the policy life. Other underwriting expenses include employee salaries and benefits, technology costs, office rent and professional services fees such as legal, accounting and actuarial services.
Interest expense
Interest expense consists primarily of interest paid on (i) our 2016 promissory note through April 2018, when the note was paid in full (See “— Liquidity and capital resources — Debt securities — 2016 promissory note”), (ii) the preferred capital securities issued by the Trust (See “— Liquidity and capital resources — Debt securities — 2006 subordinated notes”) and (iii) our term loan facility (See “— Liquidity and capital resources — Credit agreements — 2020 First Horizon Credit Agreement”).
Other income
Other income consists primarily of sublease revenue and other miscellaneous income items.
Equity earning in affiliates, net of tax
Equity earnings in affiliates, net of tax includes the Company’s share of earnings from equity method investments.
Key metrics
We discuss certain key financial and operating metrics, described below, which provide useful information about our business and the operational factors underlying our financial performance.
Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as income before taxes excluding net investment income, net realized capital losses, other revenue, interest expense and other income. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income to income before taxes in accordance with GAAP.
Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as net income excluding the impact of unusual events, including the consummation of the reorganization transactions, or gains or losses that we do not believe reflect our core operating performance, which items may have a disproportionate effect in a given period, affecting comparability of our results. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income to net income in accordance with GAAP.
Loss ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses to net earned premiums.
Expense ratio, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of general and administrative expenses to net earned premiums.
Combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss.
Return on equity is net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending stockholders’ equity during the period.
Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measured defined as adjusted net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending stockholders’ equity during the period. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on equity to return on equity in accordance with GAAP.
Tangible members’ equity is defined as members’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets.
Return on tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending tangible members’ equity during the period.
Adjusted return on tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as adjusted net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending tangible members’
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

equity during the period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on tangible equity to return on tangible equity in accordance with GAAP.
Results of operations
Three months ended March 31, 2020 compared to three months ended March 31, 2019
The following table summarizes combined results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019:
 
Three months ended
March 31,
Change
Percentage
Change
 
2020
2019
 
($ in thousands)
 
 
Revenues
 
 
 
 
Gross written premiums
$107,859
$101,534
$6,325
6%
Increase in gross unearned premiums
(7,373)
(10,952)
(3,579)
(33)
Gross earned premiums
100,486
90,582
9,904
11
Ceded earned premiums
(78,027)
(70,958)
7,069
10
Net earned premiums
22,459
19,624
2,835
14
Expenses
 
 
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
12,934
11,456
1,478
13
General and administrative expenses
8,160
3,969
4,191
106
Underwriting income(1)
1,365
4,199
(2,834)
(67)
Net investment income
3,272
1,287
1,985
154
Net realized capital gains (losses)
3,234
612
2,622
428
Other revenue
4,392
3,595
797
22
Interest expense
(461)
(624)
163
26
Other income
14
93
(79)
(85)
Income before taxes
11,816
9,162
2,654
29
Provision for income taxes
2,912
1,319
1,593
121
Equity earnings (losses) in affiliates, net of tax
702
608
94
15
Net income
$9,606
$8,451
$1,155
14%
Adjusted net income(2)
$6,602
$8,369
$(1,767)
(21)%
(1)
Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income in accordance with GAAP.
(2)
Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income to net income in accordance with GAAP.
 
Three months ended
March 31,
 
2020
2019
Key metrics:
 
 
Loss ratio
57.6%
58.4%
Expense ratio
36.3%
20.2%
Combined ratio
93.9%
78.6%
Return on equity
26.3%
30.5%
Adjusted return on equity(1)
18.1%
30.2%
Return on tangible equity(2)
26.9%
31.4%
Adjusted return on tangible equity(3)
18.5%
31.1%
(1)
Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on equity to return on equity in accordance with GAAP.
(2)
Return on tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of return on tangible equity to return on equity in accordance with GAAP.
(3)
Adjusted return on tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on tangible equity to return on tangible equity in accordance with GAAP.
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gross written premiums
Gross written premiums increased $6.4 million, or 6.2%, to $107.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to $101.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase is primarily attributable to the growth in our program partner business, particularly from Compstar and other major program partners. The changes in gross written premiums were most notably due to the following lines of business:
Workers' compensation, which represented 82.9% of our gross written premiums in the first quarter of 2020, increased by $5.2 million, or 6.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019.
All other non-workers’ compensation liability, which represented 17.1% of our gross written premiums in the first quarter of 2020, increased by $1.2 million, or 6.7%, for the three months ended March 31, 2020 compared to the same period in 2019.
Gross earned premiums
Gross earned premiums increased $9.9 million, or 10.9%, to $100.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $90.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase is driven by the increase in gross written premiums as well as the reduction in gross unearned premiums of $3.6 million. Gross earned premiums as a percentage of gross written premiums increased to 93.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from 89.2% for the same period in 2019.
Ceded earned premiums
Ceded earned premiums increased $7.1 million, or 10.0%, to $78.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $70.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase in our gross earned premiums for ceded policies during the period. Ceded earned premiums as a percentage of gross earned premiums increased to 77.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from 78.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2019.
Net earned premiums
Net earned premiums increased $2.8 million, or 14.4%, to $22.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $19.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 due primarily to the higher gross written and earned premiums described above, offset by the higher ceded earned premiums described above under reinsurance agreements for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The below table shows the amount of premiums we earned on a gross and net basis:
 
Three months ended
March 31,
Change
Percentage
Change
 
2020
2019
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
Gross written premiums
$107,859
$101,534
$6,325
6%
Increase in gross unearned premiums
(7,373)
(10,952)
(3,579)
(33)
Gross earned premiums
100,486
90,582
9,904
11
Ceded earned premiums
(78,027)
(70,958)
7,069
10
Net earned premiums
$22,459
$19,624
$2,835
14%
Net investment income
Investment income increased $2.0 million, or 154.2%, to $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 due primarily to a fair value re-measurement and reclassification of our TRI equity method investment to an investment in common stock, which resulted in a $2.0 million unrealized gain during the three months ended March 31, 2020.
Net realized capital gains/losses
Net realized capital gains increased $2.6 million, or 428.4%, to a gain of $3.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from a gain of $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 due
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

primarily to a recording of a $3.1 million realized gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s TRI equity investment during the three months ended March 31, 2020.
Other revenue
Other revenue increased $0.8 million, or 22.2%, to $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 due primarily to an increase of $1.0 million in brokerage fees, primarily related to Compstar, offset by a $0.2 million reduction in management fees due to a lost service contract in April 2019 and reduced First Choice Casualty Insurance Company fees as a result of the Company’s acquisition of First Choice Casualty Insurance Company in February 2019.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Losses and LAE increased $1.4 million, or 12.9%, to $12.9 million for three months ended March 31, 2020 from $11.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was directly attributable to the growth in earned premiums during the period. The Company's loss ratio remained relatively consistent at 57.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 compared to 58.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2019 as a result of some programs experiencing decreased loss ratios quarter over quarter.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses increased $4.2 million, or 105.6%, to $8.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $4.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. This change resulted in an increase in the Company's expense ratio to 36.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to 20.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was attributable to (i) an increase in salaries and benefits of $1.4 million resulting from an increased workforce; (ii) an increase in net agent commissions of $1.3 million resulting from an increase in written premiums; (iii) an increase in IPO-related professional service expense of $0.4 million; (iv) additional IT software and system costs totaling $0.3 million resulting from new software implementation and additional expenses incurred to accommodate a remote workforce due to COVID-19; and (v) additional rent and office-related expenses totaling $0.3 million due to the addition of new office locations and rent increases.
Interest expense
Interest expense decreased $0.1 million, or 26.1%, to $(0.5) million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $(0.6) million for the three months ended March 31, 2019.
Other income
Other income decreased $79 thousand, or 84.9%, to $14 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $93 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2019.
Provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes increased $1.6 million, or 120.8%, to $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 due primarily to the impact of state taxes and temporary differences associated with the gains recorded on the sale of and subsequent re-measurement of our TRI investment shares during the three months ended March 31, 2020. Additionally, we received tax benefits in the three months ended March 31, 2019 due to book and tax basis differences resulting from the acquisition of First Choice Casualty Insurance Company and tax benefits related to the tax impact of deferred acquisition costs.
Equity earnings in affiliates, net of tax
Equity earnings in affiliates, net of tax increased $0.1 million, or 15.5%, to $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to a $0.3 million increase in the Company’s share of Compstar’s earnings.
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year ended December 31, 2019 compared to year ended December 31, 2018
The following table summarizes combined results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
 
Year ended
December 31,
Change
Percentage
Change
 
2019
2018
 
($ in thousands)
 
 
Revenues
 
 
 
 
Gross written premiums
$411,401
$357,007
$54,394
15%
Increase in gross unearned premiums
(13,598)
(16,862)
(3,264)
(19)
Gross earned premiums
397,803
340,145
57,658
17
Ceded earned premiums
(311,325)
(273,569)
37,756
14
Net earned premiums
86,478
66,576
19,902
30
Expenses
 
 
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
44,661
35,729
8,932
25
General and administrative expenses
21,005
15,706
5,299
34
Underwriting income(1)
20,812
15,141
5,671
38
Net investment income
6,245
4,816
1,429
30
Net realized capital gains (losses)
667
(715)
1,382
193
Other revenue
9,125
7,826
1,299
17
Interest expense
2,169
1,557
(612)
(39)
Other income
121
639
(518)
(81)
Income before taxes
34,801
26,150
8,651
33
Provision for income taxes
7,074
5,546
1,528
28
Equity earnings (losses) in affiliates, net of tax
3,558
(1,082)
4,640
429
Net income
$31,285
$19,522
$11,763
60%
Adjusted net income(2)
$33,194
$22,197
$10,997
50%
(1)
Underwriting income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of underwriting income to net income in accordance with GAAP.
(2)
Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted net income to net income in accordance with GAAP.
 
Year ended
December 31,
 
2019
2018
Key metrics:
 
 
Loss ratio
51.6%
53.7%
Expense ratio
24.3%
23.6%
Combined ratio
75.9%
77.3%
Return on equity
25.5%
20.2%
Adjusted return on equity(1)
27.0%
23.0%
Return on tangible equity(2)
26.1%
20.6%
Adjusted return on tangible equity(3)
27.7%
23.4%
(1)
Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on equity to return on equity in accordance with GAAP.
(2)
Return on tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of return on tangible equity to return on equity in accordance with GAAP.
(3)
Adjusted return on tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “— Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted return on tangible equity to return on tangible equity in accordance with GAAP.
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gross written premiums
Gross written premiums were $411.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $357.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $54.4 million, or 15.2%. Premium growth in 2019 was primarily due to an increase of $58.5 million in our Compstar business, offset by a decrease of $15.7 million due to the termination of two accident and health programs. The changes in gross written premiums were most notable in the following lines of business:
Workers’ compensation, which represented 82.8% of our gross written premiums in 2019, increased by $63.2 million, or 22.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 over the prior year.
Other liability, which represented 7.3% of our gross written premiums in 2019, increased by $1.5 million, or 5.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 over the prior year.
Gross earned premiums
Gross earned premiums increased $57.7 million, or 17.0%, to $397.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $340.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to growth of our written premiums. Gross earned premiums as a percentage of gross written premiums increased to 96.7% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 95% for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Ceded earned premiums
Ceded earned premiums increased $37.8 million, or 13.8%, to $311.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $273.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to an increase in our gross earned premiums. Ceded earned premiums as a percentage of gross earned premiums decreased to 78.3% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 80.4% for the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease was primarily due to an increased retention of premiums written by Westcap and Compstar.
Net earned premiums
Net earned premiums increased $19.9 million, or 29.9%, to $86.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $66.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to the higher gross earned premiums described above offset by the higher ceded earned premiums described above under reinsurance agreements for the year ended December 31, 2019. The below table shows the amount of premiums we earned on a gross and net basis:
 
Year ended
December 31,
Change
Percentage
Change
 
2019
2018
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
Gross written premiums
$411,401
$357,007
$54,394
15%
Increase in gross unearned premiums
(13,598)
(16,862)
(3,264)
(19)
Gross earned premiums
397,803
340,145
57,658
17
Ceded earned premiums
(311,325)
(273,569)
37,756
14
Net earned premiums
$86,478
$66,576
$19,902
30%
Net investment income
Investment income increased $1.4 million, or 29.7%, to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to an increase in invested assets within our investment portfolio.
Net realized capital gains/losses
Net realized capital gains/losses increased $1.4 million, or 193.3%, to a gain of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from a loss of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to a realized gain on the purchase of FCCIC in 2019 and realized capital losses on investments sold in 2018.
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other revenue
Other revenue increased $1.3 million, or 16.6%, to $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to an increase in claims administration revenue. The changes in other revenue were most notable in the following lines of business:
Claims administration, which represented approximately 19.5% of our other revenue earned in 2019, increased by $1.1 million, or 180.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 over the prior year.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Losses and LAE increased $9.0 million, or 25.0%, to $44.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to growth of our written premiums.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses increased $5.3 million, or 33.7%, to $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to an increase in salaries and benefits.
Interest expense
Interest expense increased $0.6 million, or 39.3%, to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to a full year of interest on the 2018 First Horizon Credit Agreement.
Other income
Other income decreased $0.5 million, or 81.1%, to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to a decrease in sublease revenue as a result of expansion of office space, reducing the need to sublease in certain offices.
Provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes increased $1.6 million, or 27.6%, to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to an increase in net income before tax.
Equity earnings (losses) in affiliates, net of tax
Equity earnings (losses) in affiliates, net of tax increased $4.6 million, or 428.8%, to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $(1.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due primarily to an increase in income on the investment in Compstar due to a decrease in stock compensation amortized in 2019.
Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources
Sources and uses of funds
We are organized as a holding company with our operations conducted through our subsidiaries, including our wholly owned insurance subsidiaries, Benchmark, which is domiciled in Kansas and commercially domiciled in California, and ALIC, which is domiciled in Utah. Accordingly, the holding company may receive cash through (i) loans from banks, (ii) draws on a revolving loan agreement, (iii) issuance of equity and debt securities, (iv) corporate service fees from our operating subsidiaries, (v) payments from our subsidiaries pursuant to our consolidated tax allocation agreement and other transactions and (vi) dividends from our non-insurance subsidiaries and, subject to certain limitations discussed below, dividends from our insurance subsidiaries. We also may use the proceeds from these sources to contribute funds to the insurance subsidiaries in order to support premium growth, reduce our reliance on reinsurance, retire indebtedness on preferred stock, pay taxes and for other business purposes.
We receive corporate service fees from the operating subsidiaries to reimburse us for most of the operating expenses that we incur. Reimbursement of expenses through corporate service fees is based on the actual costs that we expect to incur with no mark-up above our expected costs.
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

State insurance laws restrict the ability of insurance companies to declare stockholder dividends without prior regulatory approval. State insurance regulators require insurance companies to maintain specified levels of statutory capital and surplus. Under Kansas and California law, dividends payable from Benchmark without the prior approval of the applicable insurance commissioner are limited to the greater of 10% of Benchmark’s surplus as shown on the last statutory financial statement on file with the Kansas Insurance Department and the California Department of Insurance, respectively, or 100% of statutory net income during the applicable twelve-month period. Under Utah law, dividends payable from ALIC without the prior approval of the applicable insurance commissioner are limited to the lesser of 10% of ALIC’s surplus as shown on the last statutory financial statement on file with the Utah Insurance Department, 100% of net income during the applicable twelve-month period (not including realized capital gains). The maximum amount of dividends the insurance subsidiaries can pay us during 2020 without regulatory approval is $14.0 million. Insurance regulators have broad powers to ensure that statutory surplus remains at adequate levels, and there is no assurance that dividends of the maximum amount calculated under any applicable formula would be permitted. In the future, state insurance regulatory authorities that have jurisdiction over the payment of dividends by the insurance subsidiaries may adopt statutory provisions more restrictive than those currently in effect.
As of March 31, 2020, we had $70.7 million in cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2019, we had $74.3 million in cash and cash equivalents, compared to $53.6 million as of December 31, 2018.
Management believes that we have sufficient liquidity available to meet our operating cash needs and obligations and committed capital expenditures for the next 12 months.
Cash flows
Our most significant source of cash is from premiums received from insureds, net of the related commission amount for the policies. Our most significant cash outflow is for claims that arise when a policyholder incurs an insured loss. Because the payment of claims occurs after the receipt of the premium, often years later, we invest the cash in various investment securities that generally earn interest and dividends. The table below summarizes our net cash flow.
 
Three months ended
March 31,
Change
Percentage
Change
 
2020
2019
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash provided by (used in):
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$7,428
$9,332
$(1,904)
(20)%
Investing activities
(9,470)
(11,480)
2,010
18
Financing activities
(344)
(372)
28
8
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
$(2,386)
$(2,520)
$134
5%
The decrease in cash provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was driven by a decrease in underwriting income of $2.8 million and $0.4 million paid for deferred offering costs during 2020. This is partially offset by an additional $0.9 million in distributions received by equity method investments during the three months ended March 31, 2020 and $0.4 million incremental cash received for operating assets and liabilities. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $9.5 million, a decrease of $2.0 million from 2018, driven by the $3 million received from the sale of TRI in 2020 as well as the incremental $5.5 million used in 2019 for the acquisition of First Choice Casualty Insurance Company and the remaining 25% of American Liberty Insurance Company, partially offset by an additional $6.3 million used in the purchase and sale of available for sale investments in 2020. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, net cash used in financing activities was $344 thousand, a decrease of $28 thousand from $372 thousand compared to the same period in 2019, driven primarily by the principal payments made on long-term debt obligations and by the Series A preferred stock dividend payments of $28 thousand made during the three months ended March 31, 2019.
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Year ended
December 31,
Change
Percentage
Change
 
2019
2018
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Cash provided by (used in):
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$52,173
$75,266
$(23,093)
(31)%
Investing activities
(23,943)
(78,559)
54,616
70
Financing activities
(8,125)
14,282
(22,407)
(157)
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
$20,105
$10,989
$9,116
83%
The decrease in cash provided by operating activities in 2019 was due primarily to funds being held under reinsurance treaties for certain programs. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $23.9 million, a decrease of $54.6 million from 2018, driven by fewer funds held being available to invest for certain programs. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in financing activities was $8.1 million, a decrease of $22.4 million from $14.3 million in 2018. This decrease was primarily driven by proceeds from our term loan facility in 2018.
Credit agreements
2020 First Horizon Credit Agreement
In May 2020, Trean Corporation, Trean Compstar and Benchmark Administrators, LLC entered into an amended and restated credit agreement with First Horizon Bank (formerly, First Tennessee Bank National Association) (the “2020 First Horizon Credit Agreement”), which includes a term loan facility totaling $33.0 million and a revolving credit facility of $2.0 million. Borrowings are secured by substantially all of the assets of Trean Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries (other than equity interests of Compstar and Compstar Insurance Services, LLC), and after giving effect to the reorganization transactions, borrowings will be secured by substantially all of the assets of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. other than Benchmark Holding Company and its subsidiaries. The loan has a variable interest rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 3.50%, which was 6.44% as of March 31, 2020 (under the 2018 credit agreement with First Horizon Bank (the “2018 First Horizon Credit Agreement”), which was amended and restated as the 2020 First Horizon Credit Agreement). The outstanding principal balance of the loan is to be repaid in quarterly installments that escalate from $206,250 to $825,000 until March 2025. All equity securities of the subsidiaries of Trean Holdings LLC have been pledged as collateral, and after giving effect to the reorganization transactions, all equity securities of the subsidiaries of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. (other than Benchmark Holding Company and its subsidiaries) will be pledged as collateral.
2018 Oak Street Credit Agreement
In April 2018, Compstar, Compstar Insurance Services, LLC and Blake Baker entered into a credit agreement with Oak Street Funding LLC (the “2018 Oak Street Credit Agreement”), which provided for a term loan to Compstar and Compstar Insurance Services, LLC of $23.7 million, the proceeds of which were used to fund a portion of the purchase price in connection with Compstar’s acquisition of Compstar Insurance Services, LLC in 2018. Borrowings are secured by, among other things, substantially all of the assets of Compstar and Compstar Insurance Services, LLC, a pledge of the equity interests of Compstar and Compstar Insurance Services, LLC and a cash collateral account equal to 2.50% of the initial proceeds of the term loan. Interest on the loan accrues at a variable rate per annum equal to the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal plus 1.25%. The outstanding principal balance of the loan is to be repaid in monthly installments until the maturity date on May 25, 2024. Compstar entered into an amendment to the 2018 Oak Street Credit Agreement prior to this offering to allow for the reorganization transactions involving Compstar. We will use net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in this offering to repay in full all outstanding term loan borrowings under the 2018 Oak Street Credit Agreement.
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Debt securities
2006 subordinated notes
In June 2006, the Trean Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), issued 7,500 shares of preferred capital securities to Bear, Stearns Securities Corp. and 232 common securities to Trean Corporation. The proceeds of such issuances were invested by the Trust in $7.7 million aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes. The Subordinated Notes represent the sole assets of the Trust. The Subordinated Notes mature on July 7, 2036. The interest rate was a fixed rate of 9.167% until July 7, 2011, at which time a variable interest rate of 3-month LIBOR (1.91% as of December 31, 2019) plus 3.50% is in effect. The interest rate totaled 5.33% as of March 31, 2020. There are optional dates for redemption of the Subordinated Notes, at our option on any January 7, April 7, July 7 or October 7 following July 7, 2011. There are no funding requirements for Trean Corporation to the Trust except for the necessary quarterly interest payments. The Company is the guarantor of the debt.
The preferred capital securities issued by the Trust in turn paid quarterly cash distributions at an annual rate of 9.167% per annum of the liquidation amount of $1 per security until July 7, 2011, and thereafter pay at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. The preferred capital securities do not have a stated maturity date, although they are subject to mandatory redemption upon maturity of the Subordinated Notes on July 7, 2036, or upon earlier redemption. These preferred securities are fully guaranteed by us.
2016 promissory note
On August 12, 2016, Benchmark entered into an approximately $10 million, 10-year term promissory note to Anchor Bank, N.A. The note bears interest at a 4.07% fixed rate. In the event of default, we pledged all of our shares in Benchmark. This note was paid in full in April 2018.
Reinsurance
We use reinsurance to convert underwriting risk to credit risk, protect the balance sheet, reduce earnings volatility and increase overall premium writing capacity. We utilize both quota share and excess of loss reinsurance to achieve these goals. Quota share reinsurance involves the proportional sharing of premiums and losses. Under excess of loss reinsurance, losses in excess of a retention level are paid by the reinsurer, subject to a limit.
Quota share reinsurance
We utilize quota share reinsurance to: (i) cede premium to Program Partners (non-professional reinsurers) to transfer underwriting risk and align incentives, and (ii) cede premium to professional reinsurers to increase the amount of gross premiums we can write while managing net premiums written leverage appropriately based on its capital base, A.M. Best rating and risk appetite. It is a core pillar of our underwriting philosophy that Program Partners retain a significant portion of the underwriting risk of their program. We believe this best aligns interests, attracts higher quality programs and leads to better underwriting results.
Excess of loss and catastrophe reinsurance
We purchase excess of loss and catastrophe reinsurance from professional reinsurers to protect against catastrophic, large loss and/or unforeseen extreme loss activity that could otherwise negatively impact Benchmark’s profitability and capital base. The majority of our exposure to catastrophe risk stems from the workers’ compensation premium we retain net of premiums ceded to Program Partners and professional reinsurers. Potential catastrophic events include earthquake, terrorism or another event that could cause more than one covered employee working at the same location to be injured in the event. This catastrophic exposure is generally ameliorated by the type of accounts we underwrite. Due to our focus on small- to mid-sized accounts (i.e., few employees per policy and location), we generally do not have concentrated employee counts at single locations that can serve as the basis for a catastrophic loss. The limited catastrophic risk that does exist is ceded to large, professional reinsurers through excess of loss reinsurance contracts. Beginning in 2018, we purchased one core excess reinsurance program that covers 78.2% of our workers’ compensation business.
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ratings
We have a financial strength rating of “A” (Excellent) from A.M. Best. A.M. Best assigns 16 ratings to insurance companies, which currently range from “A++” (Superior) to “S” (Rating Suspended). “A” (Excellent) is the third highest rating issued by A.M. Best. The “A” (Excellent) rating is assigned to insurers that have, in A.M. Best’s opinion, an excellent ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders. This rating is intended to provide an independent opinion of an insurer’s ability to meet its obligation to policyholders and is not an evaluation directed at investors. See also “Risk factors — Risks related to our business and industry — A downgrade in the A.M. Best financial strength ratings of our insurance company subsidiaries may negatively affect our business.”
The Financial Strength Ratings (“FSRs”) assigned by A.M. Best have an impact on the ability of the insurance companies to attract and retain agents and brokers and on the risk profiles of the submissions for insurance that the insurance companies receive. The “A” (Excellent) rating obtained by us is consistent with our business plan and allows us to actively pursue relationships with the agents and brokers identified in our marketing plan.
Contractual obligations and commitments
The following table illustrates our contractual obligations and commercial commitments by due date as of December 31, 2019:
 
Payments Due by Period
 
Total
Less than
one year
One Year to
Less Than
Three Years
Three Years to
Less Than
Five Years
More Than
Five Years
 
($ in thousands)
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
$406,716
$94,765
$157,806
$60,194
$93,951
Debt securities and credit agreements
29,369
1,891
5,844
13,902
7,732
Interest payable(1)
11,340
1,788
3,125
1,146
5,282
Operating lease obligations
6,572
1,688
3,145
1,793
(54)
Total
$453,997
$100,132
$169,919
$77,035
$106,911
(1)
Interest on the subordinated debt and the note payable under the Secured Credit Facility is calculated using 5.94% & 6.33%, respectively, in effect at December 31, 2019 with the assumption that interest rates remain flat over the remainder of the period that the note is outstanding. At our option, we may prepay the note payable in whole or in part without premium or penalty.
Financial condition
Members’ equity
At March 31, 2020, total members’ equity was $150.2 million, compared to total members’ equity of $141.6 million at December 31, 2019. The increase in member’s equity over the prior year end balances was primarily due to a net income of $9.6 million earned during the period offset by unrealized losses on available-for-sale investments of $1.1 million.
At December 31, 2019, total members’ equity was $141.6 million, compared to total members’ equity of  $105.1 million at December 31, 2018. The increase in member’s equity over the prior year end balances was primarily due to an increase in net income and unrealized investment gains in 2019.
Equity-based compensation
On June 15, 2017, we entered into a Management Incentive Unit Agreement with Mr. Jones, who is a member of the Board of Managers of BIC Holdings LLC, to issue Class C shares as partial compensation for future services to us. The shares issued under this agreement are subject to terms in the agreements between us and the recipient. We had approximately $177 thousand of unrecognized stock compensation expense as of March 31, 2020 related to non-vested stock-based compensation granted, that we expect to recognize over the next three years. We recognized approximately $19 thousand of stock-based compensation expense during the quarter ended March 31, 2020.
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We had approximately $197 thousand of unrecognized stock compensation expense as of December 31, 2019 related to non-vested stock-based compensation granted. We recognized approximately $78 thousand of stock-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2019.
Investment portfolio
Our cash and invested assets consist of fixed maturities, equity securities, other investments and short-term investments. The majority of the investment portfolio was comprised of fixed maturity securities of $347.5 million at March 31, 2020, that were classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale investments are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses on these securities, net of applicable taxes, reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Also included in our investments were $3.7 million of equity securities classified as available-for-sale. At March 31, 2020, $70.7 million represented the cash and cash equivalents portion of our total cash and invested assets of $433.3 million. Our fixed maturity securities had a weighted average duration of 3.5 years at March 31, 2020 and at March 31, 2019. Our investment portfolio had an average rating of “AA” at March 31, 2020 and “AA” at March 31, 2019. Our total investment portfolio had a tax-equivalent book yield of 2.89% for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to 3.02% for the same period in the prior year.
The amortized cost and fair value on available-for-sale securities were as follows:
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
 
At March 31, 2020
At December 31, 2019
 
(in thousands)
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$15,374
$15,882
$15,965
$16,129
Foreign governments
299
306
299
302
States, territories and possessions
5,612
5,733
4,789
4,923
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
24,992
25,726
24,444
25,104
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
64,694
67,326
59,149
61,405
Industrial and public utilities
116,362
118,012
119,735
123,207
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
15,547
16,334
15,586
16,312
Residential mortgage-backed securities
55,492
57,351
53,467
54,109
Other loan-backed securities
41,651
40,474
35,849
36,011
Hybrid securities
357
353
357
363
Total fixed maturities
340,380
347,497
329,640
337,865
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
332
310
337
343
Common stock
1,554
3,353
492
492
Total equity maturities
1,886
3,663
829
835
Total securities available for sale
$  342,266
$  351,160
$  330,469
$  338,700
Off-balance sheet arrangements (as of December 31, 2019 only)
We have various operating leases for office space requiring monthly payments ranging from approximately $1,000 to $17,000 which expire at various dates through February 2024. We also lease office equipment over terms of three to five years which expire at various dates through August 2023. Some of these leases have renewal options for additional terms. We are obligated to pay the cost of insurance, taxes, repairs and maintenance pursuant to the terms of most leases. As of March 31, 2020, and in conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases, we have recorded a right of use asset totaling $5.7 million and lease liabilities totaling $5.9 million related to our lease commitments.
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Rent expense for operating leases was approximately $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. We sublease space in buildings under various operating sublease agreements. The sublease income was approximately $90 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2020.
Rent expense for operating leases was approximately $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We sublease space in buildings under various operating sublease agreements. The sublease income was approximately $90 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures
Underwriting income
We define underwriting income as income before taxes excluding net investment income, net realized capital losses, other revenue, interest expense and other income. Underwriting income represents the pre-tax profitability of our underwriting operations and allows us to evaluate our underwriting performance without regard to investment income. We use this metric as we believe it gives our management and other users of our financial information useful insight into our underlying business performance. Underwriting income should not be viewed as a substitute for net income calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define underwriting income differently.
 
Three months ended
March 31,
Change
Percentage
Change
 
2020
2019
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
Net income
$9,606
$8,451
$1,155
14%
Provision for income taxes
2,912
1,319
1,593
121
Equity (earnings) in affiliates, net of tax
(702)
(608)
94
15
Income before taxes
11,816
9,162
2,654
29
Other revenue
4,392
3,595
797
22
Net investment income
3,272
1,287
1,985
154
Net realized capital gains/(losses)
3,234
612
2,622
428
Interest expense
(461)
(624)
(163)
(26)
Other income
14
93
(79)
(85)
Underwriting income
$1,365
$4,199
$(2,834)
(67)%
 
Year ended
December 31,
Change
Percentage
Change
 
2019
2018
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Net income
$  31,285
$ 19,522
$  11,763
60%
Provision for income taxes
7,074
5,546
1,528
28
Equity (earnings) losses in affiliates, net of tax
(3,558)
1,082
4,640
429
Income before taxes
34,801
26,150
8,651
33
Other revenue
(9,125)
(7,826)
1,299
17
Net investment income
(6,245)
(4,816)
1,429
30
Net realized capital (gains)/losses
(667)
715
1,382
193
Interest expense
2,169
1,557
612
39
Other income
(121)
(639)
518
81
Underwriting income
$20,812
$15,141
$5,671
37%
Adjusted net income
We define adjusted net income as net income excluding the impact of expenses relating to various unusual events, including the consummation of the reorganization transactions, or transactions that we consider to be non-recurring in nature and certain other one-time costs. We calculate the tax impact only
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

on adjustments which would be included in calculating our income tax expense using the effective tax rate at the end of each period. We use adjusted net income as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives our management and other users of our financial information useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance. Adjusted net income should not be viewed as a substitute for net income calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define adjusted net income differently.
 
Three months ended
March 31,
Change
Percentage
Change
 
2020
2019
 
($ in thousands)
 
Net income
$  9,606
$  8,451
$ 1,155
14%
Net gain on purchase and disposal of subsidiaries
(3,116)
(634)
(2,482)
(391)
FMV adjustment of remaining investment in subsidiary
(2,000)
(2,000)
(100)
Expenses associated with Altaris management fee, including cash bonuses paid to unitholders
441
441
Expenses associated with IPO, Compstar transaction and other one-time consulting expenses
792
227
565
249
Expenses associated with debt issuance costs
25
25
Expenses associated with the purchase accounting impact of the reorganization transactions
Tax impact of adjustments
854
(141)
995
706
Adjusted net income
$6,602
$8,369
$(1,767)
(21)%
 
Year ended
December 31,
Change
Percentage
Change
 
2019
2018
 
($ in thousands)
 
Net income
$  31,285
$ 19,522
$11,763
60%
Net gain on purchase and disposal of subsidiaries
(600)
(600)
(100)
Expenses associated with Altaris management fee, including cash bonuses paid to unitholders
1,765
1,765
Expenses associated with IPO, Compstar transaction and other one-time consulting expenses
1,292
785
507
65
Expenses associated with purchase of outstanding voting shares of ALIC
770
(770)
(100)
Expenses associated with debt issuance costs
101
75
26
35
Expenses associated with the purchase accounting impact of the reorganization transactions
Tax impact of adjustments
(649)
(720)
71
10
Adjusted net income
$33,194
$22,197
$  10,997
50%
 
Year ended
December 31,
Change
Percentage
Change
 
2018
2017
 
($ in thousands)
 
Net income
$  19,522
$  16,408
$  3,114
19%
Expenses associated with Altaris management fee, including cash bonuses paid to unitholders
1,765
1,600
165
10
Expenses associated with IPO, Compstar transaction and other one-time consulting expenses
785
785
100
Expenses associated with purchase of outstanding voting shares of ALIC
770
385
385
100
Expenses associated with debt issuance costs
75
75
100
Tax impact of adjustments
(720)
(622)
(98)
(16)
Adjusted net income
$22,197
$17,771
$4,426
25%
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Adjusted return on equity
We define adjusted return on equity as adjusted net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending member’s equity during the period. We use adjusted return on equity as an internal performance measure in the management of our operations because we believe it gives our management and other users of our financial information useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance. Adjusted return on equity should not be viewed as a substitute for return on equity calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define adjusted return on equity differently.
 
Three months ended
March 31,
 
2020
2019
Adjusted return on equity calculation:
 
 
Numerator: adjusted net income
$  6,602
$  8,369
Denominator: average members’ equity
145,898
110,717
Adjusted return on equity
18.1%
30.2%
Return on equity
26.3%
30.5%
 
Year ended
December 31,
 
2019
2018
2017
Adjusted return on equity calculation:
 
 
 
Numerator: adjusted net income
$33,194
$22,197
$17,771
Denominator: average members’ equity
122,873
96,648
80,589
Adjusted return on equity
27.0%
23.0%
22.1%
Return on equity
25.5%
20.2%
20.4%
Return on tangible equity and adjusted return on tangible equity
We define tangible members’ equity as members’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets. We define return on tangible equity as net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending tangible members’ equity during the period. We define adjusted return on tangible equity as adjusted net income expressed on an annualized basis as a percentage of average beginning and ending tangible members’ equity during the period. We regularly evaluate acquisition opportunities and have historically made acquisitions that affect members’ equity. We use return on tangible equity and adjusted return on tangible equity as internal performance measures in the management of our operations because we believe they give our management and other users of our financial information useful insight into our results of operations and our underlying business performance. Return on tangible equity and adjusted return on tangible equity should not be viewed as a substitute for return on equity or return on tangible equity, respectively, calculated in accordance with GAAP, and other companies may define return on tangible equity and adjusted return on tangible equity differently.
 
Three months ended
March 31,
Year ended
December 31,
 
2020
2019
2019
2018
Return on tangible equity calculation:
 
 
 
 
Numerator: net income
$9,606
$8,451
$31,285
$19,522
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
Average members’ equity
145,898
110,681
122,873
96,648
Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets
2,971
3,017
3,000
1,940
Average tangible members’ equity
142,927
107,664
119,873
94,708
Return on tangible equity
26.9%
31.4%
26.1%
20.6%
Return on equity
26.3%
30.5%
25.5%
20.2%
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Three months ended
March 31,
Year ended
December 31,
 
2020
2019
2019
2018
Adjusted return on tangible equity calculation:
 
 
 
 
Numerator: adjusted net income
$6,602
$8,369
$33,194
$22,197
Denominator: average tangible members’ equity
142,927
107,664
119,873
94,708
Adjusted return on tangible equity
18.5%
31.1%
27.7%
23.4%
Return on tangible equity
26.9%
31.4%
26.1%
20.6%
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk
Market risk is the risk of economic losses due to adverse changes in the estimated fair value of a financial instrument as the result of changes in interest rates, equity prices, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. The primary components of market risk affecting us are credit risk, interest rate risk, and equity rate risk. We do not have exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity risk.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the potential loss resulting from adverse changes in an issuer’s ability to repay its debt obligations. We have exposure to credit risk as a holder of fixed maturity investments. Our risk management strategy and investment policy is to primarily invest in debt instruments of high credit quality issuers and to limit the amount of credit exposure with respect to particular ratings categories and any one issuer. At December 31, 2019, our fixed maturity portfolio had an average rating of “AA,” with approximately 91% of securities in that portfolio rated “A” or better by at least one nationally recognized rating organization. Our policy is to invest in investment grade securities and to minimize investments in fixed maturities that are unrated or rated below investment grade. At December 31, 2019, approximately 0.1% of our fixed maturity portfolio was unrated or rated below investment grade. We monitor the financial condition of all of the issuers of fixed maturity securities in our portfolio.
In addition, we are subject to credit risk with respect to our third-party reinsurers. Although our third-party reinsurers are obligated to reimburse us to the extent we cede risk to them, we are ultimately liable to our policyholders on all risks we have ceded. As a result, reinsurance contracts do not limit our ultimate obligations to pay claims covered under the insurance policies we issue and we might not collect amounts recoverable from our reinsurers. To address this risk, we require our reinsurance counterparties who do not have an A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of “A-” or higher to post collateral. Additionally, we place the third-party reinsurance for the majority of our Program Partners. Controlling the reinsurance placement gives us greater influence over the structure and terms of the reinsurance
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that we will incur economic losses due to adverse changes in interest rates. The primary market risk to the investment portfolio is interest rate risk associated with investments in fixed maturity securities. Fluctuations in interest rates have a direct effect on the market valuation of these securities. When market interest rates rise, the fair value of our fixed maturity securities decreases. Conversely, as interest rates fall, the fair value of our fixed maturity securities increases. We manage this interest rate risk by investing in securities with varied maturity dates and by managing the duration of our investment portfolio to the duration of our reserves. Expressed in years, duration is the weighted average payment period of cash flows, where the weighting is based on the present value of the cash flows. We set duration targets for our fixed income investment portfolios after consideration of the estimated duration of our liabilities and other factors. The effective weighted average duration of the portfolio as of December 31, 2019 was 3.5 years. We had fixed maturity securities with a fair value of $337.9 million at December 31, 2019 that were subject to interest rate risk. We estimate that a 100-basis point increase in interest rates would cause a 3.7% decline in the estimated fair value of our fixed maturities portfolio, while a 100-basis point decrease in interest rates would cause a 3.5% increase in the estimated fair value of that portfolio. The selected scenarios are not predictions of future events, but rather illustrate the effect that such events may have on the fair value of our fixed maturities portfolio.
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Changes in interest rates will have an immediate effect on comprehensive income and stockholders’ equity but will not ordinarily have an immediate effect on net income. Actual results may differ from the hypothetical change in market rates assumed in this disclosure. This sensitivity analysis does not reflect the results of any action that we may take to mitigate such hypothetical losses in fair value.
Critical accounting policies and estimates
We identified the accounting estimates which are critical to the understanding of our financial position and results of operations. Critical accounting estimates are defined as those estimates that are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require us to exercise significant judgment. We use significant judgment concerning future results and developments in applying these critical accounting estimates and in preparing our combined financial statements. These judgments and estimates affect our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of our material contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ materially from the estimates and assumptions used in preparing the combined financial statements. We evaluate our estimates regularly using information that we believe to be relevant. The estimates and judgments that are most critical to the preparation of the combined financial statements include: (a) reserves for unpaid loss and LAE; (b) reinsurance recoveries; (c) investment fair value measurements; and (d) goodwill and intangible assets. For a detailed discussion of our accounting policies, see the “Notes to the Combined Financial Statements” included in this prospectus.
Reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
The reserve for losses and LAE represents our estimated ultimate cost of all reported and unreported losses and LAE incurred and unpaid at the balance sheet date. We do not discount this reserve. We seek to establish reserves that will adequately represent our ultimate losses. We categorize our reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses into two types: case reserves and reserves for incurred but not yet reported losses (“IBNR”). Through our third-party administrators (“TPAs”), we generally are notified of losses by our insureds or their agents or brokers. Based on the information provided by the TPAs, we establish initial case reserves by estimating the ultimate losses from the claim, including administrative costs associated with the ultimate settlement of the claim. Our claims department personnel use their knowledge of the specific claim along with internal and external experts, including underwriters and legal counsel, to estimate the expected ultimate losses. With the assistance of an independent, actuarial firm, we also use statistical analysis to estimate the cost of losses and LAE related to IBNR. Those estimates are based on our historical information, industry information and estimates of trends that may affect the ultimate frequency of incurred but not reported claims and changes in ultimate claims severity. We regularly review our reserve estimates and adjust them as necessary as experience develops or as new information becomes known to us.
Such adjustments are included in the period in which the adjustment occurs. During the loss settlement period, if we have indications that claims frequency or severity exceeds our initial expectations, we generally increase our reserves for losses and LAE. Conversely, when claims frequency and severity trends are more favorable than initially anticipated, we generally reduce our reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses once we have sufficient data to confirm the validity of the favorable trends. Even after such adjustments, the ultimate liability may exceed or be less than the revised estimates. Accordingly, the ultimate settlement of losses and LAE may vary significantly from the estimate included in our combined financial statements.
The following tables summarize our gross and net reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2019 and 2018:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Gross
% of Total
Net
% of Total
 
($ in thousands)
Case Reserves
$    130,409
   32%
$    30,868
   30%
IBNR
276,307
68%
71,843
70%
Total
$406,716
100%
$102,711
100%
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Gross
% of Total
Net
% of Total
 
($ in thousands)
Case Reserves
$    104,953
   31%
$    26,262
   32%
IBNR
235,462
69%
56,732
68%
Total
$340,415
100%
$82,994
100%
The process of estimating the reserves losses and LAE requires a high degree of judgment and is subject to several variables. On a quarterly basis, we perform an analysis of our loss development and select the expected ultimate loss ratio for each of our product lines by accident year. In our actuarial analysis, we use input from our TPAs and our underwriting and claims departments, including premium pricing assumptions and historical experience. Multiple actuarial methods are used to estimate the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses. These methods utilize, to varying degrees, the initial expected loss ratio, detailed statistical analysis of past claims reporting and payment patterns, claims frequency and severity, paid loss experience, industry loss experience, and changes in market conditions, policy forms, exclusions, and exposures. The actuarial methods used to estimate losses and LAE are:
Reported and/or Paid Loss Development Methods—Ultimate losses are estimated based on historical reported and/or paid loss reporting patterns. Reported losses are the sum of paid and case losses. Industry development patterns are substituted for historical development patterns when sufficient historical data is not available.
Reported Bornhuetter-Ferguson Methods—Ultimate losses are estimated as the sum of cumulative reported losses and estimated IBNR losses. IBNR losses are estimated based on historical development patterns and one or more of the following: expected average severity and estimated ultimate claims counts, expected pure premium, and expected loss ratios underlying our filed loss cost multipliers.
Paid Bornhuetter-Ferguson Method—Under this method, ultimate losses are estimated as the sum of cumulative paid losses and estimated unpaid losses. Unpaid losses are estimated based on the expected loss ratios underlying our filed loss cost multipliers, and selected industry development patterns of paid losses.
The method(s) used vary based on the line of business and the loss event. Considering each of the alternative ultimate estimates, we select an estimate of ultimate loss for each line of business.
On a quarterly basis, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Operating Officer meet to review the recommendations made by the independent actuarial consultant and use their best judgment to determine the best estimate to be recorded for the reserve for losses and LAE on our balance sheet.
Our reserves are driven by several important factors, including litigation and regulatory trends, legislative activity, climate change, social and economic patterns and claims inflation assumptions. Our reserve estimates reflect current inflation in legal claims’ settlements and assume we will not be subject to losses from significant new legal liability theories. Our reserve estimates assume that there will not be significant changes in the regulatory and legislative environment. The impact of potential changes in the regulatory or legislative environment is difficult to quantify in the absence of specific, significant new regulation or legislation.
The table below quantifies the impact of potential reserve deviations from our carried reserve at December 31, 2019. We applied sensitivity factors to incurred losses for the three most recent accident years and to the carried reserve for all prior accident years combined. We believe that potential changes such as these would not have a material impact on our liquidity. The amount by which estimated losses differ from those originally reported for a period is known as “development.” Development is unfavorable when the losses ultimately settle for more than the amount reserved or subsequent estimates indicate a basis for reserve increases on unresolved claims. Development is favorable when losses ultimately settle for less than the amount reserved, or subsequent estimates indicate a basis for reducing loss reserves on unresolved claims. We reflect favorable or unfavorable development of loss reserves in the results of operations in the period the estimates are changed.
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
December 31, 2019
Potential impact of 2019
Sensitivity
Accident
year
Net ultimate
losses and
LAE sensitivity
factor
Net ultimate
incurred
losses
and LAE
Net losses
and LAE
reserve
Pre-tax
income
Stockholders’
equity
Sample increases
2019
5.0%
$53,009
$43,081
$(2,650)
$(2,094)
 
2018
2.5%
36,738
18,591
(918)
(726)
 
Prior
1.0%
179,010
41,039
(1,790)
(1,414)
Sample decreases
2019
-5.0%
53,009
43,081
2,650
2,094
 
2018
-2.5%
36,738
18,591
918
726
 
Prior
-1.0%
179,019
41,039
1,790
1,414
During the year ended December 31, 2019, our gross incurred losses for accident years 2018 and prior decreased by $10 million. This was due to favorable development primarily in our workers’ compensation line of business. Our four-year paid to incurred losses was 82% compared to the U.S. workers’ compensation industry four-year paid to incurred losses of 70%.
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the cost to acquire a business over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that a triggering event for a potential impairment has occurred. We had approximately $2.8 million recorded on the combined balance sheets as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
Intangible assets
Acquired intangible assets include client relationships, customer lists, non-compete agreements and trade names acquired. Intangible assets with a finite life are amortized over the estimated useful life. In valuing these assets, assumptions are made regarding useful lives and projected growth rates. We periodically review identifiable intangible assets for impairment as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If the carrying amounts of the assets exceed their undiscounted cash flows, additional impairment tests are performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. For the quarter ended March 31, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2019, no impairment losses were recorded.
Investments
Fair value measurements
Our investments in fixed maturities and equity securities classified as available-for-sale investments are reported at fair value. Under current accounting guidance, changes in the fair value of investments classified as available-for-sale are not recognized as income during the period, but rather are recognized as a separate component of members’ equity until realized. Like other accounting estimates, fair value measurements may be based on subjective information and generally involve uncertainty and judgment. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Market participants are assumed to be independent, knowledgeable, able and willing to transact an exchange and not acting under duress. Fair value hierarchy disclosures are based on the quality of inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). Adjustments to transaction prices or quoted market prices may be required in illiquid or disorderly markets in order to estimate fair value. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements for further discussion regarding fair value hierarchy.
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Deferred income taxes
We recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of income. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in which we are expected to recover or settle those temporary differences. Should a change in tax rates occur, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities will be recognized in operations in the period in which the change occurs. We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. We record any income tax penalties and income tax-related interest as provision for income taxes in the period incurred. We did not incur any material tax penalties or income-tax-related interest during the quarter ended March 31, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2019.
See Note 2 and 12 of the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements for further discussion regarding our deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Reinsurance
We estimate uncollectible amounts receivable from reinsurers based on an assessment of factors including the credit worthiness of the reinsurers and the adequacy of collateral obtained, where applicable. We recorded no bad debt expense related to reinsurance during the quarter ended March 31, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2019.
Recent accounting pronouncements
See “Note 2 — Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus for a discussion of accounting pronouncements recently adopted and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted and their potential impact to our combined financial statements.
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business
Industry
P&C insurance companies provide insurance coverage under a policy in exchange for premiums paid by the insured. An insurance policy is a contract between the insurance company and the insured under which the insurance company agrees to pay for losses suffered by the insured, or a third-party claimant, that are covered under the contract.
The type of coverage is often classified based on how long an insurance company may have exposure to the risk covered by the policy. For example, property insurance, which covers property damage caused by loss events such as theft, fire, vandalism or weather events, is generally considered a short-tail risk due to the short time span between the claim event and the settlement. Casualty insurance, which protects against third-party liability claims, is generally considered a long-tail risk because of the longer time between claim and settlement. Long-tail casualty risks require specialized expertise since they typically involve larger and more complex claims, require careful examination of the claims to ensure appropriate settlement and can result in litigation. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 78.2% of our gross written premiums were casualty insurance.
We have historically focused on specialty risks within the casualty market, including specialty workers’ compensation insurance. While there is no official definition of specialty risks, the specialist component of the P&C market entails expertise in underwriting, loss control, claims and customer knowledge. Specialty insurance markets can focus on niche market segments or specific industries and product lines. Product specialists are particularly prevalent in casualty lines given the expertise required to underwrite longer-tailed lines.
Specialty insurance markets tend to have different distribution channels as compared to standard lines of insurance. In specialty insurance markets, carriers often rely on specialist distributors such as a program administrator or MGA and wholesale brokers instead of using more standard distribution channels such as retail brokers or distributing directly to customers. Using these specialist distributors allows insurance carriers to reduce or avoid the infrastructure and personnel costs associated with maintaining relationships with the large number of retail brokerage firms necessary to write specialized insurance products at scale. We source our premiums from our Owned MGAs or from our Program Partners, which are generally MGAs and insurance companies. We also provide these intermediary companies with additional services, including, reinsurance brokerage, issuing carrier services, and other services.
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Workers’ compensation insurance
For the year ended December 31, 2019, workers’ compensation represented 82.8% of our gross written premiums, primarily from California as well as Utah, Arizona and Nevada (the “Southwest”). Workers’ compensation insurance covers the medical costs and lost wages associated with injuries on the job. Workers’ compensation laws require employers to pay for costs associated with employees injured on the job. Some employers choose to self-insure this risk, but most employers purchase workers’ compensation insurance. Each state has its own regulatory and adjudicatory system that quantifies the level of wage replacement to be paid, determines the level of medical care required to be provided and the cost of permanent impairment and specifies the required options in selecting medical providers available to the injured employee or the employer. These state laws generally require two types of benefits for injured employees: (i) medical benefits, which include expenses related to diagnosis and treatment of the injury, as well as any required rehabilitation and (ii) indemnity payments, which consist of temporary wage replacement, permanent disability payments and death benefits to surviving family members.
According to S&P Global, insurers wrote $54.1 billion of direct workers’ compensation premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019, a significant increase over the $41.5 billion written for the year ended December 31, 2009. According to the National Council on Compensation Insurance (“NCCI”), private workers’ compensation insurers had the lowest combined ratio of all major lines of business in the United States P&C industry for the year ended December 31, 2018, with an estimated combined ratio of 83%. This was the lowest combined ratio for the workers’ compensation insurance industry since the 1930s. More recently, direct premiums declined at a 2.6% CAGR between the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2019. According to NCCI, this change has been primarily driven by a decline in rates resulting from lower loss costs, partially offset by an increase in payroll. Despite the recent diminishing effect of declining rates, we believe in the long-run, other trends, including low reported claims frequency, legislative reforms, more effective use of data and predictive analytics and enhanced safety measures, continue to support attractive underwriting profits in the workers’ compensation insurance industry.

Source: NCCI, S&P Global
Note: 2018 combined ratio data from NCCI is preliminary
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

California workers’ compensation insurance market
Our largest market for workers’ compensation insurance is California. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 55.9% of our workers’ compensation gross written premiums were written in California. According to S&P Global, $11.4 billion of workers’ compensation direct premiums were written in California for the year ended December 31, 2019, representing 21.1% of workers’ compensation direct premiums in the United States.
We believe the workers’ compensation market in California is an attractive environment for our business model. In California, a combination of factors including higher benefit levels, longer claims settlement times and higher than average medical costs have led to relatively high average pure premiums. According to the Workers’ Compensation Insurance Rating Bureau of California (“WCIRB”), the average California premium rates were $2.87 per $100 of payroll for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to the national median of $1.70. The WCIRB also reports that it costs $0.54 to deliver $1.00 of benefits in California compared to the national median of $0.24 per $1.00 of benefits. In addition, the WCIRB reports 38% of medical losses in California are paid more than five years from the initial date of loss compared to 23% of NCCI states. Against the backdrop of higher rates and slower claims payment, we believe that our ability to settle claims quickly and effectively manage our costs has made California an attractive market for our business. According to the WCIRB, California's workers' compensation industry's average medical cost incurred per claim was approximately $29,500 as of December 31, 2018 whereas we were able to achieve an average of $10,774 medical cost per incurred claim. Also according to the WCIRB, the California workers' compensation industry closed an average of 38% of claims in the calendar year following the previous accident year as of September 30, 2018, while our California business closed an average of 68% of claims as of December 31, 2018.
Due to the market environment in California, concentration among the state's top workers’ compensation insurers has also significantly decreased in recent years. According to the S&P Global, the top ten California workers' compensation insurers accounted for 58% of the California workers' compensation premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019. This figure has declined from 65% for the year ended December 31, 2009. We believe that this lower market concentration presents greater opportunities for smaller and more focused businesses such as our own.

Source: WCIRB and S&P Global
Other liability insurance
For the year ended December 31, 2019, 7.3% of our business was classified as other liability insurance, which S&P Global defines as excess workers' compensation insurance, other liabilities (claims), other liabilities (occurrence) and product liability. Other liability insurance generally protects businesses from liability claims such as third-party bodily injury, property damage and advertising injury. Unlike workers’ compensation insurance, other liability insurance does not cover employees’ claims but would cover the
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

cost of damage that the employer causes to third parties. Unlike workers’ compensation insurance, other liability insurance is not mandatory, but it is particularly important for small businesses that cannot afford costly third-party claims. According to S&P Global, in 2019, there were $81 billion other product liability premiums written in the United States.
Program administrators and insurance carriers
We offer program administrators and small- to mid-sized insurance carriers a variety of services including reinsurance brokerage, underwriting capacity and, in particular, issuing carrier or “fronting” services where our A.M. Best “A” financial strength rating is particularly attractive.
Program administrators are organizations that serve as intermediaries between retail brokers and insurance carriers. Program administrators typically provide a range of services to insurance carriers including marketing, underwriting, policy and claims administration, and payment processing. Program administrators commonly operate within specialty insurance lines, but can also operate in more standard lines. In most cases, program administrators offer specialized expertise or knowledge of the industry or geography.
According to the TMPAA, the program administration market totaled $40.5 billion of premiums for the year ended December 31, 2018, growing at an 11.1% CAGR from $17.5 billion of premiums for the year ended December 31, 2010. The program administration market has been growing more rapidly than the broader commercial insurance industry, which grew premiums at a 4.0% CAGR from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2018, according to S&P Global. The TMPAA estimated that there were approximately 1,000 program administrators in the United States as of the year ended December 31, 2018, resulting in approximately $40.5 million of premiums per program administrator. We focus on program administrators with small- to mid-sized books of business, typically less than $30 million of annual gross premiums at the inception of the relationship.
We also offer our services to small- and mid-sized insurance carriers. According to S&P Global, insurance carriers with less than $100 million of direct premiums written accounted for $34 billion of direct premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2019. Additionally, according to S&P Global, for the year ended December 31, 2019, there were $40 billion of direct premiums written by insurance carriers that were unrated by A.M. Best, or had an A.M. Best financial strength rating below “A-.”
Our company
We are an established, growing and highly profitable company providing products and services to the specialty insurance market. Historically, we have focused on specialty casualty markets that we believe are underserved and where our expertise allows us to achieve higher rates, such as niche workers’ compensation markets and small- to mid-sized specialty casualty insurance programs. We underwrite specialty casualty insurance products through our Program Partners and Owned MGAs. We also provide our Program Partners with a variety of services including issuing carrier services, claims administration and reinsurance brokerage, from which we generate recurring fee-based revenues. We believe the business that we target is generally subject to less competition and has better pricing, which we believe allows us to generate higher risk-adjusted returns. We believe many of our target markets are experiencing strong secular tailwinds and consequently are growing more quickly than the broader market.
We believe that a number of differentiating factors have contributed to our ability to achieve consistent levels of growth and profitability superior to that of the broader insurance industry. We believe our multi-service value proposition is highly attractive in our target markets, drives deep integration with our Program Partners and allows us to generate greater and more diversified revenue streams. We carefully identify and select our Program Partners, ensure we have closely aligned interests, and look to grow and expand these relationships over time. We believe we have a competitive advantage in claims management for longer-tailed lines, specifically workers’ compensation, where our in-house capabilities and differentiated philosophy enable us to have lower claims costs and to settle claims more quickly than our competitors. Our business strategy is supported by robust controls surrounding program design and underwriting, ongoing monitoring, and reinsurance and collateral management as evidenced by our “A” (Excellent) financial strength rating, with a stable outlook, by A.M. Best, a leading rating agency for the
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

insurance industry. This rating is based on matters of concern to policyholders and is not designed or intended for use by investors in evaluating our securities. Our management team has decades of insurance industry experience across underwriting as well as program administration, reinsurance, claims and distribution.
We are licensed to write business across 49 states and the District of Columbia. We seek to write business in states through select distribution outlets with the potential for attractive underwriting margins, and focus on markets with higher than average premium growth trends. California, Michigan and Arizona are the largest states in which we do business, representing approximately 49%, 9% and 8%, respectively, of our gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Our competitive strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths include:
Expertise and focus in underserved specialty casualty insurance markets. We focus on select markets that we believe are underserved and where we can achieve higher rates, including niche workers’ compensation markets and small- to mid-sized specialty casualty insurance programs. We have the specialized expertise and capabilities to succeed in our target markets, and we believe we have few competitors in our target markets due to the specialized knowledge, broad licensing and filing authority requirements, and complex operational systems necessary to profitably manage these traditionally longer-tailed lines of business. We believe that larger companies that do have the required expertise and capabilities in these areas tend not to participate in our target markets due to the need for customized solutions when working with smaller, more entrepreneurial partners.
Multi-service value proposition for our partners. We believe that our focus on the needs of smaller accounts and the breadth of products and services we offer allow us to better serve the needs of our Program Partners, and provide us with greater revenue and profit opportunities. Our multi-service offering enables us to develop deep relationships with our Program Partners and enhances our ability to achieve our target results. We offer our Program Partners reinsurance brokerage, claims administration, underwriting capacity and, in particular, access to our A.M. Best “A” financial strength rating through issuing carrier services. Our ability to leverage our licenses across multiple products in 49 states and the District of Columbia allows us to provide a national multi-service solution for our Program Partners. Additionally, we believe that our Program Partners highly value the ease of doing business with us given our focus on smaller programs.
Long-term, carefully selected and aligned relationships with Program Partners. We carefully select the Program Partners we choose to do business with, and design our programs to align risks between parties. We select programs with the intention of building long-term relationships, where our business philosophies align and our Program Partners can grow alongside us. As of December 31, 2019, excluding the 5 Program Partners added in the prior two years, our relationships with our 17 other Program Partners have an average duration of more than eight years. For the three months ended March 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, our Program Partners and Owned MGAs that have been with us for more than 10 years represented 63% and 62% of our gross written premiums, respectively. Our management team carefully evaluates potential new programs in conjunction with our underwriting and actuarial departments. We accept only programs that meet our stringent underwriting and actuarial requirements, and decline approximately 88% of the new opportunities that we evaluate. For every Program Partner we select, we work with them to appropriately align interests and to establish rigorous ongoing reporting and auditing requirements upfront. All but one of our Program Partners retain significant underwriting risk.
Differentiated in-house claims management. We believe that proactively managing our claims, while also accurately setting reserves, is a key aspect of keeping our losses low. In our workers’ compensation business, our claims philosophy is to provide an injured employee high-quality medical care as quickly as possible in order to reduce pain, accelerate healing, and lead to a faster and more complete recovery. Once an injured employee has healed, we aim to fully settle the claim and obtain a full and complete release of the claim at the earliest opportunity. In California, for the year ended December 31, 2018, valued as of March 31, 2020, our average medical cost for the workers' compensation market was $10,774 per claim compared to the California workers' compensation industry average of $29,500, as
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reported by the WCIRB. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we also closed 68% of our workers' compensation claims in California within the calendar year following the accident year, compared with the industry average of 38% as of September 30, 2018, as reported by WCIRB. Our commitment to delivering the best claims process is exemplified by the experience of our claims administration department, who average 16 years of industry experience. To provide our policyholders this higher level of expertise and attention, we currently average 80 open claims per claims adjuster. In comparison, the 2019 Workers’ Compensation Benchmarking Study by Rising Medical Solutions found that 71% of TPAs had over 100 open claims per claims adjuster.
We believe this personal, high touch approach decreases the likelihood of lengthy and costly litigation. As of December 31, 2019, our reserves for claims incurred but not reported were approximately 70% of our total net loss reserves, and we have not had any unfavorable development on our initial loss projection since 2012.
Significant fee-based income and efficient capital structure. Our business model generates significant fee-based income from multiple sources including issuing carrier services, claims administration and reinsurance brokerage. For the three months ended March 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, our fee-based income accounted for approximately 13.2% and 8.9% of total revenue, respectively. All of our fee-based income accrues outside of our regulated insurance companies, which we believe enhances our organization’s financial flexibility and increases the visibility of our earnings. Within our insurance companies, we cede a significant portion of the risk we originate to our reinsurance partners. These agreements enable us to maintain broader relationships with our Program Partners than our current capital base would otherwise enable. We believe that our strategy has allowed us to scale our business and provides a consistent fee-based income stream to complement our profitable underwriting business, thus providing us with greater revenue opportunities from our Program Partners than we would be able to access in a traditional insurance underwriter model.
Disciplined risk management across our organization. Our disciplined approach to risk management begins with the extensive due diligence performed during our Program Partner selection process and continues throughout the relationship. We have rigorous ongoing controls and reporting requirements, including with respect to underwriting and ongoing Program Partner diligence. Similarly, we maintain rigorous controls over our reinsurance exposures, maintaining stringent collateral requirements to minimize our credit exposure. As a result of providing multiple services to our Program Partners, we have numerous touch points and are in regular communication regarding underwriting, claims handling, reinsurance placement and collateral management, which we believe enhances our ability to achieve our desired financial targets with each Program Partner and minimizes risks to our organization.
Entrepreneurial and highly experienced management team. Our management team is highly experienced, with decades of experience in specialty insurance markets. Our team has a long history of cohesively driving the development and implementation of our business from its inception in 1996, with 18 members having been with us for over 10 years. We are led by our Chief Executive Officer and founder Andrew M. O’Brien. Prior to founding our company, Mr. O’Brien began his insurance career at the reinsurance broker E.W. Blanch Company, where he ultimately served as a General Partner, Executive Vice President and Director. As owners of approximately 13.7% of our outstanding common stock following the completion of this offering, Mr. O’Brien and two directors will continue to be meaningful owners of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. and to have closely aligned interests with our stockholders.
Our strategy
We believe that our approach will allow us to continue to achieve our goals of both growing our business and generating attractive returns. Our strategy involves:
Growing within our existing markets. We focus on lines of business that have large markets, with $54 billion of workers’ compensation premiums and $81 billion for other liability written in the United States in 2019 according to S&P Global. There were greater than $40 billion direct written premiums in commercial property and casualty markets in 2018 produced by program administrators according to the TMPAA. By comparison, we generated $411.4 million of gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019. We select Program Partners operating in our target markets with whom we believe we can partner with to grow within these significant markets. Programs Partners and Owned MGAs that
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we wrote business with prior to December 31, 2015 generated a gross written premium CAGR of 28.8% from the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2019. Given the size of our markets and our proven ability to grow our business, we believe that we have ample room to continue to grow our business organically for the foreseeable future. Additionally, as we grow our premiums and capital, we expect to continuously optimize our reinsurance program to maximize our risk-adjusted returns.
Selectively adding new Program Partners. We have been selective in choosing our current Program Partners, and will continue to ensure that new Program Partners share our business philosophy and meet our rigorous underwriting and returns criteria. Since 2015, we have added fourteen new Program Partners. We focus on specialty lines and will continue to add programs in these markets. However, we also continue to evaluate potential partnerships in additional lines of business that harness our core competencies and provide us with greater revenue opportunities.
Opportunistically grow our Owned MGA business through acquisitions. From time to time, we may have the opportunity to deepen our relationships with our existing Program Partners by acquiring equity interests from their management teams. Since 2013, we have successfully completed seven acquisitions of companies with which we have had prior relationships. These businesses represented 63.6% of our gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019. We pursue these periodic opportunities with the same discipline and focus on enhancing our stockholders’ returns as we do in underwriting a new program.
Strengthen and harness our strong and growing capital base. Despite our relatively modest historical balance sheet, we have grown our premiums through the significant use of reinsurance. As our capital base has grown, new opportunities have emerged for us. Of particular note, in 2019, A.M. Best upgraded our insurance companies from an “A-” to an “A” (Excellent) (Outlook Stable) financial strength rating, which we believe differentiates us in the markets we operate. As we continue to generate additional capital, and through the proceeds raised in this offering, we believe that we will have the opportunity to access additional business to which we did not previously have access. We will also have the ability to retain more profitable businesses that we have historically ceded to the reinsurance markets. Any incremental business that we retain will be carefully balanced to ensure continued alignment of interests with all of our Program Partners, in an effort to maximize our risk-adjusted returns.
Maintaining our distinct combination of industry-leading profitability and growth. Our competitive advantages, including our focus on underserved markets, have enabled us to grow our gross written premiums to $411.4 million for 2019 at a CAGR of 29.8% since 2015, while maintaining an average return on equity of approximately 19.3% for the same time period. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we generated a loss ratio of 51.6%, in line with our average annual loss ratio from 2015 to 2019 of 50.0%. As we seek to grow our business, we remain disciplined in targeting classes of business and markets where we believe we can generate attractive returns. Rather than make decisions based on where we are in the market cycle, we focus on selecting high-quality programs, only pursuing opportunities that we expect to meet our pricing and risk requirements over the long-term. We will not participate in markets where we do not believe our business model can add incremental risk-adjusted value.
Maintain disciplined controls over our key business risks. In order to maintain our underwriting profitability, we have systematic underwriting and risk monitoring processes across our business. Our processes are enhanced by our ability to provide multiple services to our Program Partners since we are in regular communication with them regarding underwriting, claims handling, reinsurance placement, and collateral management. We will swiftly terminate relationships with Program Partners that are not producing targeted underwriting results, writing exposures outside of agreed upon risk tolerances, or not meeting their collateral or other commitments to us. Our stringent and extensive due diligence Program Partners selection process allows us to select superior Program Partners. We have terminated two partnerships for failure to perform contractually since 2010.
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

History
We were founded in 1996 as a reinsurance broker and MGA that targeted smaller, underserved insurance providers writing niche classes of business, predominantly workers’ compensation, accident and health, and medical professional liability. From 1996 through 2000, we utilized a fronting arrangement with a highly rated, third-party insurance carrier.
In 2003, we purchased Benchmark, which was licensed in 41 states and the District of Columbia and provided us with an insurance carrier with a financial strength rating of “A-” from A.M. Best. Beginning in 2007, we successfully repositioned Benchmark as a specialty insurance carrier for select, high-performing small- to mid-sized Program Partners. Benchmark is now licensed in 49 states and has an “A” rating from A.M. Best.
In July 2015, we sold an equity stake of 36.4% to the Altaris Funds. The Altaris Funds made additional equity investments in January 2016 and May 2017 and today own approximately 83% of our company.
We have historically made equity investments in or acquired long-term partners where we believe they can add substantial value to our business. In 2013, we acquired S&C Claims Services, which, prior to the acquisition, had been handling our workers’ compensation claims for over 10 years. In 2017, we acquired ALIC, a Utah-domiciled insurance company that was a former Program Partner and writes workers’ compensation insurance in Utah and Arizona. In 2018, we acquired ownership interests in two additional Program Partners: (i) a 45% common equity ownership in the parent company of Compstar Insurance Services, LLC, an MGA underwriting workers’ compensation insurance coverage for California contractors, and (ii) a 100% ownership of Westcap, an MGA underwriting general liability insurance coverages for California contractors. We had relationships of 11, 12 and 12 years with ALIC, Compstar Insurance Services, LLC and Westcap, respectively, prior to our equity investments.
We currently write insurance out of two subsidiaries: Benchmark and ALIC. We are licensed to write business across 49 states and the District of Columbia.
Products and services
We have historically provided products and services to our target markets in the specialty casualty insurance market. We underwrite specialty casualty insurance products both through our Program Partners, programs where we partner with other organizations, and our Owned MGAs, our own Managing General Agencies. Our insurance product offerings include workers’ compensation, other liability, accident and health, and other lines of business. We also provide our Program Partners with a variety of services from which we generate recurring fee-based revenues, including reinsurance brokerage and, in particular, issuing carrier or “fronting” services where our A.M. Best “A” financial strength rating is particularly attractive.
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows our gross written premiums and net written premium by insurance product for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
 
Gross Written
Premiums
Net Written
Premiums
Gross Written
Premiums
Net Written
Premiums
 
(in thousands)
Workers’ compensation
$  340,444
$  73,287
$  277,291
$  59,764
Other liability – occurrence*
20,129
5,269
20,923
7,089
Commercial multiple peril
17,662
4,059
13,128
3,597
Commercial auto liability
9,935
1,474
7,251
1,076
Group accident and health
7,678
3
22,450
123
Products liability – occurrence*
7,368
6,496
Auto physical damage
4,843
874
4,404
651
Excess workers’ compensation*
2,539
546
1,090
227
Boiler and machinery
783
599
Fire
64
42
Surety
52
52
29
29
Inland marine
4
3
Private passenger auto liability
(100)
3,301
Total:
$  411,401
$85,564
$357,007
$72,556
*
Included in other liability.
In total, we are licensed in 49 states and the District of Columbia. The following table shows our gross written premiums and net written premiums by state for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
 
Gross Written
Premiums
Net Written
Premiums
Gross Written
Premiums
Net Written
Premiums
 
(in thousands)
California
$  202,446
$  39,066
$  153,611
$  32,259
Michigan
38,174
7,990
37,084
7,741
Arizona
34,215
5,394
28,350
6,227
Alabama
12,946
5,551
11,907
5,694
Nevada
11,869
2,918
9,225
2,417
Utah
10,900
768
11,379
2,093
Mississippi
8,910
4,399
7,143
3,705
Tennessee
8,065
3,764
7,809
3,986
Indiana
6,295
1,295
*
*
New Jersey
6,222
82
7,580
(292)
Other geographical areas
71,359
14,337
73,316
8,694
Total:
$411,401
$85,564
$357,007
$72,556
*
The amount for the state is relevant for 2019 but not in 2018 and therefore, was not presented in 2018.
Workers’ compensation
We offer workers’ compensation insurance through both our Owned MGAs and our Program Partners. California and the Southwest represented 55.9% and 15.6% respectively of our workers’ compensation gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019. We write business across a variety of industries and hazard classes. The construction industry is our largest industry exposure, representing 34% of premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2019. The workers’ compensation insurance
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

industry classifies risks into hazard groups defined by the National Council on Compensation Insurance, or NCCI, and based on severity, with employers in lower groups having lower cost claims. Our premiums are spread across hazard classes. We target accounts that we believe offer greater risk-adjusted returns, such as small accounts that are less subject to competition, or accounts with high experience modification factors that our underwriters assess to be attractively priced for the potential risk. Experience modification factors are determined by state insurance regulators based on the insured’s historical loss experience. We do not write accounts that we believe present exposure to catastrophic risk. The average workers’ compensation premium per policy written by us was $19,103 for the year ended December 31, 2019.
We manage workers’ compensation claims administration for all of our Owned MGAs and for several of our Program Partners. We believe that our claims philosophy has been a key differentiating factor allowing us to maintain lower loss ratios and settle claims quickly. Our workers’ compensation programs are supported by various quota share and excess of loss reinsurance facilities, which we utilize to align risk with our Program Partners and optimize our net retention relative to our financial objectives, balance sheet size and ratings requirements. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, we ceded 75.7% of gross workers’ compensation premiums written to third-party insurers. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we ceded 78.5% of gross workers’ compensation premiums written to third-party insurers.
The following exhibits illustrate our business mix of workers’ compensation gross written premiums by industry and hazard class for the year ended December 31, 2019.

(1) Other includes transportation warehousing, retail trade, education, hospitality, transportation, arts, entertainment and recreation, accommodation and food services, habitational, mining, quarrying and oil and gas extraction, information, utilities, finance and insurance, and management of companies and enterprises.
Other liability
We offer other liability insurance products through both our Owned MGAs and our Program Partners. We target segments of the market that we believe are underserved or mispriced, such as California contractors with an average of five employees, and where we bring substantial expertise.
The other liability products that we offer through our Owned MGAs include admitted general liability and construction defect products offered to small contractors that protect them against claims from third parties. We distribute these products through select wholesale brokers in California. Additionally, through several of our Program Partners, we write 18 products in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our highly experienced claims personnel administer claims for our Owned MGA other liability products. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, we ceded approximately 67.2% of our gross other liability premiums written to third-party insurers. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we ceded approximately 80.6% of our gross other liability premiums written to third-party insurers.
Issuing carrier services
We provide issuing carrier or “fronting” services to several of our Program Partners who distribute commercial multi-peril, personal auto and commercial auto insurance business. In these relationships, we act as the policy-issuing insurance carrier for our Program Partner and transfer all or a substantial portion of the underwriting risk to third-party reinsurers. Unlike some other issuing carrier models, we typically act as the reinsurance broker to the program as well as the issuing carrier, which we believe enables us to have deeper relationships with our Program Partners as well as earn additional revenue for the placement
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of reinsurance. When we enter into issuing carrier relationships, we typically receive fronting fees from our reinsurers who are both Program Partners and/or third-party reinsurers and reinsurance brokerage fees and reinsurance ceding commissions from our reinsurance partners. Fronting fees vary based on the line of business and premium volume. In our target markets, we believe there are few issuing carrier competitors due to the specialized knowledge, broad licensing and filing authority requirements and complex operational systems necessary to profitably manage these traditionally longer-tailed lines of business. We provide issuing carrier services across each of our insurance products. We provide issuing carrier services to some of our Program Partners that offer workers’ compensation or other liability insurance.
Reinsurance brokerage services
Our reinsurance brokerage services division provides reinsurance placement, servicing and renewal services to small- to mid-sized insurance organizations, including most of our Program Partners and additional third-party insurance organizations. We earn commissions for structuring and placing reinsurance coverage on behalf of our clients. Commissions are based on a percentage of premiums ceded to reinsurers and vary by type or complexity of reinsurance coverage. Our reinsurance brokerage services are a valuable risk management tool in our relationships with our Program Partners, as we typically require the use of our reinsurance brokerage services to place and structure reinsurance prior to the inception of a new program. Additionally, our reinsurance brokerage services provide an attractive pipeline of referrals of potential Program Partners. For the year ended December 31, 2019, two new Program Partners were referred to us by this division. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, reinsurance brokerage generated $3.7 million in revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2019, reinsurance brokerage generated $5.8 million in revenue.
Other services
We provide a variety of other services to insurance organizations, including claims administration services. We provide workers’ compensation insurance claims administration services to some of our Program Partners as well as to third-party insurance organizations with which we do not have additional relationships.
Inland marine
Inland marine underwrites coverage for property that may be held in transit or instrumentalities of transportation and communication, such as builders risk, contractors equipment, transportation risk and mobile equipment.
Marketing and distribution
We market and distribute our products through several channels that we believe are able to access our target markets through the most efficient means. Our Owned MGAs market through both retail agents and wholesale brokers, and our reinsurance brokerage services division actively markets our services directly to prospective clients. Additionally, we distribute products and services to our Program Partners, which comprise program administrators and insurance carriers. Since we focus on smaller accounts, we do not market our products and services through large insurance brokers. By utilizing our own relationships and reinsurance brokerage services, we believe we are able to access more profitable business than if we relied on large insurance brokers for business. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, our Owned MGAs represented 63% of our gross written premiums, while our Program Partners represented 36% of gross written premiums. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our Owned MGAs represented 64% of our gross written premiums, while our Program Partners represented 35% of gross written premiums.
Retail agents
We distribute our Owned MGA workers’ compensation products in California and the Southwest through approximately 2,500 retail agents. We target retail agents with experience and distribution capabilities in our target markets. Relationships with these retail agents have an average tenure of 4.6 years. Retail
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

agents must demonstrate an ability to produce both our desired quality and quantity of business. To assist with this goal, our underwriters regularly visit our retail brokers to market and discuss the products we offer. We terminate retail agents who are unable to produce consistently profitable business or who produce unacceptably low volumes of business.
Wholesale brokers
We distribute our other liability products underwritten by our Owned MGAs through 130 wholesale brokers that have expertise and strong track records in our niche target markets. For these products, we target small contractors in California. We use wholesale brokers to distribute these products because wholesale brokers are an important channel for commercial insurance products where they control much of the premium in these segments. We select our wholesale brokers based on our management’s review of their experience, knowledge, business plan, and track record of delivering us profitable business.
Reinsurance brokerage services
Our reinsurance brokerage services division actively markets our reinsurance services to small- and mid-sized program administrators and other insurance organizations. In addition to our active relationships with 31 clients, our reinsurance brokerage division maintains relationships with over seven prospective clients. The primary focus of our reinsurance brokerage services division is to place reinsurance for our customers, and we are also able to leverage our reinsurance brokerage relationships to cultivate new Program Partner relationships and market our other services. The majority of our current Program Partner relationships originated as an introduction from our reinsurance brokerage services division.
Program administrators
We partner with select program administrators across each of our target markets to harness the efficiency and scale of these organizations’ marketing and distribution infrastructures. Through these relationships, we are able to access national distribution channels or write specialized risks in our target markets efficiently. Generally, policies bound by our program administrators are underwritten according to strict underwriting guidelines that we establish with each program administrator. We have had long relationships with many of our program administrators and, in most cases, we have had an existing relationship with a program administrator before adding it as a new Program Partner. For example, we may have previously provided the program with reinsurance placement or consulting services, or worked with the key principals of the prospective Program Partner at their prior organization. We believe program administrators value our multi-service offering and capabilities and the flexibility with which we can offer these services. In addition to underwriting insurance products through program administrators, we provide these organizations with issuing carrier services and reinsurance brokerage services. As of March 31, 2020, we maintained relationships with 27 program administrators.
Carrier and other partnerships
Given our unique focus on flexible multi-service offering, we are a partner of choice for small- to mid-sized insurance carriers seeking a specialty casualty insurance partner to satisfy insurance department requirements, provide comprehensive management solutions or transfer certain classes of risk. As of March 31, 2020, we had partnerships with eight insurance companies, risk retention groups, state insurance pools and trusts and three state insurance departments (Mississippi, North Dakota and West Virginia), among others.
Program selection, underwriting and controls
Program selection
Given our position and reputation in the market, we are presented with more new program opportunities than we choose to write, allowing us to be highly selective with respect to the Program Partners with whom we choose to partner. We decline approximately 88% of the new opportunities we are presented with prior to or through our pre-screening process. We typically source new opportunities through our reinsurance brokerage services business or through referrals from existing Program Partners. For each new opportunity that we choose to evaluate, we conduct a fulsome pre-screening of the company,
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

including an evaluation of its philosophy, size, past performance, future performance targets and above all, compatibility with our operating model, risk appetite, and existing book of business. Our target Program Partners tend to have several, if not all, of the following traits:
small- to mid-sized books of business (less than $30 million of annual gross premiums at the inception of the relationship);
operating in markets where we believe we can leverage our distinctive expertise, multi-service offering and market relationships to create a competitive advantage;
track record of underwriting success supported with credible data;
proven ability to administer the program pursuant to agreed-upon underwriting and claims guidelines;
ability and willingness to assume a meaningful quota share risk participation in the program, typically through ownership of an insurance company or captive;
collaborative, entrepreneurial management team; and
willingness and ability for us to control the structuring and placement of reinsurance.
Underwriting and program design
For opportunities that are acceptable to us through the pre-screening process, we conduct rigorous underwriting due diligence prior to entering into a partnership. As part of this process, our due diligence team collects and analyzes data relating to the organization’s operating, underwriting, financial and biographical information to prepare an initial due diligence file for our Underwriting Committee. Our Underwriting Committee is led by our CEO and consists of members with expertise in claims, underwriting, and finance. In 2019, four out of 36 submissions were approved by the Underwriting Committee. If the Underwriting Committee approves the submission on a provisional basis, we then conduct comprehensive underwriting, claims, and financial diligence on the potential Program Partner. This includes inviting the potential Program Partner’s management for an on-site meeting at our Wayzata headquarters and on-site diligence of the potential Program Partner.
If we look to enter into a contractual relationship with a potential Program Partner, we work with them to design a program that appropriately aligns interests and establish rigorous underwriting guidelines and ongoing reporting and auditing requirements. At the inception of a new program, we typically act as an issuing carrier where we reinsure a substantial amount of risk to third parties. We also typically require the Program Partner to maintain significant underwriting risk or otherwise align incentives with the Program Partner’s underwriting performance. The amount of risk and premiums ceded to Program Partners is contractually stipulated with each Program Partner. Over time we look to optimize our net retention positions with our Program Partners once we have become comfortable with their performance through our ongoing interactions. We plan to use any remaining proceeds from this offering to support the growth of our business, including making contributions to the capital of our insurance subsidiaries and retaining more risk to capture additional premiums.
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We believe that the thoroughness of our selection process and our careful program design, which aligns interests, allow us to build mutually beneficial relationships with each of our Program Partners, improves the likelihood of achieving our targeted financial performance with each Program Partner and reduces the possibility of future termination of the relationship, litigation or other contractual issues between parties. A majority of our gross written premiums today are a result of long-term, carefully designed partnerships. For the three months ended March 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, our Program Partners and Owned MGAs that have been with us for more than 10 years represented 63% and 62% of our gross written premiums, respectively.
Program Partners and Owned MGAs with a five year relationship GWP(1) ($ millions)

(1) Represents Program Partners and Owned MGAs added since December 31, 2015.
(2) Represents GWP from ALIC.
(3) Represents GWP from Compstar Insurance Services, LLC and Westcap.
(4) Represents GWP from FCCIC.
GWP from Program Partners added since 2015(1) ($ millions)

(1) Represents Program Partners and Owned MGAs added since December 31, 2015.
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ongoing monitoring and controls
Throughout the lifetime of a relationship with a Program Partner, we maintain systematic monitoring and control mechanisms to ensure each relationship meets our financial objectives. We closely monitor each Program Partner’s adherence to the agreed upon underwriting and claims guidelines and conduct regular reviews of loss experience, rate levels, reserves and the overall financial health of the Program Partner. We receive underwriting and claims data feeds from each Program Partner at least monthly. Eight of our Program Partners operate on our underwriting system, whereby we receive daily data feeds. We conduct two underwriting, claims and accounting audits per program per year. Because we typically provide multiple services to our Program Partners, we are in regular communication with them regarding underwriting, claims handling, reinsurance placement and collateral management. As a result, we have near continuous opportunities to interact with our Program Partners and evaluate their performance.
We maintain the right to terminate relationships with our Program Partners. Reasons for us to terminate a relationship include an inability to produce targeted underwriting results, writing exposures outside of agreed upon risk tolerances, delinquency in meeting reporting requirements, a change of strategic direction, or failure to meet collateral or other commitments to us. Our stringent and extensive due diligence and selection process allows us the flexibility to partner with organizations with which we believe we will have successful relationships. We have only had to terminate two partnerships for failure to perform contractually since 2010, neither of which were material relationships.
Claims
We actively manage claims for our Owned MGA businesses, as well as for select Program Partners that underwrite workers’ compensation insurance. Other lines of business are typically managed directly by our Program Partners, or in some cases by TPAs. When our Program Partners or TPAs administer claims, our claims personnel are responsible for overseeing the Program Partner or TPA, including the management of loss reserves, settlement, arbitration and mediation. Claims are reported directly to the applicable Program Partner or TPA, which adheres to agreed-upon service level standards.
For business where we manage the claims, our claims team of 104 employees actively manages the claims. Our head of claims has over 20 years of experience and the average tenure of our claims personnel is 16 years. In our largest line of business, workers’ compensation, our philosophy is to provide an injured employee with the high-quality medical care as quickly as possible to reduce pain, expedite healing and lead to a faster and more complete recovery. Once an injured employee has healed, we aim to fully settle and achieve a full and complete release of the claim at the earliest opportunity. Our differentiated philosophy and hands-on approach to claims enables us to lower our claim costs and settle the ultimate claim reserves more quickly. In order to achieve these outcomes, we manage our claims organization to ensure that our claims personnel have lower than industry average claims files per claims adjuster.
Our claims adjusters have settlement authority that varies by the line of business and the experience of each adjuster. In the case of a catastrophic claim, we may use a third-party administrator that specializes in these types of claims to ease the burden of catastrophic claims on our organization. In addition, our claims examiners work closely with our underwriting staff to keep apprised of claims trends. Vendor management is also an important component of effective claims management and our claims examiners work closely with our vendors to manage expenses and costs.
Reinsurance
We cede a portion of the risk we accept on our balance sheet to third-party reinsurers through a variety of reinsurance arrangements. We manage these arrangements to align risks with our Program Partners, optimize our net retention relative to our financial objectives and balance sheet size and ratings requirements, as well as limit our maximum loss resulting from a single program or a single event. We utilize both quota share and excess of loss (“XOL”) reinsurance to achieve these goals. Quota share reinsurance involves the proportional sharing of premiums and losses of each defined program. Under XOL reinsurance, losses in excess of a retention level are paid by the reinsurer, subject to a limit, and are customized per program or across multiple programs. The cost and limits of the reinsurance coverage we
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purchase vary from year to year based on the availability of quality reinsurance at an acceptable price and our desired level of retention.
Quota share reinsurance
We utilize quota share reinsurance for several purposes, including (i) to cede risk to Program Partners, which allows us to share economics and align incentives and (ii) to cede risk to third-party reinsurers in order to manage our net written premiums appropriately based on our financial objectives, capital base, A.M. Best financial strength rating and risk appetite. It is a core pillar of our underwriting philosophy that Program Partners retain a portion of the underwriting risk of their program. We believe this best aligns interests, attracts higher quality programs and leads to better underwriting results.
Catastrophe XOL reinsurance
We have designed an XOL reinsurance program to efficiently protect against catastrophic or other unforeseen extreme loss activity that could otherwise negatively impact our profitability and capital base. The majority of our exposure to catastrophe risk stems from the workers’ compensation premium we retain. Potential catastrophic events include an earthquake, terrorism or another event that could cause more than one covered employee working at the same location to be injured in the event. We believe we mitigate this risk by our focus on small- to mid-sized accounts, which means that we generally do not have concentrated employee counts at single locations that could be exposed to a catastrophic loss. As of December 31, 2019, our core catastrophe XOL reinsurance program covers 78.2% of our workers’ compensation business. We have a $2 million retention of which 75% is reinsured under a quota share reinsurance agreement with certain third-party reinsurers. We have purchased coverage for (i) 15% of $3 million of losses in excess of $2 million, (ii) 15% of $5 million of losses in excess of $5 million and (iii) 100% of $20 million of losses in excess of $10 million. We believe that our XOL reinsurance structure, which consolidates multiple programs under a single XOL reinsurance program comprised of three excess of loss reinsurance agreements with five professional reinsurers, significantly decreases our cost of reinsurance compared with each program maintaining its own XOL reinsurance program.
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary workers' compensation reinsurance program as of April 1, 2020

Collateral management
As a result of our extensive use of reinsurance in our business model, we effectively convert underwriting risk to credit risk of our Program Partners and other professional reinsurers. Accordingly, it is critical for the success of our business that we actively manage our credit exposures. We achieve this through active collateral management, including: (1) requiring our reinsurance partners who do not have an A.M. Best financial strength rating of “A-” or higher or who are not authorized reinsurers, to post collateral equal to at least 100% of reserves for unearned premiums and losses and loss adjustment expense, including IBNR reserves, based on our assessment of expected losses; (2) securing collateral by trust funds, letters of credit or, more frequently, funds withheld accounts; and (3) reviewing collateral accounts on a monthly basis and secured with quarterly and annual “true-ups.”
As of December 31, 2019, we had reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses of $307.3 million. Against these recoverables, we maintained $163.4 million of funds withheld and $98.1 million of other forms of collateral, for a total of approximately $261.5 million in credit protection from our reinsurers. As of December 31, 2019, we did not have any balance from reinsurers that was over 90 days old or in dispute and we held appropriate funding or collateral from all unauthorized reinsurers. Over the past 13 years, we have had no unpaid reinsurance recoverables on $1.3 billion of ceded earned premiums.
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth our ten largest reinsurance recoverables by reinsurer as of December 31, 2019:
Reinsurers:
A.M. Best
Rating
Reinsurance
Recoverables
Collateral
Net
Recoverables
 
(in thousands)
Markel Global Reinsurance Company
A
$ 70,510
$  4,617
$ 65,893
Provistar Insurance Company, Limited
NR
51,120
62,017
(10,897)
Arch Reinsurance Company (U.S.)
A+
40,021
3,313
36,708
Greenlight Reinsurance, Limited
A-
39,624
56,510
(16,886)
Sunz Insurance Company
NR
13,050
29,960
(16,910)
Synergy Comp. Insurance Company
NR
12,238
15,409
(3,171)
VGM Insurance Companies Of America Limited
NR
9,931
15,672
(5,741)
Employers National Insurance Company Inc.
NR
9,599
13,423
(3,824)
First Insurance Company Of Oklahoma, Inc.
NR
9,250
13,216
(3,966)
Steadpoint Insurance Company
NR
6,611
8,815
(2,204)
Total
 
261,954
222,952
39,002
 
 
 
 
 
All other reinsurers
 
45,384
38,577
6,807
Total recoverables
 
$307,338
$261,529
$45,809
Technology
Our information technology department consisted of 15 employees as of March 31, 2020. Our Chief Information Officer (“CIO”) has over 21 years of experience in the technology field. Our dedicated in-house system analysts support our key business systems. We believe our systems and technology allow us to quickly collect and analyze data, thereby improving our ability to manage our business. We have scalable, standardized infrastructure technology systems built for automation, efficiency and security, and are not burdened by legacy technology systems.
We operate on a digital platform with a data warehouse that collects and builds a robust repository of statistical data for our workers’ compensation business and a substantial amount of our other liability business. All of our workers’ compensation business data is automated through the data warehouse. Our platform provides a high degree of efficiency, accuracy and speed across all of our processes. We are able to use the data that we collect through Application Programming Interfaces (“APIs”) to quickly analyze trends across all functions in our business. The data warehouse is easily searchable and contains most of the underwriting and claims information we collect at every level. We are able to track rates, monitor historical loss experience and reserve development and measure other relevant metrics at a granular level of detail. Our technology team is continuously enhancing this system to improve its capability and expand its use across our business.
Reserves
We record reserves for estimated losses of the policies that we underwrite and for LAE related to the investigation and settlement of policy claims. Our reserves for losses and LAE represent the estimated cost of all reported and unreported losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred and unpaid as of a given point in time. We evaluate the overall adequacy of gross, ceded and net losses and LAE reserves in accordance with established actuarial standards to set our reserves. We establish reserves on a line of business basis at the individual program level. Consistent with our gross and net premium breakdown, reserves for workers’ compensation losses comprise the majority of our carried reserve position. Due to our shorter claims process and ability to close claims faster than competitors, we believe we are able to settle our ultimate reserves more quickly as well.
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

When a claim is first reported, we establish an initial case reserve for the estimated amount of our loss based on our estimate of the most likely outcome of the claim at that time. Generally, a case reserve is established within 30 days after the claim is reported and consists of anticipated medical costs, indemnity costs and specific adjustment expenses. This case reserve is set to cover the life of the claim based on information available at that point in time. At any point in time, the amount paid on a claim, as well as the reserve for future amounts to be paid, represents the estimated total cost of the claim or the case incurred amount. The estimated amount of loss for a reported claim is based on various factors, including:
type of loss;
severity of the injury or damage;
age and occupation of the injured employee;
estimated length of temporary disability;
anticipated permanent disability;
expected medical procedures, costs and duration;
our knowledge of the circumstances surrounding the claim;
insurance policy provisions, including coverage, related to the claim;
jurisdiction of the occurrence; and
other benefits defined by applicable statute.
Reserves are estimates involving actuarial projections of the expected ultimate cost to settle and administer claims at a given time, but are not expected to precisely represent the ultimate liability. Estimates are based on past loss experience modified for current trends as well as prevailing economic, legal, and social conditions. Such estimates are also based on facts and circumstances then known but are subject to significant uncertainty based on the outcome of various factors, such as future events, future trends in claim severity, inflation and changes in the judicial interpretation of policy provisions relating to the determination of coverage.
Reserves are set by our Reserve Committee in consultation with an independent third-party actuarial firm. Our Reserve Committee includes our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President of Underwriting, Senior Vice President of Claims and Controller. The Reserve Committee meets semi-annually to review the actuarial reserving recommendations made by the independent actuary. Our independent third-party actuarial firm reviews our net reserves at June 30 and September 30 of each year and performs a comprehensive review of all programs at each year-end.
As of December 31, 2019, we have had aggregate favorable development of $23.6 million on our reserve estimates since 2014.
Incurred claims and allocated claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
For the years ended December 31,
(in thousands)
As of
December 31,2019
Accident
Year
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Total of IBNR
liabilities plus
expected
development on
reported claims
Cumulative
number of
reported
claims
2010
$11,800
$11,580
$12,396
$12,806
$12,730
$13,557
$13,972
$13,976
$13,777
$13,754
$874
3,871
2011
 
14,456
14,923
16,636
17,578
17,620
17,854
18,419
18,834
18,793
360
3,835
2012
 
 
21,857
21,831
20,697
21,053
20,331
20,058
20,646
20,690
642
4,019
2013
 
 
 
24,661
24,755
24,280
21,361
21,342
21,506
21,465
902
4,364
2014
 
 
 
 
24,580
22,777
21,726
21,571
21,095
21,054
2,118
4,938
2015
 
 
 
 
 
25,653
26,571
26,392
25,430
25,630
5,561
6,265
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
33,041
31,632
30,746
28,616
7,846
11,049
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
39,295
31,462
29,008
8,410
16,396
2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42,349
36,738
12,183
15,031
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
53,009
27,173
12,179
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$268,757
 
 
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cumulative paid claims and allocated claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
For the years ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Accident Year
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2010
$3,594
$7,007
$8,696
$10,095
$10,911
$11,384
$11,779
$12,154
$12,365
$12,499
2011
 
3,954
8,815
12,631
14,107
15,405
16,347
17,085
17,515
18,091
2012
 
 
6,143
11,996
14,480
16,249
17,196
18,188
19,098
19,399
2013
 
 
 
6,799
12,602
15,984
17,708
19,246
19,712
20,129
2014
 
 
 
 
6,011
12,005
14,814
16,666
17,260
18,238
2015
 
 
 
 
 
6,269
13,770
16,493
18,026
18,903
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,509
15,516
18,182
19,286
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,845
15,259
18,126
2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,326
18,905
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11,813
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
175,389
All outstanding liabilities before 2010, net of reinsurance
4,811
Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
$98,179
Investments
Investment income is a significant component of our earnings. We invest our reserves and maintain a conservative investment portfolio primarily comprised of highly rated fixed income securities. Our investment strategy is to preserve capital and limit our exposure to investment risk. Our portfolio is managed by New England Asset Management, Inc. (“NEAM”), an investment management firm with a focus on insurance portfolios. Under our current agreement with NEAM, which we can terminate at any time upon 30 days’ notice, we pay NEAM a quarterly fee of a percentage of our assets under management. There are no minimum amounts of assets required under our agreement with NEAM. Our Investment Committee meets periodically and reports to our board of directors.
As of March 31, 2020, we had approximately $218.7 million of total cash and invested assets, net of all collateral held on behalf of our Program Partners under reinsurance treaties. The weighted average rating of the fixed income portfolio is “AA” and the weighted average duration is approximately 3.5 years. The total portfolio pre-tax book yield was 2.89%.
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We hold funds withheld balances in separate accounts for the benefit of our Program Partners. The funds withheld assets and associated investment income belong to our various Program Partners. However, we require that the assets in these accounts be managed in accordance with our investment guidelines. As of March 31, 2020, we had $165.0 million of funds held under reinsurance treaties.
 
Three months ended March 31, 2020
Year ended December 31, 2019
 
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
% of Total
Fair Value
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
% of Total
Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
 
($ in thousands)
 
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$15,374
$15,882
4.5%
$ 15,965
$ 16,129
4.8%
Foreign governments
299
306
0.1%
299
302
0.1%
States, territories and possessions
5,612
5,733
1.6%
4,789
4,923
1.5%
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
24,992
25,726
7.3%
24,444
25,104
7.4%
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
64,694
67,326
19.2%
59,149
61,405
18.1%
Industrial and public utilities
116,362
118,012
33.6%
119,735
123,207
36.4%
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
15,547
16,334
4.7%
15,586
16,312
4.8%
Residential mortgage-backed securities
55,492
57,351
16.3%
53,467
54,109
16.0%
Other loan-backed securities
41,651
40,474
11.5%
35,849
36,011
10.6%
Hybrid securities
357
353
0.1%
357
363
0.1%
Total fixed maturities
340,380
347,497
98.9%
$329,640
$337,865
99.8%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
Preferred stock
332
310
0.1%
337
343
0.1%
Common stock
1,554
3,353
1.0%
492
492
0.1%
Total equity securities
1,886
3,663
1.1%
829
835
0.2%
Total securities available for sale
$342,266
$351,160
100.0%
$330,469
$338,700
100.0%
 
Three months ended March 31, 2020
Year ended December 31, 2019
 
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
% of Total
Fair Value
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
% of Total
Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
 
($ in thousands)
 
Available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due in one year or less
$19,827
$19,897
5.7%
$ 17,822
$ 17,872
5.3%
Due after one year but before five years
115,089
116,766
33.6%
120,772
123,603
36.6%
Due after five years but before ten years
53,322
55,663
16.0%
50,398
52,893
15.7%
Due after ten years
39,452
41,012
11.8%
35,746
37,065
11.0%
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
15,547
16,334
4.7%
15,586
16,312
4.8%
Residential mortgage-backed securities
55,492
57,351
16.5%
53,467
54,109
16.0%
Other loan-backed securities
41,651
40,474
11.7%
35,849
36,011
10.6%
Total
$340,380
$347,497
100.0%
$329,640
$337,865
100.0%
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Three months ended March 31, 2020
Year ended December 31, 2019
 
Fair
Value
% of Total
Fair Value
Fair
Value
% of Total
Fair Value
 
($ in thousands)
($ in thousands)
Rating:
 
 
 
 
AAA
$57,569
16.6%
$ 52,571
15.6%
AA
164,382
47.3%
153,838
45.5%
A
96,994
27.9%
101,040
29.9%
BBB
27,060
7.8%
30,245
9.0%
BB
1,443
0.4%
119
0.0%
NR
49
%
52
0.0%
Total
$347,497
100.0%
$337,865
100.0%
Enterprise risk management
We have designed and implemented an enterprise risk management (“ERM”) program to identify potential earnings and capital volatility and to maximize the value of the overall organization. The process is led by an ERM Committee consisting of one independent board member and seven senior executives who each represent a critical operating unit of ours, including our CEO.
Our ERM committee and senior management have identified five key risk areas for oversight within the ERM framework. The five key risk areas are credit risk, market risk, underwriting risk, strategic risk and operational risk. Within each key risk, we have identified specific risk sub-categories leading to the identification and analysis of more granular risks. Through a documented analytical process, the ERM committee has selected a subset of these more granular risks to monitor due to their potential impact on our businesses. In summary, the analysis process creates risk identification, risk appetite, controls, oversight, and risk management expectations.
Competition
In general, the P&C insurance market is highly competitive. Some of our competitors have greater financial, marketing and management resources and experience than we do. We may also compete with new market entrants in the future. In the workers’ compensation insurance market our competitors include insurance companies, state insurance pools and self-insurance funds. According to S&P Global, more than 247 insurance companies participated in the workers’ compensation market in 2019. We compete against State National Companies, Inc. and AF Group in the provision of issuing carrier services to program administrators.
Competition is based on many factors, including the reputation and experience of the insurer, coverages and services offered, pricing and other terms and conditions, speed of claims payment, customer service, relationships with brokers and agents (including ease of doing business, service provided and commission rates paid), size and financial strength ratings, among other considerations.
Ratings
As of May 2020, we have an “A” (Excellent) (Outlook Stable) financial strength rating from A.M. Best, which rates insurance companies based on factors of concern to policyholders. A.M. Best currently assigns 16 FSRs to insurance companies, which currently range from “A++” (Superior) to “S” (Rating Suspended). “A” (Excellent) is the third highest financial strength rating. In evaluating a company’s financial and operating performance, A.M. Best reviews the company’s profitability, leverage and liquidity, as well as its book of business, the adequacy and soundness of its reinsurance, the quality and estimated market value of its assets, the adequacy of its losses and loss expense reserves, the adequacy of its surplus, its capital structure, the experience and competence of its management and its market presence. A.M. Best’s FSRs reflect its opinion of an insurance company’s financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet its obligations to policyholders.
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Employees
As of March 31, 2020, we had 240 employees. Our employees are not subject to any collective bargaining agreements, and we are not aware of any current efforts to implement such an agreement. We believe that our employee relationships are good.
Facilities
We own our corporate headquarters building and land at 150 Lake Street West, Wayzata, Minnesota, which includes approximately 25,229 square feet of office space. In addition, we lease additional office space in the following locations: Ontario, California; Sacramento, California; Solvang, California; Fort Lauderdale, Florida; Maitland, Florida; Boise, Idaho; Independence, Missouri; Butte, Montana; Rio Rancho, New Mexico; Las Vegas, Nevada; Salem, Oregon; Provo, Utah and Salt Lake City, Utah. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs.
Legal proceedings
We are subject to routine legal proceedings in the normal course of operating our insurance business. We are not involved in any legal proceedings which reasonably could be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Regulation
Our business is subject to extensive regulation in the United States at both the state and federal level, including regulation under state insurance and federal laws. We cannot predict the impact of future state or federal laws or regulations on our business. Future laws and regulations, or the interpretation thereof, may materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Insurance regulation
General
Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the states in which they are domiciled, particularly with respect to their financial condition. Benchmark is domiciled in Kansas and commercially domiciled in California, where it is regulated and supervised by the Kansas Insurance Department and the California Department of Insurance, respectively. ALIC is domiciled in Utah where it is regulated and supervised by the Utah Insurance Department. Our insurance subsidiaries are also subject to regulation by all states in which they transact business, which oversight in practice often focuses on review of their market conduct. Benchmark is licensed to conduct insurance business, and therefore subject to regulation and supervision by insurance regulators, in 49 states and Washington D.C. ALIC is licensed or eligible to conduct insurance business, and therefore subject to regulation and supervision by insurance regulators, in 19 states and Washington D.C. The extent and scope of insurance regulation varies between jurisdictions, but most jurisdictions have laws and regulations governing the financial security of insurers, including admittance of assets for purposes of calculating statutory surplus, standards of solvency, reserves, reinsurance, capital adequacy and the business conduct of insurers.
In addition, statutes and regulations usually require the licensing of insurers and their agents, the approval of policy forms and related materials and, for certain lines of insurance, and the approval of rates. State statutes and regulations also prescribe the permitted types and concentrations of investments by insurers. The primary purpose of this insurance industry regulation is to protect policyholders. P&C insurance companies are required to file detailed quarterly and annual statements with insurance regulatory authorities in each of the jurisdictions in which they are licensed or eligible to do business, and their operations and accounts are subject to periodic examination by such authorities. Regulators have discretionary authority, in connection with the continued licensing of insurance companies, to limit or prohibit the ability to issue new policies if, in their judgment, the regulators determine that an insurer is not maintaining minimum statutory surplus or capital or if the further transaction of business will be detrimental to its policyholders.
The amount of dividends that our insurance subsidiaries may pay in any twelve-month period, without prior approval by their respective domestic insurance regulators, is restricted under the laws of Kansas, California and Utah.
Under Kansas and California law, dividends payable from Benchmark without the prior approval of the applicable insurance commissioner are limited to the greater of 10% of Benchmark’s surplus as shown on the last statutory financial statement on file with the Kansas Insurance Department and the California Department of Insurance, respectively, or 100% of net income during the applicable twelve-month period (not including realized capital gains).
Under Utah law, dividends payable from ALIC without the prior approval of the applicable insurance commissioner are limited to the lesser of 10% of ALIC’s surplus as shown on the last statutory financial statement on file with the Utah Insurance Department, 100% of net income during the applicable twelve-month period (not including realized capital gains).
In addition, payments of dividends and advances or repayment of funds to us by our insurance subsidiaries are restricted by the applicable laws of our insurance subsidiaries’ respective jurisdictions requiring that each insurance subsidiary hold a specified amount of minimum reserves in order to meet future obligations on its outstanding policies. These regulations specify that the minimum reserves shall be calculated to be sufficient to meet future obligations, giving consideration for required future premiums to be received, which are based on certain specified interest rates and methods of valuation, which are subject to change.
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Insurance holding company regulation
We are an insurance holding company and, together with our insurance subsidiaries and our other subsidiaries and affiliates, are subject to the insurance holding company system laws of Kansas, California and Utah. These laws vary across jurisdictions, but generally require an insurance holding company and insurers that are members of such insurance holding company’s system to register with the jurisdiction’s insurance regulatory authorities, to file reports disclosing certain information, including their capital structure, ownership, management, financial condition, enterprise risk and own risk and solvency assessment.
These laws also require disclosure of certain qualifying transactions between or among our insurance subsidiaries and us or any of our other subsidiaries or affiliates to which one or more of our insurance subsidiaries is a party. Such transactions could include loans, investments, sales, service agreements and reinsurance agreements among other similar inter-affiliate transactions. These laws also require that inter-company transactions be fair and reasonable. In certain circumstances, the insurance company must give prior notice of the transaction to the insurance department in its state of domicile, and the insurance department must either approve or disapprove the subject inter-company transaction within defined periods. Further, these laws require that an insurer’s contract holders’ surplus following any dividends or distributions to shareholder affiliates is reasonable in relation to the insurer’s outstanding liabilities and its financial needs.
The insurance holding company laws in some states, including Kansas, California and Utah, require regulatory approval of a direct or indirect change of control of an insurer or an insurer’s parent company. Generally, to obtain approval from the insurance commissioner for any acquisition of control of an insurance company or its parent company, the proposed acquirer must file with the applicable commissioner an application containing information regarding: (i) the identity and background of the acquirer and its affiliates; (ii) the nature, source and amount of funds to be used to carry out the acquisition; (iii) the financial statements of the acquirer and its affiliates; (iv) any potential plans for disposition of the securities or business of the insurer; (v) the number and type of securities to be acquired; (vi) any contracts with respect to the securities to be acquired; (vii) any agreements with broker-dealers; and (viii) other matters. Different jurisdictions may have similar or additional requirements for prior approval of any acquisition of control of an insurance or reinsurance company licensed or authorized to transact business in those jurisdictions. Additional requirements may include re-licensing or subsequent approval for renewal of existing licenses upon an acquisition of control.
Credit for reinsurance
State insurance laws permit U.S. insurance companies, as ceding insurers, to take financial statement credit for reinsurance that is ceded, so long as the assuming reinsurer satisfies the state’s credit for reinsurance laws. The NRRA contained in the Dodd-Frank Act provides that if the state of domicile of a ceding insurer is an NAIC accredited state, or has financial solvency requirements substantially similar to the requirements necessary for NAIC accreditation, and recognizes credit for reinsurance for the insurer’s ceded risk, then no other state may deny such credit for reinsurance. Because all states are currently accredited by the NAIC, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits a state in which a U.S. ceding insurer is licensed but not domiciled from denying credit for reinsurance for the insurer’s ceded risk if the cedant’s domestic state regulator recognizes credit for reinsurance. The ceding company in this instance is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the ceding company’s liability for unearned premium (which are that portion of written premiums which applies to the unexpired portion of the policy period), loss reserves and loss expense reserves to the extent ceded to the reinsurer.
Statutory examinations
We are required to file detailed quarterly and annual financial statements, in accordance with prescribed statutory accounting rules with regulatory officials in each of the jurisdictions in which we do business. As part of their routine regulatory oversight process, the Kansas Insurance Department, the California Department of Insurance and the Utah Insurance Department conduct periodic detailed examinations, generally once every three to five years, of the books, records, accounts and operations of our insurance subsidiaries domiciled in their states.
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Financial tests
The NAIC has developed a set of financial relationships or “tests,” known as the Insurance Regulatory Information System or IRIS, which is designed for early identification of companies that may require special attention or action by insurance regulatory authorities. Insurance companies submit data annually to the NAIC, which in turn analyzes the data by utilizing ratios. State insurance regulators review this statistical report, which is available to the public, together with an analytical report, prepared by and available only to state insurance regulators, to identify insurance companies that appear to require immediate regulatory attention. A “usual range” of results for each ratio is used as a benchmark.
Risk-based capital requirements
In order to enhance the regulation of insurers’ solvency, the NAIC adopted a model law to implement risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements for P&C insurers. All states have adopted the NAIC’s model law or a substantively similar law. The NAIC Risk-Based Capital Model Act requires insurance companies to submit an annual RBC Report, which compares an insurer’s Total Adjusted Capital with its Authorized Control Level RBC. A company’s RBC is calculated by using a specified formula that applies factors to various specified asset, premium, claim, expense and reserve items. The factors are higher for those items with greater underlying risk and lower for items with less underlying risk.
Total Adjusted Capital is defined as the sum of an insurer’s statutory capital and surplus and asset valuation reserve and the estimated amount of all dividends declared by the insurer’s board of directors prior to the end of the statement year that are not yet paid or due at the end of the year. The RBC Report is used by regulators to set in motion appropriate regulatory actions relating to insurers that show indications of weak or deteriorating conditions. RBC is an additional standard for minimum capital requirements that insurers must meet to avoid being placed in rehabilitation or liquidation by regulators. The annual RBC Report, and the information contained therein, is not intended by the NAIC as a means to rank insurers.
RBC is a method of measuring the minimum amount of capital appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations in light of its size and risk profile. It provides a means of setting the capital requirement in which the degree of risk taken by the insurer is the primary determinant. The value of an insurer’s Total Adjusted Capital in relation to its RBC, together with its trend in its Total Adjusted Capital, is used as a basis for determining regulatory action that a state insurance regulator may be authorized or required to take with respect to an insurer. The four determinations, potentially applicable under each jurisdiction’s laws, are essentially as follows:
Company Action Level Event. Total Adjusted Capital is greater than or equal to 150% but less than 200% of RBC or Total Adjusted Capital greater than or equal to 200% but less than 250% of RBC, and has a negative trend. If there is a Company Action Level Event, the insurer must submit a plan (an “RBC Plan”) outlining, among other things, the corrective actions it intends to take in order to remedy its capital deficiency.
Regulatory Action Level Event. Total Adjusted Capital is greater than or equal to 100% but less than 150% of RBC or the insurer has failed to comply with filing deadlines for its RBC Report or RBC Plan. If there is a Regulatory Action Level Event, the insurer is also required to submit an RBC Plan. In addition, the insurance regulator must undertake a comprehensive examination of the insurer’s financial condition and must issue any appropriate corrective orders.
Authorized Control Level Event. Total Adjusted Capital is below RBC but greater than or equal to 70% of RBC or the insurer has failed to respond to a corrective order. As noted above, if there is an Authorized Control Level Event, the insurance regulator may seek rehabilitation or liquidation of the insurer if it deems it to be in the best interests of the policyholders and creditors of the insurer and the public.
Mandatory Control Level Event. Total Adjusted Capital is below 70% of RBC. If there is a Mandatory Control Level Event, the insurance regulator must seek rehabilitation or liquidation of the insurer.
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Market conduct
Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to periodic market conduct exams (“MCE”) in any jurisdiction where they do business. An MCE typically entails review of business activities, such as operations and management, complaint handling, marketing and sales, producer licensing, policyholder service, underwriting and rating, and claims handling. Regulators may impose fines and penalties upon finding violations of regulations governing such business activities.
Rate and form approvals
Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to each state’s laws and regulations regarding rate and form approvals. Generally, insurance companies, adjusting companies and individual claims adjusters are prohibited by state statutes from engaging in unfair claims practices on a flagrant basis or with such frequency to indicate a general business practice. The applicable laws and regulations are used by states to establish standards to ensure that rates are not excessive, inadequate, unfairly discriminatory or used to engage in unfair price competition. Unfair claims practices include, but are not limited to, misrepresenting pertinent facts or insurance policy provisions; failing to acknowledge and act reasonably promptly upon communications with respect to claims arising under insurance policies; and attempting to settle a claim for less than the amount to which a reasonable person would have believed such person was entitled. An insurer’s ability to increase rates and the relative timing of the process are dependent upon each state’s respective requirements.
Assessments against insurers
Under the insurance guaranty fund laws existing in each state and Washington D.C., licensed insurers can be assessed by insurance guaranty associations for certain obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Most of these laws provide for annual limits on the assessments and for an offset against state premium taxes. These premium tax offsets must be spread over future periods ranging from five to 20 years. Since these assessments typically are not made for several years after an insurer fails and depend upon the final outcome of liquidation or rehabilitation proceedings, we cannot accurately determine the amount or timing of any future assessments.
Regulation of investments
We are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of our investment portfolios and limit the amounts of investments in certain asset categories, such as below-investment grade fixed income securities, equity real estate, other equity investments and derivatives. Failure to comply with these requirements and limitations could cause affected investments to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring statutory surplus and, in some instances, could require the divestiture of such non-qualifying investments.
Statutory accounting principles
Statutory accounting principles (“SAP”), are a basis of accounting developed to assist insurance regulators in monitoring and regulating the solvency of insurance companies. SAP is primarily concerned with measuring an insurer’s solvency. Statutory accounting focuses on valuing assets and liabilities of insurers at financial reporting dates in accordance with appropriate insurance law and regulatory provisions applicable in each insurer’s domiciliary state.
GAAP is concerned with a company’s solvency, but is also concerned with other financial measurements, principally income and cash flows. Accordingly, GAAP gives more consideration to appropriately matching revenue and expenses and accounting for management’s stewardship of assets than does SAP. As a direct result, different assets and liabilities and different amounts of assets and liabilities will be reflected in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP as compared to SAP.
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Potential issuing carrier restrictions
In certain states, including Florida and Kentucky, the Insurance Commissioner has the authority to prohibit an authorized insurer from acting as an issuing carrier for an unauthorized insurer. In addition, insurance departments in states in which there is no statutory or regulatory prohibition against an authorized insurer acting as an issuing carrier for an unauthorized insurer could deem the assuming insurer to be transacting insurance business without a license and the issuing carrier to be aiding and abetting the unauthorized sale of insurance.
Enterprise risk and other developments
The NAIC, as part of its solvency modernization initiative, has engaged in a concerted effort to strengthen the ability of U.S. state insurance regulators to monitor U.S. insurance holding company groups. The NAIC’s solvency modernization initiative, among other things, aims to expand the authority and focus of state insurance regulators to encompass U.S. insurance holding company systems at the group level. The holding company reform efforts at the NAIC culminated in December 2010 in the adoption of significant amendments to the NAIC’s Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act (the “Model Holding Company Act”) and its Insurance Holding Company System Model Regulation (the “Model Holding Company Regulation”). Among other things, the revised Model Holding Company Act and Model Holding Company Regulation explicitly address “enterprise” risk - the risk that an activity, circumstance, event or series of events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer will, if not remedied promptly, be likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole - and require annual reporting of potential enterprise risk as well as access to information to allow the state insurance regulator to assess such risk. In addition, the Model Holding Company Act amendments include a requirement to the effect that any person divesting control over an insurer must provide 30 days’ notice to the regulator and the insurer (with an exception for cases where a Form A is being filed). The amendments direct the domestic state insurance regulator to determine those instances in which a divesting person will be required to file for and obtain approval of the transaction. Some form of the 2010 amendments to the Model Holding Company Act has been adopted in all states.
In December 2014, the NAIC adopted additional revisions to the Model Holding Company Act, updating the model to clarify the group-wide supervisor for a defined class of internationally active insurance groups. The revisions also outline the process for determining the lead state for domestic insurance groups, outline the activities the commissioner may engage in as group-wide supervisor and extend confidentiality protections to cover information received in the course of group-wide supervision. The 2014 revisions to the Model Holding Company Act have been adopted in all accredited U.S. jurisdictions.
In 2012, the NAIC adopted the Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”) Model Act, which requires domestic insurers to maintain a risk management framework and establishes a legal requirement for domestic insurers to conduct an ORSA in accordance with the NAIC’s ORSA Guidance Manual. The ORSA Model Act provides that domestic insurers, or their insurance group, must regularly conduct an ORSA consistent with a process comparable to the ORSA Guidance Manual process. The ORSA Model Act also provides that, no more than once a year, an insurer’s domiciliary regulator may request that an insurer submit an ORSA summary report, or any combination of reports that together contain the information described in the ORSA Guidance Manual, with respect to the insurer and the insurance group of which it is a member. If and when the ORSA Model Act is adopted by a particular state, the ORSA Model Act would impose more extensive filing requirements on parents and other affiliates of domestic insurers. Each of Kansas, California and Utah have adopted their version of the ORSA Model Act. Our insurance company subsidiaries, Benchmark and ALIC, will be subject to the requirements of the ORSA Model Act adopted in Kansas, California and Utah, respectively, when their direct written premiums and unaffiliated assumed premiums, if any, exceed $500 million (Benchmark and ALIC are currently exempt from such requirements based on the amount of their direct written premiums and unaffiliated assumed premiums).
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Privacy regulation
Federal and state law and regulation require financial institutions to protect the security and confidentiality of personal information, including health-related and customer information, and to notify customers and other individuals about their policies and practices relating to their collection and disclosure of health-related and customer information and their practices relating to protecting the security and confidentiality of that information. State laws regulate the use and disclosure of social security numbers and federal and state laws require notice to affected individuals, law enforcement, regulators and others if there is a breach of the security of certain personal information, including social security numbers. Federal and state laws and regulations regulate the ability of financial institutions to make telemarketing calls and to send unsolicited e-mail or fax messages to consumers and customers. Federal and state lawmakers and regulatory bodies may be expected to consider additional or more detailed regulation regarding these subjects and the privacy and security of personal information.
Cybersecurity regulation
The NAIC adopted the Insurance Data Security Model Law in October 2017. As of the date of this prospectus, eight states, not including Kansas, California or Utah, have adopted the model law or a variation of it. We expect that additional regulations could be enacted in other jurisdictions that could impact our cybersecurity program. Depending on these and other potential implementation requirements, we will likely incur additional costs of compliance.
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management
Directors and executive officers
Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.
Name
Age
Position
Andrew M. O’Brien
68
President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
Julie A. Baron
54
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
Joy N. Edler
42
Chief Operating Officer
Nicholas J. Vassallo
56
Chief Accounting Officer
Jill K. Johnson
43
General Counsel
Steven B. Lee
68
Senior Vice President and Director
Martin A. Ericson
60
Senior Vice President of Underwriting
Matthew J. Spencer
43
Chief Information Officer
Daniel G. Tully
59
Chairman
David G. Ellison
37
Director
Randall D. Jones
66
Director
Terry P. Mayotte*
60
Director
*
Mr. Mayotte is currently a director nominee and will be appointed as a director upon consummation of this offering.
Andrew M. O’Brien has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer, and as one of our directors, since December 1996. Prior to founding our company, Mr. O’Brien served as a General Partner, Executive Vice President and director of E.W. Blanch Company. Mr. O’Brien has also served as a director of the Health Care Insurance Facility, First Dakota Indemnity Company and SAFE, Inc., a holding company for an accident and health insurer. Mr. O’Brien holds a B.A. in Sociology from the University of Minnesota, a J.D. from the University of Minnesota Law School and a Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter designation.
Julie A. Baron has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2015 and as our Treasurer and Secretary since February 2020. From November 2007 to March 2015, Ms. Baron served as the Controller for Benchmark. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Baron was a controller for Ala Carte Broker Services, LLC, a mortgage broker and title company in the Twin Cities. Ms. Baron holds a B.S. in Accounting from Arizona State University and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).
Joy N. Edler has served as our Chief Operating Officer since January 2020. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Edler served as the Vice President of Safety National Casualty Corp from January 2019 to January 2020, the Assistant Vice President of Safety National Casualty Corp from January 2016 to December 2018 and Director of Treaty Reinsurance at Safety National Casualty Corp from January 2014 to December 2015. Ms. Edler has experience as a senior-level treaty reinsurance underwriter and account executive responsible for developing, growing, and managing treaty reinsurance broker and client relationships, underwriting proportional and non-proportional programs, and promoting value-added client services. Ms. Edler also has a background in property and casualty insurance with an emphasis in workers’ compensation and other casualty. Ms. Edler holds a B.S. in Business Administration with an emphasis in Management and Human Resource Management from Columbia College.
Nicholas J. Vassallo has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since May 2020. Prior to joining our company, Mr.Vassallo served as Chief Accounting Officer for iMedia Brands, Inc. from May 2018 to October 2019 and as Senior Vice President – Corporate Controller since October 2015 and Vice PresidentCorporate Controller since 2001, having first joined iMedia Brands, Inc. as director of financial reporting in October 1996. Mr. Vassallo began his career with Arthur Anderson LLP, where he spent eight years in its audit practice group. Mr. Vassallo holds a B.S. in Accounting from St. John’s University and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).
Jill K. Johnson has served as our General Counsel since January 2015. Ms. Johnson has also served as the General Counsel and Vice President of Trean Corporation since April 2008, as the Secretary of S&C
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Claims Services, Inc. since September 2013 and as the Secretary of Benchmark Administrators, LLC since February 2016. Ms. Johnson holds a B.A. in Criminal Justice and Sociology from Gustavus Adolphus College and a J.D. from William Mitchell College of Law.
Steven B. Lee has served as one of our directors since December 1996. Mr. Lee has also served as the Senior Vice President for Trean Reinsurance Services, LLC since December 2016. Mr. Lee has 38 years of experience in the reinsurance and insurance industry focusing on workers’ compensation, casualty and professional liability. Mr. Lee holds a B.A. in Psychology from St. Olaf College, an M.B.A. from the University of Wisconsin and a J.D. from the Mitchel Hamline School of Law.
Martin A. Ericson has served as our Senior Vice President of Underwriting since July 2018. Mr. Ericson served as our Vice President of Underwriting from September 2013 to July 2018. Mr. Ericson has 28 years of experience and responsibility in the commercial insurance industry. Mr. Ericson holds a B.A. in Business Administration from Graceland University, a Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter designation and a Property Casualty Insurance Agents license.
Matthew J. Spencer has served as our Chief Information Officer since October 2018. Mr. Spencer served as our Vice President of Business Technology from April 2015 to October 2018. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Spencer served as the Senior Project Office Manager for MMIC Insurance, Inc. from July 2013 to March 2015. Mr. Spencer holds a B.S. in Quantitative Methods in Computer Science and a B.A. in Business Administration and Management from the University of St. Thomas.
Daniel G. Tully has served as one of our directors since July 2015 and will serve as the chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Tully is a Managing Director at Altaris Capital Partners, LLC, which he co-founded in November 2002. Mr. Tully has extensive experience serving on audit, compensation, and compliance committees. Prior to the formation of Altaris Mr. Tully held various positions with Merrill Lynch, including serving as the firm’s global head of healthcare equity capital markets and as a member of Merrill Lynch’s private equity and investment banking groups. Mr. Tully has also served as a director of Tivity Health, Inc. since August 2019. Mr. Tully received a B.S. in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania, Wharton Undergraduate Program.
David G. Ellison has served as one of our directors since July 2015. Mr. Ellison is a Managing Director at Altaris Capital Partners, LLC where he has held various positions since August 2007, and has extensive experience serving on audit, compensation, and compliance committees. Prior to Altaris Mr. Ellison was a member of the healthcare investment banking group at Lehman Brothers where he assisted clients in the execution of a number of mergers, acquisitions and financing transactions across the healthcare industry. Mr. Ellison holds a B.A. in Mathematics and Economics from Washington and Lee University.
Randall D. Jones has served as one of our directors since January 2008. Mr. Jones has served as the General Manager for Strategic Advisors Group, LLC since April 2001. From October 2010 to December 2017, Mr. Jones served as the Consulting Education Director for the National Association of Professional Surplus Lines Offices (“NAPSLO”), which is now the Wholesale & Specialty Insurance Association. Mr. Jones has over 40 years of experience in the specialty property and casualty insurance industry and has specific training as a wholesale broker, claims adjuster and underwriter. Mr. Jones holds a B.S. in Administration of Justice from Southern Illinois University and a M.Ed. from Central Michigan University.
Terry P. Mayotte will become a director effective upon consummation of this offering. Mr. Mayotte served as the Chief Financial Officer for Oasis Outsourcing Holdings Inc. from July 2016 to December 2018, when it was acquired by Paychex, Inc. Mr. Mayotte has extensive experience in workers' compensation, a core product of Oasis Outsourcing Holdings Inc. Mr. Mayotte holds a B.A. in Finance from Emory University.
There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors.
Board of directors
Our by-laws provide that the number of directors constituting our entire board of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of five members: Messrs. Tully, O’Brien, Ellison, Jones and Lee. Upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will consist of six members: Messrs. Tully, O’Brien, Ellison, Jones, Lee and Mayotte. Mr. Tully will be the chairman of our board of directors. As discussed under “Certain relationships and related party transactions — Director Nomination Agreement,” the Altaris Funds will have the right to nominate certain of our directors.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will amend our certificate of incorporation and by-laws to divide our board of directors into three classes of approximately equal number of directors, with each director serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. See “Description of capital stock — Certain anti-takeover provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated by-laws and applicable law — Classified board of directors; number of directors.”
Director independence
The board of directors has reviewed the independence of the persons that will be serving as directors upon the consummation of this offering using the Nasdaq independence standards. Based on this review, the board of directors has determined that Messrs. Jones and Mayotte qualify as independent directors under the Nasdaq independence standards.
Committees of the board of directors
After the completion of this offering, we will have two standing committees of the board of directors: the audit committee; and compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee.
Audit committee
Our audit committee will consist of Mr. Mayotte, who will serve as the chair of the audit committee, and Mr. Jones, who all qualify as independent directors under the corporate governance standards and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Mayotte qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. The audit committee will assist our board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to:
the quality and integrity of our combined financial statements and our financial reporting process;
internal and external auditing and the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence;
the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm;
the integrity of our systems of internal accounting and financial controls; and
our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.
In so doing, the audit committee will be responsible for maintaining free and open communication between the committee, our independent registered public accounting firm and our management. In this role, the audit committee will be empowered to investigate any matter brought to its attention with full access to all books, records, facilities and personnel of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. and will have the power to retain outside counsel or other experts for this purpose.
The audit committee will have direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee will meet in executive session with the independent registered public accounting firm at least quarterly.
Compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee
Our compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Mr. Ellison, who will serve as the chair, Mr. Tully and Mr. Jones. The committee will assist our board of directors with reviewing the performance of our management in achieving corporate goals and objectives and assuring that our executives are compensated effectively in a manner consistent with our strategy, competitive practice and the requirements of appropriate regulatory bodies. Toward that end, the compensation, nominating and
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

corporate governance committee will, among other responsibilities, review and approve director and executive officer compensation, incentive compensation and equity-based compensation plans, and employee benefit plans. The compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee will also assist our board of directors by:
identifying individuals qualified to become board members;
recommending to the board of directors the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders;
leading the board of directors in its annual review of performance; and
recommending a code of conduct and, if deemed appropriate by the compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee, corporate governance guidelines, to the board of directors.
Compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee interlocks and insider participation
None of the members of our compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee and none of our executive officers has had a relationship that would constitute an interlocking relationship with executive officers or directors of another entity or insider participating in compensation decisions.
Code of conduct
Upon completion of this offering, we will have a code of conduct applicable to our directors, officers and employees that complies with the requirements of applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq. This code will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:
honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;
full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we file with, or submit to, the SEC and in other public communications made by us;
compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; and
prompt internal reporting to an appropriate person or persons identified in the code of conduct of violations of the code of conduct; and accountability for adherence to the code of conduct.
Upon completion of this offering, our code of conduct will be available on the investor relations portion of our website.
Director compensation for 2019
The following table summarizes the total compensation paid to or earned by each of our non-employee directors (other than directors affiliated with the Altaris Funds) for the year ended December 31, 2019. Our affiliated and employee directors are not separately compensated or their service on our board of directors. For 2019, our non-affiliated and non-employee directors received annual cash fees in the amount of $75,000 for their service on our board of directors. We also reimbursed all directors (including affiliated and employee directors) for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses they incur in connection with their service as directors.
Name
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)(1)
Stock
Awards
($)(2)
Total
($)
David G. Ellison
Randall D. Jones
75,000
75,000
Daniel G. Tully
Terry P. Mayotte(3)
(1)
The amount in this column reflects the cash compensation earned by Mr. Jones, our only non-affiliated and non-employee director, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2)
None of our directors received stock awards during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, Mr. Jones held 5.43 Class C units in Trean Holdings (of which 2.7 Class C units were unvested as of December 31, 2019) and 393,169.29 Class C units in BIC Holdings (of which 196,584.6 Class C units were unvested as of December 31, 2019). As further described in the section titled “Our organizational structure” on page 12, upon the completion of the transfers, Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings will be dissolved and will distribute in-kind shares of our common stock to the Pre-IPO Unitholders, including Mr. Jones. With respect to each of his Class C units, Mr. Jones will receive an economically equivalent amount of fully-vested shares of our common stock determined based on the initial public offering price. Assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), Mr. Jones will receive 146,806 shares of our common stock, with a value of $2,055,284.
(3)
Mr. Mayotte is currently a director nominee and will be appointed as a director upon consummation of this offering.
Pursuant to the director compensation policy that we expect to adopt prior to the completion of this offering, each of our non-affiliated and non-employee directors, as well as Mr. Lee, will be eligible to receive the following compensation for service on our board of directors following the completion of this offering:
an annual cash retainer in the amount of $75,000;
for the chairman of any committee of our board of directors, an additional annual cash retainer in the amount of $15,000;
for any member of a committee of our board of directors (not including the chairman), an additional cash retainer in the amount of $5,000;
an annual equity award in the form of service-based restricted stock units; and
reimbursement for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with service on our board of directors (including affiliated and employee directors).
In addition, at the time of the reorganization transactions, Mr. Jones will also receive a transaction payment in the amount of $89,706.
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Executive compensation
The following section provides compensation information pursuant to the scaled disclosure rules applicable to “emerging growth companies” under the rules of the SEC, including reduced narrative and tabular disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.
Summary compensation table for 2019
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid to our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers (our “named executive officers” or “NEOs”) during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. All numbers are rounded to the nearest dollar.
Name and principal
position
Year
Salary ($)
Bonus ($)(1)
All other
compensation ($)(2)
Total ($)
Andrew M. O’Brien
President, Chief
Executive Officer
and Director
2019
400,000
600,000
8,058
1,008,058
Steven B. Lee
Senior Vice
President and Director
2019
165,000
165,000
12,122
342,122
Julie A. Baron
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
and Secretary
2019
202,833
80,000
7,093
289,926
(1)
Amounts represent a discretionary cash bonus earned by each NEO with respect to performance during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.
(2)
Amounts represent the items listed in the following table:
Name
401(k) matching
contributions
($)
Company-paid life
insurance premiums
($)
Andrew M. O’Brien
8,058
Steven B. Lee
4,152
7,970
Julie A. Baron
5,071
2,022
Elements of compensation
Each of our NEOs was provided with the following primary elements of compensation during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019:
Base salary
Each of our NEOs received a fixed base salary. The base salary payable to each NEO is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Each NEO’s base salary for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 is listed in the “Summary compensation table for 2019,” above.
2019 bonus arrangements
Each of our NEOs is entitled to receive a discretionary annual cash incentive bonus as determined by our board of directors. Annual cash incentive bonuses are designed to motivate our executive officers to meet our strategic business and financial objectives generally and our annual financial performance targets in particular. We anticipate continuing to provide our NEOs with an opportunity to earn an annual cash incentive bonus, based on individual and company goals, following the completion of this offering.
Equity awards during 2019
Our NEOs were not granted any equity awards during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Equity awards at the time of this offering
Upon the completion of this offering, certain employees of Trean Corporation and/or Benchmark, including Ms. Baron, will receive an equity award under the Plan (as defined below) consisting of an equal number of restricted stock units and stock options, with each award vesting in equal annual installments over three years. Assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), Ms. Baron will receive 14,050 restricted stock units and 14,050 stock options.
Transaction payments
As further described in the section titled “Our organizational structure” on page 12, at the time of the reorganization transactions, Trean Corporation and Benchmark will make transaction payments to certain employees of Trean Corporation and/or Benchmark, including Mr. Lee and Ms. Baron. Mr. Lee and Ms. Baron will receive transaction payments in the amount of $547,386 and $500,000 respectively.
Retirement and employee benefits
All employees are eligible to participate in broad-based and comprehensive employee benefit programs, including medical, dental, vision, life and disability insurance and a 401(k) plan with matching contributions. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in these plans on the same basis as our other employees. We do not sponsor or maintain any deferred compensation or supplemental retirement plans in addition to our 401(k) plan. The 401(k) matching contributions earned by each NEO in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, are shown in the “Summary compensation table for 2019” under “All other compensation.”
Employment agreements with our named executive officers
We have not entered into employment agreements with any of our NEOs.
Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year end
None of our NEOs held any outstanding unvested equity awards as of December 31, 2019.
Trean Insurance Group, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt the Trean Insurance Group, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan will be to provide additional incentives to selected officers, employees, non-employee directors, independent contractors and consultants, to strengthen their commitment, motivate them to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities and to attract and retain competent and dedicated persons who are essential to the success of our business and whose efforts will impact our long-term growth and profitability. The material terms of the Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.
Administration and eligibility
The Plan will initially be administered by our board of directors, although it may be administered by either our board of directors or any committee of our board of directors, including a committee that complies with the applicable requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and any other applicable legal or stock exchange listing requirements (the board of directors or the committee referred to above being sometimes referred to as the “plan administrator”). The plan administrator may interpret the Plan and may prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.
The Plan permits the plan administrator to select the officers, employees, non-employee directors, independent contractors and consultants who will receive awards, to determine the terms and conditions of those awards, including but not limited to the exercise price or other purchase price of an award, the number of shares of our common stock or cash or other property subject to an award, the term of an award and the vesting schedule applicable to an award, and to amend the terms and conditions of outstanding awards.
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares available and limitation on awards
The maximum number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be 5,058,085 shares. Non-employee directors are not permitted to be granted awards during any calendar year with a grant date fair value that, when aggregated with such non-employee director’s cash fees with respect to such calendar year, exceed $750,000 in total value.
Shares of our common stock subject to an award under the Plan that remain unissued upon the cancellation, termination or expiration of the award (including shares of our common stock that are exchanged by a participant or withheld by the Company as full or partial payment of the exercise price or other purchase price in connection with any award under the Plan, as well as any shares of our common stock exchanged by a participant or withheld by the Company to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award) will again become available for grant under the Plan. To the extent an award is paid or settled in cash, the number of shares of our common stock previously subject to the award will again be available for grant pursuant to the Plan. To the extent that an award can only be settled in cash, such award will not be counted against the total number of shares of our common stock available for grant under the Plan.
Awards, vesting and withholding taxes
Restricted stock units, which we refer to as “RSUs,” and restricted stock may be granted under the Plan. The plan administrator will determine the purchase price, vesting schedule and performance objectives, if any, applicable to the grant of RSUs and restricted stock. If the restrictions, performance objectives or other conditions determined by the plan administrator are not satisfied, the RSUs and restricted stock will be forfeited. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the applicable individual award agreement, the plan administrator may provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments or the acceleration or waiver of restrictions (in whole or part) under certain circumstances as set forth in the applicable individual award agreement, including the attainment of certain performance goals, a participant’s termination of employment or service, or a participant’s death or disability. The rights of RSU and restricted stock holders upon a termination of employment or service will be set forth in individual award agreements.
Unless the applicable award agreement provides otherwise, participants with restricted stock will generally have all of the rights of a stockholder during the restricted period, including the right to vote and receive dividends declared with respect to such restricted stock, provided that any dividends declared during the restricted period with respect to such restricted stock will generally only become payable if the underlying restricted stock vests. During the restricted period, participants with RSUs will generally not have any rights of a stockholder, but, if the applicable individual award agreement so provides, may be credited with dividend equivalent rights that will be paid at the time that shares of our common stock in respect of the related RSUs are delivered to the participant.
We may issue stock options under the Plan. Options granted under the Plan may be in the form of non-qualified options or “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as set forth in the applicable individual option award agreement. The exercise price of all options granted under the Plan will be determined by the plan administrator, but, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, in no event may the exercise price be less than 100% of the fair market value of the related shares of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of all stock options granted under the Plan will be determined by the plan administrator, but may not exceed ten years. Each stock option will vest and become exercisable (including in the event of the optionee’s termination of employment or service) at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator in the applicable individual option agreement.
Stock appreciation rights, which we refer to as “SARs,” may be granted under the Plan either alone or in conjunction with all or part of any option granted under the Plan. A free-standing SAR granted under the Plan entitles its holder to receive, at the time of exercise, an amount per share equal to the excess of the fair market value (at the date of exercise) of a share of our common stock over the base price of the free-standing SAR. A SAR granted in conjunction with all or part of an option under the Plan entitles its holder to receive, at the time of exercise of the SAR and surrender of the related option, an amount per share equal to the excess of the fair market value (at the date of exercise) of a share of our common stock over the exercise price of the related option. Each SAR will be granted with a base price that is not
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

less than 100% of the fair market value of the related shares of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of all SARs granted under the Plan will be determined by the plan administrator, but may not exceed ten years. The plan administrator may determine to settle the exercise of a SAR in shares of our common stock, cash, or any combination thereof.
Each free-standing SAR will vest and become exercisable (including in the event of the SAR holder’s termination of employment or service) at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator in the applicable individual free-standing SAR agreement. SARs granted in conjunction with all or part of an option will be exercisable at such times and subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to the related option.
Other stock-based awards, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock (including dividend equivalents) may be granted under the Plan. Any dividend or dividend equivalent awarded under the Plan will be subject to the same restrictions, conditions and risks of forfeiture as the underlying awards and will only become payable if the underlying awards vest. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of such other stock-based awards, including the number of shares of our common stock to be granted pursuant to such other stock-based awards, the manner in which such other stock-based awards will be settled (e.g., in shares of our common stock or cash or other property), and the conditions to the vesting and payment of such other stock-based awards (including the achievement of performance objectives).
Bonuses payable in fully vested shares of our common stock and awards that are payable solely in cash may also be granted under the Plan.
The plan administrator may grant equity-based awards and incentives under the Plan that are subject to the achievement of performance objectives selected by the plan administrator in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, one or more of the following business criteria: (i) earnings, including one or more of operating income, net operating income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, adjusted EBITDA, economic earnings, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (iii) earnings per share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) stock price appreciation; (x) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (xi) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xiii) operating margin or profit margin; (xiv) stock price or total stockholder return; (xv) cost targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xvi) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, and information technology goals, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; (xvii) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long term business goals, formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions; and (xviii) any combination of, or a specified increase in, any of the foregoing.
The business criteria may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria or the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, and may be applied to us or any of our affiliates, or one of our divisions or strategic business units or a division or strategic business unit of any of our affiliates, or may be applied to our performance relative to a market index, a group of other companies or a combination thereof, all as determined by the plan administrator. The business criteria may also be subject to a threshold level of performance below which no payment will be made, levels of performance at which specified payments will be made, and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment will be made. The plan administrator will have the authority to make equitable adjustments to the business criteria, as may be determined by the plan administrator in its sole discretion.
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain transactions and withholding taxes
In the event of a merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, spin-off, spin-out, repurchase, reorganization, corporate transaction or event, special or extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of shares of our common stock, cash or other property), stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision or consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, or other change in corporate structure affecting the shares of our common stock, an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment shall be made, at the sole discretion of the plan administrator, in (i) the aggregate number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the kind and number of securities subject to, and the exercise price or base price of, any outstanding options and SARs granted under the Plan, (iii) the kind, number and purchase price of shares of our common stock, or the amount of cash or amount or type of property, subject to outstanding restricted stock, RSUs, stock bonuses and other stock-based awards granted under the Plan or (iv) the performance goals and periods applicable to award granted under the Plan. Equitable substitutions or adjustments other than those listed above may also be made as determined by the plan administrator. In addition, the plan administrator may terminate all outstanding awards for the payment of cash or in-kind consideration having an aggregate fair market value equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock, cash or other property covered by such awards over the aggregate exercise price or base price, if any, of such awards, but if the exercise price or base price of any outstanding award is equal to or greater than the fair market value of the shares of our common stock, cash or other property covered by such award, the board of directors may cancel the award without the payment of any consideration to the participant.
Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator and evidenced in an award agreement, in the event that (i) a ‘‘change in control” (as defined in the Plan) occurs and (ii) a participant’s employment or service is terminated without cause, or with good reason (to the extent applicable), within 24 months following the change in control, then (a) any unvested or unexercisable portion of any award carrying a right to exercise shall become fully vested and exercisable, and (b) the restrictions, deferral limitations, payment conditions and forfeiture conditions applicable to an award granted under the Plan will lapse and such unvested awards will be deemed fully vested and any performance conditions imposed with respect to such awards will be deemed to be achieved at target performance levels. The completion of this offering will not be a change of control under the Plan.
Each participant will be required to make arrangements satisfactory to the plan administrator regarding payment of an amount up to the maximum statutory rates in the participant’s applicable jurisdictions with respect to any award granted under the Plan, as determined by us. We have the right, to the extent permitted by law, to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the participant. With the approval of the plan administrator, the participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by either electing to have us withhold from delivery of shares of our common stock, cash or other property, as applicable, or by delivering already owned unrestricted shares of our common stock, in each case, having a value not exceeding the applicable taxes to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations. We may also use any other method of obtaining the necessary payment or proceeds, as permitted by law, to satisfy our withholding obligation with respect to any award.
Amendment, termination and clawback provisions
The Plan provides our board of directors with the authority to amend, alter or terminate the Plan, but no such action may materially impair the rights of any participant with respect to outstanding awards without the participant’s consent. The plan administrator may amend an award, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment may materially impair the rights of any participant without the participant’s consent. Stockholder approval of any such action will be obtained if required to comply with applicable law.
No award will be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Plan (although awards granted before that time will remain outstanding in accordance with their terms).
All awards will be subject to the provisions of any clawback policy implemented by us to the extent set forth in such clawback policy, and will be further subject to such deductions and clawbacks as may be required to be made pursuant to any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement.
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain relationships and related party transactions
We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years or currently proposed, to which we were or will be a participant, in which:
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of (i) $120,000 and (ii) 1% of the average of our total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years; and
any of our directors, director nominees or executive officers (in each case, including their immediate family members) or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Other than as described below, there have not been, nor are there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions meeting this criteria to which we have been or will be a participant other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under “Executive compensation.”
Director Nomination Agreement
Upon the closing of this offering, we will enter into a director nomination agreement (the “Director Nomination Agreement”) with the Altaris Funds. So long as the Altaris Funds own 35% or more of our outstanding common stock, the Altaris Funds will have the right (but not the obligation) to nominate three individuals to our board of directors; so long as the Altaris Funds own 20% or more but less than 35% of our outstanding common stock, the Altaris Funds will have the right (but not the obligation) to nominate two individuals to our board of directors; and so long as the Altaris Funds own 10% or more but less than 20% of our outstanding common stock, the Altaris Funds will have the right (but not the obligation) to nominate one individual to our board of directors. Subject to limited exceptions, we will include these nominees in the slate of nominees recommended to our stockholders for election as directors.
LLC Agreements
On January 22, 2016, (i) BIC Holdings entered into the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “BIC LLC Agreement”) together with AHP-BHC LLC, Andrew M. O’Brien (through a trust), Steven B. Lee and the other members named on Exhibit A therein and (ii) Trean Holdings entered into the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Trean LLC Agreement” and, together with the BIC LLC Agreement, each as further amended, the “LLC Agreements”) together with AHP-TH LLC, Mr. O’Brien (through a trust), Mr. Lee and the other members named on Exhibit A therein. On May 1, 2017, (i) BIC Holdings, Mr. O’Brien (through a trust), Mr. Lee and the other members named on Exhibit A therein entered into Amendment No. 1 to the BIC LLC Agreement to, among other things, add ACP-BHC LLC as a member of BIC Holdings and (ii) Trean Holdings, Mr. O’Brien (through a trust), Mr. Lee and the other members named on Exhibit A therein entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Trean LLC Agreement to, among other things, add ACP-TH LLC as a member of Trean Holdings. On June 15, 2018, (i) the BIC LLC Agreement was further amended pursuant to Amendment No. 2 thereto and (ii) the Trean LLC Agreement was further amended pursuant to Amendment No. 2 thereto. Upon the completion of this offering, BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC will dissolve pursuant to the terms of their respective LLC Agreements.
Consulting Agreements
In connection with the Altaris Funds’ investment in us, (i) on July 31, 2015, BIC Holdings entered into a consulting agreement with Altaris Capital Partners, LLC and (ii) on May 1, 2017, Trean Holdings entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement, dated as of April 29 2016, with Altaris Capital Partners, LLC (collectively, the “Consulting Agreements”), relating to the engagement of Altaris Capital Partners, LLC to provide certain consulting and advisory services. The Consulting Agreements provide that we pay Altaris Capital Partners, LLC an annual fee of $1.0 million, payable quarterly in equal installments. We paid $1.0 million in each of 2018 and 2019 to Altaris Capital Partners, LLC for these services.
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a termination letter agreement with Altaris Capital Partners, LLC pursuant to which the parties will agree to terminate the ongoing consulting and advisory services and fees described above. Pursuant to the terms of such termination letter agreement, we will agree to pay Altaris Capital Partners, LLC an aggregate one-time payment of $7.3 million, which amount will equal 1.0% of the enterprise value of us plus $1.5 million in accordance with the terms of the Consulting Agreements, payable upon completion of this offering. Pursuant to the terms of such termination letter agreement the consulting and advisory fees will terminate.
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Principal and selling stockholders
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 9, 2020 (i) as adjusted to give effect to the reorganization transactions, but prior to this offering, (ii) as adjusted to give effect to the reorganization transactions and this offering as described in “Use of proceeds,” and (iii) as adjusted to give effect to the reorganization transactions and this offering assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option by:
each person or group whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;
each of the directors, the director nominee and named executive officers individually;
all directors, the director nominee and executive officers as a group; and
each of the other selling stockholders.
The numbers of shares and percentage of common stock beneficially owned after the reorganization transactions and before this offering that are set forth below are based on the number of shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding prior to this offering after giving effect to the reorganization transactions, which is 44,000,000. See “Organizational structure.” The numbers of shares and percentage of common stock beneficially owned after the reorganization transactions and this offering that are set forth below are based on the number of shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering and after giving effect to the reorganization transactions, which is 51,142,857.
In accordance with the rules of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities and includes the shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of July 9, 2020. The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering includes 7,142,857 shares of common stock being offered for sale by us in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: c/o 150 Lake Street West, Wayzata, MN 55391. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
Reorganization
Transactions and
Before this Offering
Shares of
Common
Stock
Offered
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
Reorganization
Transactions and
this Offering
Shares
to be Sold
Assuming
Full Exercise of
Over-allotment
Option
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
Reorganization
Transactions
and this
Offering
Assuming
Full Exercise of
Over-allotment
Option
Shares
Percentage
Shares
Percentage
Shares
Percentage
Greater than 5% and Selling Stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Altaris Funds(1)
30,900,152
70.2%
1,466,562
29,433,590
57.6%
1,393,621
28,039,969
54.8%
Blake Enterprises entities(2)
6,613,606
15.0%
1,504,435
5,109,171
9.9%
5,109,171
9.9%
Named executive officers, directors and director nominee:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Andrew M. O’Brien(3)
4,734,313
10.8%
469,487
4,264,826
8.3%
213,521
4,051,305
7.9%
Julie A. Baron
David G. Ellison
Randall D. Jones
146,806
*
16,727
130,079
*
130,079
*
Steven B. Lee(4)
1,151,776
2.6%
114,218
1,037,558
2.0%
1,037,558
2.0%
Daniel G. Tully
Terry P. Mayotte
All executive officers, directors and director nominee as a group (12 persons)
43,546,653
99.0%
3,571,429
39,975,224
78.2%
1,607,142
38,368,082
75.0%
*
Less than 1%
(1)
Prior to this offering, consists of (i) 25,113,898 shares of our common stock held by AHP-BHC LLC and 347 shares of our common stock held by AHP-TH LLC and (ii) 5,785,827 shares of our common stock held by ACP-BHC LLC and 80 shares of our common stock held by ACP-TH LLC (collectively, the “Altaris Funds”). After this offering, consists of (i) 23,921,960 shares of our common stock held by AHP-BHC LLC and 330 shares of our common stock held by AHP-TH LLC and (ii) 5,511,224 shares of our common stock held by ACP-BHC LLC and 76 shares of our common stock held by ACP-TH LLC. Daniel G. Tully and George E. Aitken-Davies are members of the board of managers of Altaris Partners, LLC, which has investment and voting control over the shares held by the Altaris Funds. The address of the Altaris Funds is 10 East 53rd Street, 31st floor, New York, NY 10022.
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2)
Prior to this offering, consists of (i) 4,208,658 shares of our common stock held by Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc., (ii) 1,202,474  shares of our common stock held by Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc. and (iii) 1,202,474 shares of our common stock held by Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc. After this offering, consists of (i) 3,251,291 shares of our common stock held by Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc., (ii) 928,940 shares of our common stock held by Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc. and (iii) 928,940  shares of our common stock held by Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc. The Blake Enterprises entities are owned by The Baker Family Trust, dated July 8, 2019, of which Blake Baker is the sole settlor and trustee. The address of the Blake Enterprises entities is 26650 The Old Road, Suite 110, Valencia, CA 91381.
(3)
Prior to this offering, consists of 4,734,313 shares of our common stock held by the Andrew M. O’Brien Premarital Trust, of which Mr. O’Brien is the trustee. After this offering, consists of 4,264,826 shares of our common stock held by the Andrew M. O’Brien Premarital Trust, of which Mr. O’Brien is the trustee.
(4)
Prior to this offering, consists of (i) 806,243 shares owned by the Lee 2020 GST Dynasty Trust, of which Steven B. Lee is investment trustee, (ii) 253,391 shares by the Steven B. Lee 2020 GRAT, of which Mr. Lee is trustee, and (iii) 92,142 shares owned by Mr. Lee.
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of capital stock
In connection with this offering, we will amend our restated certificate of incorporation and restated by-laws. The forms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that will be in effect upon consummation of this offering and relevant sections of the DGCL are summarized below. The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws are summaries and are qualified by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
Authorized capital stock
Our authorized capital stock will consist of 600,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of July 9, 2020 (after giving effect to the reorganization transactions described under “Organizational structure”), we would have had 44,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by 14 stockholders of record, and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), upon consummation of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments), we will have 51,142,857 shares of our common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
Common stock
Holders of our common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Our common stockholders will not be entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and only then at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Trean Insurance Group, Inc., the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive their ratable share of the net assets of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. available after payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of our common stock will have no preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.
Preferred stock
Our board of directors will have the authority, subject to the limitations imposed by Delaware law or the Nasdaq listing rules, without any further vote or action by our stockholders, to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, limitations and rights of the shares of each series, including:
dividend rates;
conversion rights;
voting rights;
terms of redemption and liquidation preferences; and
the number of shares constituting each series.
Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock.
Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.
There are no current agreements or understandings with respect to the issuance of preferred stock and our board of directors has no present intentions to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Certain anti-takeover provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated by-laws and applicable law
Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated by-laws, Delaware law and insurance regulations applicable to our business may discourage or make more difficult a takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in his or her best interest. These provisions may also adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us and outweigh the disadvantage of discouraging those proposals because negotiation of the proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Authorized but unissued capital stock
Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq, which would apply if and so long as our common stock remains listed on the Nasdaq, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.
Our board of directors may generally issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans.
One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
Classified board of directors; number of directors
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, one class (i.e., approximately one-third of our board of directors) is elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time-consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the number of directors on our board is fixed exclusively pursuant to resolution adopted by our board of directors.
In connection with this offering, we entered into a Director Nomination Agreement that grants the Altaris Funds the right to nominate individuals to our board of directors provided certain ownership requirements are met. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions — Director Nomination Agreement.”
Vacancies
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any vacancies on our board of directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.
Special stockholder meetings
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws provides that special meetings of our stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only (i) by the chairman of our board of directors, (ii) by our chief executive officer, (iii) pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors or (iv) until the date that the principal stockholders cease to beneficially own 30% or more of our outstanding shares, at the request of holders of at least 50% of our outstanding shares. Except as described above, stockholders will not have the authority to call a special meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated by-laws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting.
Requirements for advance notification of director nominations and stockholder proposals
Our by-laws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our by-laws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our by-laws will allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions will not apply to the principal stockholders at any time when they beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% of our outstanding common stock. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of us.
Stockholder action by written consent
Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation precludes stockholder action by written consent at any time when the principal stockholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% of our outstanding common stock.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
As a Delaware corporation, we will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. For the avoidance of doubt, our principal stockholders, the Altaris Funds, will not be interested stockholders. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:
before the stockholder became interested, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and officers; or
at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws resulting from amendments approved by holders of at least a majority of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares. We will elect to “opt out” of Section 203.
Insurance regulations
The insurance laws and regulations of the states of Kansas, the state of domicile of Benchmark, California, where Benchmark is commercially domiciled, and Utah, the state of domicile of ALIC, may delay or impede a business combination involving our company. State insurance laws prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most states’ statutes, including Kansas’, California’s and Utah’s, an entity is presumed to have control of an insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. These regulatory restrictions may delay, deter or prevent a potential merger or sale of our company, even if our board of directors decides that it is in the best interests of stockholders for us to merge or be sold. These restrictions also may delay sales by us or acquisitions by third parties of our subsidiaries.
Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation
Exclusive forum
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or to our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Unless the company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the exclusive forum for any action under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be either the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to claims which are vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, for which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have subject matter jurisdiction or, in the case of an action under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, for which neither the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware nor the federal district court for the District of Delaware has subject matter jurisdiction.
Conflicts of interest
The DGCL permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and restated certificate of incorporation renounces, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by law, any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the principal stockholders or any of their affiliates or any director who is not employed by us or his or her affiliates will have no duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that the principal stockholders or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for themselves or himself or their or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.
Limitation of liability and indemnification of directors and officers
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that limit the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except to the extent that such limitation is not permitted under the DGCL. Such limitation shall not apply, except to the extent permitted by the DGCL, to (i) any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) any unlawful payment of a dividend or unlawful stock repurchase or redemption, as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. These provisions will have no effect on the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission based on a director’s breach of his or her duty of care.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our by-laws provide for indemnification, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, of any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Trean Insurance Group, Inc., or, at our request, serves or served as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or any other enterprise, against all expenses, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and other losses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers pursuant to which we will agree to indemnify each such executive officer and director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq under the symbol “TIG.”
Transfer agent and registrar
Upon the consummation of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Equiniti Trust Company. The transfer agent’s address is 1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101, Mendota Heights, MN 55120.
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares eligible for future sale
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Resale of restricted shares
Upon completion of this offering, assuming a price per share at the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we will have 51,142,857 shares of common stock outstanding. Of the shares of common stock outstanding following this offering, all the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any such shares of common stock held by our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below under “— Rule 144.” The remaining shares of common stock that will be outstanding are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual lock-up period described below under and the provisions of Rule 144 these shares will be available for sale in the public market as presented below:
Shares of Common Stock
Shares Available for Public Sale
10,714,286
The date of this prospectus
40,428,571
180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations for affiliates
Lock-up agreements
We, our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all our common stock immediately preceding this offering have signed lock-up agreements under which they have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or to enter into any hedging transactions with respect to, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days commencing on the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions (including dispositions in connection with the reorganization transactions). See “Underwriting.”
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not and was not during the 90 days preceding the sale, an affiliate of ours, and who has held restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.
A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is or was during the 90 days preceding the sale, an affiliate of ours, and who has held restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of our last reported outstanding common shares or the average weekly trading volume of our common shares reported during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares or the availability of shares for future sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. See “Risk factors.”
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the principal stockholders and certain other pre-IPO stockholders, including our president and chief executive officer. Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the principal stockholders are entitled to certain rights, including demand registration rights, and the principal stockholders and such pre-IPO stockholders are entitled to certain rights, including piggyback registration rights, with respect to the registration of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act after the consummation of this offering.
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

U.S. federal income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders
The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of our common stock by non-U.S. holders (as defined below) who acquire such shares in this offering and hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a non-U.S. holder in light of that holder’s particular circumstances or that may be applicable to holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, for example, banks and other financial institutions, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, retirement plans, mutual funds, tax-exempt entities, entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal tax purposes, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, certain former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States, expatriates or holders who have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar, holders who hold our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction, and holders who own or have owned (directly, indirectly or constructively) 5% or more of our common stock (by vote or value)). In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to the U.S. federal income tax, nor does it address the Medicare tax on certain net investment income or U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. Accordingly, prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S. income and other tax considerations (including any U.S. federal estate or gift tax considerations) of owning and disposing of shares of our common stock.
This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative rulings and interpretations and court decisions in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretation at any time, possibly with retroactive effect.
For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not any of the following:
a citizen or individual resident of the United States;
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source;
a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or
an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes.
If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons that for U.S. federal tax purposes are treated as a partner in a partnership holding shares of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors.
Prospective holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to them (including the application and effect of any state, local, non-U.S. income and other tax laws) relating to the ownership and disposition of our common stock.
Distributions on our common stock
In general, any distributions we make to a non-U.S. holder with respect to its shares of our common stock that constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount (or a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty), unless the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder within
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the United States (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder within the United States). A distribution generally will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated as first reducing the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock and, to the extent such distribution exceeds the adjusted basis in the non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock, as gain from the sale or exchange of such shares.
Dividends effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) of a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis, in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its “effectively connected earnings and profits,” subject to certain adjustments.
The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under “— Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.”
Gain on sale or other disposition of our common stock
In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder;
the non-U.S. holder is an individual and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are satisfied; or
we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period and certain other conditions are satisfied.
Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. If the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above also may apply to such effectively connected gain. An individual non-U.S. holder who is subject to U.S. federal income tax because the non-U.S. holder was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of sale or other disposition of our common stock will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from such sale or other disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.
Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Although there can be no assurances in this regard, we believe that we are not currently a U.S. real property holding corporation.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
Provisions commonly referred to as “FATCA” impose withholding (separate and apart from, but without duplication of, the withholding tax described above) at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends (including constructive dividends) on our common stock to certain foreign financial institutions (which is broadly defined for this purpose and in general includes investment vehicles) and certain non-financial foreign entities unless (i) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into, and complies with, an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide, on an annual basis, to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain
125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners), (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies to the withholding agent that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial U.S. owners of the entity or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules or, if required under an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, reports the information in clause (i) to its local tax authority, which will exchange such information with the U.S. authorities. If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution will generally be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations, may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.
THIS DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS, TAX ADVICE. THE FOREGOING SUMMARY IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR AN INDIVIDUAL ANALYSIS OF THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO A PROSPECTIVE HOLDER OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK, WHICH ANALYSIS MAY BE COMPLEX AND WILL DEPEND ON THE HOLDER’S SPECIFIC SITUATION. WE URGE PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS TO CONSULT A TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Underwriting
We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Evercore Group, L.L.C. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are acting as book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
Name
Number of
Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC 
 
Evercore Group, L.L.C.
 
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
 
JMP Securities LLC
           
Total
           
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $   per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $   per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to 1,607,142 additional shares of common stock from certain of the selling stockholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters that exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling stockholders per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $   per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
 
Without
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
With full
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
Per Share
$           
$           
Total
$   
$   
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We and the selling stockholders estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $4.7 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with FINRA of up to $40,000.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we, subject to certain exceptions, will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than (a) the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder, (b) any equity awards granted under our omnibus incentive plan as described in this prospectus, provided that any shares of common stock will be subject to the lock-up agreements and (c) any transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with any of the reorganization transactions described in this prospectus.
We, our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all our common stock immediately preceding this offering have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities that may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of the lock-up agreements generally do not apply to or prohibit, among others, the items described below:
(A)
transfers pursuant to the terms of this offering;
(B)
transfers of shares of common stock:
(i)
as a bona fide gift or gifts,
(ii)
by will, testamentary document or intestate succession,
(iii)
to any trust, family limited partnership or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or the immediate family of the lock-up party (for purposes of the lock-up agreements, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin),
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(iv)
to partners, members, stockholders, trust beneficiaries or other equity owners of the lock-up party (including any subsequent in-kind distributions to or by the lock-up party’s transferees),
(v)
if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity, to any direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933) of such party or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by such party or by the management company or investment adviser that controls or manages such party (or an affiliate of such management company or investment adviser),
(vi)
solely by operation of law, pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, and
(vii)
pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by the Company’s board of directors and made to all holders of the Company’s securities involving a Change of Control of the Company, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the common stock owned by the lock-up party shall remain subject to the lock-up restrictions, provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (vii), “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other such transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to this offering), of the Company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity), and provided, further, that any common stock transferred in connection with the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction shall remain subject to the lock-up restrictions;
(C)
transfers of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with any of the reorganization transactions as described in this prospectus;
(D)
common stock acquired by the lock-up party in this offering or in open market transactions subsequent to the closing of this offering, provided that no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or voluntarily made by the lock-up party regarding such acquisition of common stock;
(E)
the establishment of a written plan for trading securities pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 10b5-1(c) (a “Rule 10b5-1 Plan”) under the Exchange Act, provided that (i) such Rule 10b5-1 Plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock (and no sales of common stock pursuant to such Rule 10b5-1 Plan shall be made) during the Restricted Period and (ii) no filing under the Exchange Act, or other public announcement shall be required or voluntarily made by the Company regarding the establishment of such Rule 10b5-1 Plan during the lock-up period;
(F)
transfers of common stock to the Company (or the withholding of common stock by the Company) (i) as payment for the exercise price of any options granted in the ordinary course pursuant to any of the Company’s current or future stock option, equity incentive or benefit plans described in this prospectus or (ii) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations upon the exercise of any such option or the vesting of any restricted common stock or other equity awards granted under any such plan, with any common stock received as contemplated by any transaction described in this clause (E) remaining subject to the lock-up restrictions; provided that any shares of common stock received upon such exercise shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreements; and provided, further, that any filing required under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto and the transaction codes that any such disposition was made in connection with a “cashless” exercise solely to the Company; and
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(G)
any demands or requests for, exercise any right with respect to, or take any action in preparation of, the registration by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 of the lock-up party’s shares of common stock, provided that no transfer of the lock-up party’s shares of common stock registered pursuant to the exercise of any such right and no registration statement shall be filed under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to any of the lock-up party’s shares of common stock during the lock-up period.
provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (B) (other than in the case of a transfer or distribution described in clause (B)(vii)), each donee, distributee or transferee shall be subject to the lock-up restrictions; and provided, further, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (B) (other than in the case of a transfer or distribution described in clause (B)(vii)), no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the lock-up period).
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq under the symbol “TIG.”
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discounts and commissions received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;
our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
an assessment of our management;
our prospects for future earnings;
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters, the selling stockholders and us.
Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our shares of common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Selling restrictions
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us, the selling stockholders or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Relevant State”), no shares of common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of common stock that have been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares of common stock may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
(a)
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;
(b)
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or
(c)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of shares of common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares of common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and Trean Insurance Group, Inc. that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares of common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares of common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances that may give rise to an offer of any shares of common stock to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares of common stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances that have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares of common stock in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.
Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.
Notice to prospective investors in Canada
The shares of common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland
The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, Trean Insurance Group, Inc. or the shares of common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares of
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares of common stock.
Notice to prospective investors in Japan
The shares of common stock have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares of common stock nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.
Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong
The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances that do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the “CO”) or that do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, that is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock that are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.
Notice to prospective investors in Singapore
Each representative has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each representative has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares of common stock or caused the shares of common stock to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares of common stock or cause the shares of common stock to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:
(a)
to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;
(b)
to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or
(c)
otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
(a)
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b)
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
(i)
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(ii)
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(iii)
where the transfer is by operation of law;
(iv)
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(v)
as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Legal matters
Certain legal matters relating to our common stock and this offering will be passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.
Experts
The balance sheet of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. as of February 29, 2020 included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such balance sheet is included in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The combined financial statements of BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and for each of the two years ended December 31, 2019, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such combined financial statements are included in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Change in auditor
On November 20, 2019, we engaged Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”) as our independent registered public accounting firm for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. As a result of the engagement of Deloitte, we dismissed RSM US LLP (“RSM”) as our independent auditor. Subsequent to Deloitte’s appointment, we engaged Deloitte to audit our combined financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the latter of which had previously been audited by RSM.
During the audit of the year ended December 31, 2018, there were no disagreements with RSM on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure that, if not resolved to RSM’s satisfaction, would have caused RSM to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report. The report of RSM on the financial statements of BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC, along with their wholly owned subsidiaries, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 did not contain any adverse opinions or disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, neither the Company, nor any person on its behalf, consulted Deloitte with respect to either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that may be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, and no written report or oral advice was provided to the Company by Deloitte that Deloitte concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement, as that term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K, or a reportable event, as that term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
We requested that RSM provide us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not it agrees with the above disclosure. A copy of RSM’s letter, dated June 19, 2020, is attached as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Where you can find more information
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act relating to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit certain information from this prospectus that is included in the registration statement. Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are summaries of all material information about the documents summarized but are not complete descriptions of all terms of these documents. If we filed any of these documents as an exhibit to the registration statement, you may read the document itself for a complete description of its terms. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC are also available to the public through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
As a result of the offering, we will be required to file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We also maintain a website at www.trean.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Index to combined financial statements
 
Page
Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
 
Balance Sheets
 
 
 
BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC
 
Unaudited Interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements
 
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9
 
 
Audited Combined Financial Statements
 
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Company”) as of February 29, 2020 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statement”). In our opinion, the financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of February 29, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

April 9, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
Balance Sheets
 
March 31, 2020
February 29, 2020
 
(unaudited)
 
Assets:
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
Cash
$        10
$        10
Total assets
$10
$10
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 3)
$
$
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
$
$
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding
$10
$10
Total stockholders’ equity
$10
$10
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Balance Sheets
Note 1. Business and Basis of Presentation
Trean Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on January 16, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing an initial public offering of its common stock and related transactions in order to carry on the business of BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC as a publicly-traded entity.
The accompanying balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented because the Company has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation.
Note 2. Stockholders’ Equity
The Company is authorized to and has issued 1,000 shares of stock with the par value of $0.01 per share.
Note 3. Commitments and Contingencies
From time to time, the Company is subject to litigation related to its insurance business. Management does not believe that the Company is a party to any such pending litigation that would have a material adverse effect on its future operations.
Note 4. Subsequent Events
Events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date are reviewed by the Company to determine if they are to be recognized and/or disclosed as appropriate. Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 9, 2020, which is the date the audited balance sheet was available to be issued.
For purposes of the unaudited balance sheet as of March 31, 2020, subsequent events have been evaluated through June 18, 2020, which is the date the unaudited balance sheet was available to be issued.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Condensed Combined Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share data)
(unaudited)
 
March 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Assets
 
 
Fixed maturities, at fair value (amortized cost of $340,380 and $329,640, respectively)
$347,497
$337,865
Preferred stock, at fair value (amortized cost of $332 and $337, respectively)
310
343
Common stock, at fair value (cost $1,554 and $492, respectively)
3,353
492
Equity method investments
11,487
12,173
Total investments
362,647
350,873
Cash and cash equivalents
70,656
74,268
Restricted cash
3,026
1,800
Accrued investment income
2,420
2,468
Premiums and other receivables
67,773
62,460
Related party receivables
21,871
22,221
Reinsurance recoverable
313,760
307,338
Prepaid reinsurance premiums
83,694
80,088
Deferred policy acquisition cost, net
3,103
2,115
Property and equipment, net
8,238
7,937
Right of use asset
5,721
Deferred tax asset
1,280
1,367
Goodwill
2,822
2,822
Other assets
7,572
3,277
Total assets
$954,583
$919,034
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses
$418,757
$406,716
Unearned premiums
111,162
103,789
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
165,018
163,445
Reinsurance premiums payable
48,099
53,620
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
18,360
14,995
Lease liability
5,926
Income taxes payable
3,259
714
Long-term debt
28,721
29,040
Total liabilities
799,302
772,319
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
 
Redeemable preferred stock (1,000,000 authorized; 51 outstanding)
5,100
5,100
 
 
 
Members' equity
 
 
Members' equity
78,458
78,438
Additional paid-in capital
17,995
17,995
Retained earnings
49,967
40,361
Accumulated other comprehensive income
3,761
4,821
Total members' equity
150,181
141,615
Total liabilities and members' equity
$954,583
$919,034
See accompanying notes to the condensed combined financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Condensed Combined Statements of Operations
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2020
2019
Revenues
 
 
Gross written premiums
$107,859
$101,534
Increase in gross unearned premiums
(7,373)
(10,952)
Gross earned premiums
100,486
90,582
Ceded earned premiums
(78,027)
(70,958)
Net earned premiums
22,459
19,624
Net investment income
3,272
1,287
Net realized capital gains
3,234
612
Other revenue
4,392
3,595
Total revenue
33,357
25,118
 
 
 
Expenses
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
12,934
11,456
General and administrative expenses
8,160
3,969
Interest expense
461
624
Total expenses
21,555
16,049
 
 
 
Other income
14
93
Income before taxes
11,816
9,162
 
 
 
Income tax expense
2,912
1,319
Equity earnings in affiliates, net of tax
702
608
Net income
$9,606
$8,451
See accompanying notes to the condensed combined financial statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Condensed Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2020
2019
Net income
$9,606
$8,451
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
Unrealized investment gains (losses):
 
 
Unrealized investment gains (losses) arising during the period
(1,223)
4,971
Income tax expense (benefit)
(256)
1,044
Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax
(967)
3,927
 
 
 
Less reclassification adjustments to:
 
 
Net realized investment gains (losses) included in net realized capital gains (losses)
119
(22)
Income tax expense (benefit)
26
(5)
Total reclassifications included in net income (loss), net of tax
93
(17)
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(1,060)
3,944
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income
$8,546
$12,395
See accompanying notes to the condensed combined financial statements.
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Condensed Combined Statements of Members’ Equity and Redeemable Preferred Stock
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands, except unit data)
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
Members' Equity
 
 
Redeemable
Preferred Stock
Preferred Stock
Class A - Non Voting
Class B - Voting
Class B - Non Voting
Class C - Non Voting
Additional
Paid in
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Retained
Earnings
Total
Members'
Equity
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Units
Amount
Units
Amount
Units
Amount
Units
Amount
Balance at December 31, 2019
51
$5,100
$—
65,036,780
$65,037
5,045,215
$5,045
8,159,775
$8,160
196,588
$196
$17,995
$4,821
$40,361
$141,615
Issuance of Class C units
19,659
20
20
Other comprehensive loss
(1,060)
(1,060)
Net income
9,606
9,606
Balance at March 31, 2020
51
$5,100
$—
65,036,780
$65,037
5,045,215
$5,045
8,159,775
$8,160
216,247
$216
$17,995
$3,761
$49,967
$150,181
 
 
 
 
 
Members' Equity
 
 
Redeemable
Preferred Stock
Preferred Stock
Class A - Non Voting
Class B - Voting
Class B - Non Voting
Class C - Non Voting
Additional
Paid in
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Retained
Earnings
Total
Members'
Equity
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Units
Amount
Units
Amount
Units
Amount
Units
Amount
Balance at December 31, 2018
60
$6,000
10
$1,000
65,036,780
$65,037
5,045,215
$5,045
8,159,775
$8,160
117,953
$118
$17,995
$(2,003)
$9,779
$105,131
Cumulative effect of adopting ASC Topic 606
695
695
Issuance of Class C units
19,659
19
19
Dividends paid on Series A preferred stock
(9)
(9)
Other comprehensive income
3,944
3,944
Net income
8,451
8,451
Balance at March 31, 2019
60
$6,000
10
$1,000
65,036,780
$65,037
5,045,215
$5,045
8,159,775
$8,160
137,612
$137
$17,995
$1,941
$18,916
$118,231
See accompanying notes to the condensed combined financial statements.
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2020
2019
Operating activities
 
 
Net income
$9,606
$8,451
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
208
182
Net capital gains on investments
(5,018)
(106)
Deferred offering costs
(432)
Gain on bargain purchase of subsidiary
(634)
Bond amortization and accretion
399
433
Issuance of member units as compensation
20
19
Equity earnings in affiliates, net of tax
(702)
(608)
Distributions from equity method investments
1,389
518
Deferred income taxes
367
(162)
Deferred financing costs
25
25
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
Accrued investment income
48
(84)
Premiums and other receivables
(4,962)
(10,756)
Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses
(6,422)
(13,758)
Prepaid reinsurance premiums
(3,606)
(9,490)
Right of use asset
(5,721)
Other assets
(2,791)
(1,133)
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses
12,042
17,518
Unearned premiums
7,373
10,365
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
1,358
2,833
Reinsurance premiums payable
(5,522)
6,616
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
1,299
(2,554)
Lease liability
5,926
Income taxes payable
2,544
1,657
Net cash provided by operating activities
7,428
9,332
Investing activities
 
 
Payments for capital expenditures
(504)
(245)
Proceeds from sale of equity method investment
3,000
Return of capital on equity method investment
115
Purchase of investments, available for sale
(24,323)
(23,630)
Proceeds from investments sold, matured or repaid
12,242
17,891
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash received
(5,496)
Net cash used in investing activities
(9,470)
(11,480)
Financing activities
 
 
Principal payments on long-term debt
(344)
(344)
Dividends paid on preferred stock
(28)
Net cash used in financing activities
(344)
(372)
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
(2,386)
(2,520)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash - beginning of period
76,068
55,962
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash - end of period
$73,682
$53,442
See accompanying notes to the condensed combined financial statements.
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
Disaggregation of cash and restricted cash:
As of March 31,
2020
As of March 31,
2019
Cash and cash equivalents
$70,656
$51,933
Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents
3,026
1,509
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
$73,682
$53,442
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
2020
2019
Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
Interest
$436
$364
Non-cash investing and financing activity:
 
 
Issuance of Class C member units as compensation
20
19
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
6,261
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
 
 
Operating cash flows from operating leases
424
See accompanying notes to the condensed combined financial statements.
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements
Note 1. Business and Basis of Presentation
The condensed combined financial statements include the accounts, after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions, of BIC Holdings LLC (BIC), a property and casualty insurance holding company, and Trean Holdings LLC (Trean), an insurance services company, along with their wholly owned subsidiaries, collectively the “Company”. BIC and Trean are owned by the same members. All dollar amounts are shown in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts.
The Company is an established and growing company providing products and services to the specialty insurance market. Historically, the Company has focused on specialty casualty markets that are believed to be under served and where the Company’s expertise allows the Company to achieve higher rates, such as niche workers’ compensation markets and small- to medium-sized specialty casualty insurance programs. The Company underwrites specialty-casualty insurance products both through programs where the Company partners with other organizations (Program Partners), and also through the Company’s own Managing-General Agencies. The Company also provides Program Partners with a variety of services, including issuing carrier services, claims administration, and reinsurance brokerage from which the Company generates fee-based revenues.
BIC’s wholly owned subsidiary is Benchmark Holding Company, a property and casualty insurance holding company, which owns Benchmark Insurance Company (Benchmark), a property and casualty insurance company domiciled in the state of Kansas, and American Liberty Insurance Company (ALIC), a property and casualty insurance company domiciled in the state of Utah.
Trean’s wholly owned subsidiaries are Benchmark Administrators LLC (BIC Admin), a claims third-party administrator conducting business for Benchmark mainly in the state of California, Trean Compstar Holdings, LLC, a limited liability company created for the purchase of an interest in Compstar Insurance Services LLC, a California-based general agent, and Trean Corporation (Trean Corp), a reinsurance intermediary manager and a managing general agent, which consists of the following wholly owned subsidiaries: Trean Reinsurance Services, LLC (TRS), a reinsurance intermediary broker; S&C Claims Services, Inc. (S&C), a claims third-party administrator, mainly in the western United States; and Westcap Insurance Services, LLC (Westcap) a managing general agent based in California.
The accompanying condensed combined financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Accordingly, they do not contain all of the information included in the Company’s annual combined financial statements and notes. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal, recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s condensed combined financial position and results of operations for the periods presented have been included. Although management believes the disclosures and information presented are adequate, these interim condensed combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s most recent audited combined financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2019. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2020.
Use of estimates
While preparing the condensed combined financial statements, the Company has made certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed combined financial statements, as well as reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Reported amounts that require extensive use of estimates include the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses (LAE), reinsurance recoveries, investments and goodwill. Except for the captions on the condensed combined balance sheets and condensed combined statements of comprehensive income, generally, the term loss(es) is used to collectively refer to both loss and LAE.
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Accounting pronouncements
Recently adopted policies
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (ASU 2020-04). This update provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. This standard is effective for the period between March 12, 2020 and December 31, 2022. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the condensed combined financial statements.
In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (ASU 2018-13). This update modifies the existing disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820 by changing requirements regarding Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 investments. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the condensed combined financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (ASU 2016-02), which provides guidance for accounting for leases. The new guidance requires companies to recognize the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by leased assets, initially measured at the present value of lease payments. Management adopted this standard effective January 1, 2020 under the modified retrospective approach. Adoption of this standard resulted in the Company recognizing initial right-of-use assets of $5,946 and initial lease liabilities of $5,946 and did not result in a cumulative effect adjustment on retained earnings. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the condensed combined statement of operations or condensed combined statement of cash flows.
Pending policies
The Company will be issuing its initial public offering and filing as an emerging growth company. As such, the Company has elected to adopt pending accounting policies under the dates required for private companies. Therefore, the dates included within this section reflect the effective dates for the adoption of new accounting policies required by private companies.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-03, Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments (ASU 2020-03). This update represents changes to clarify and improve the codification to allow for easier application by eliminating inconsistencies and providing clarification. Certain issues addressed in this update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020 and others are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company will adopt each standard upon their respective effective dates of January 1, 2021 and January 1, 2023. Adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the condensed combined financial statements.
In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-01, Investments - Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivative and Hedging (Topic 815) - Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323 and Topic 815 (ASU 2020-01). This update addresses the accounting for certain equity securities upon the application or discontinuation of the equity method of accounting. Further, the update addresses scope considerations for forward contracts and purchased options on certain securities. ASU 2020-01 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods thereafter. The Company will adopt this standard effective January 1, 2022. Adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the condensed combined financial statements.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (ASU 2017-04). This update simplifies the manner in which an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this standard effective January 1, 2022. Adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the condensed combined financial statements and related disclosures.
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13). This update requires financial assets measured at amortized cost to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected by means of an allowance for credit losses that runs through net income. Additionally, credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities will also be recorded through an allowance for credit losses, with the amount of the allowance limited to the amount by which the fair value is below the amortized cost. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will adopt this standard effective January 1, 2023. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on the condensed combined financial statements.
Note 2. Acquisitions
American Liberty Insurance Company
Effective March 31, 2019, Benchmark Holdings Company purchased the remaining 25% of outstanding voting shares in American Liberty Insurance Company for $1,155. The purchase price was determined based on the statutory surplus of American Liberty Insurance Company.
First Choice Casualty Insurance Company
Effective February 19, 2019, Benchmark Insurance Company purchased 100% of the operating assets and assumed the liabilities of First Choice Casualty Insurance Company (“FCCIC”). The total purchase price was $5,314. As part of the acquisition, the Company recorded a bargain purchase gain of $634 which is included in net realized capital gains (losses) on the condensed combined statement of operations. The Company was able to realize a bargain purchase gain as the seller was looking to exit the workers’ compensation market with the sale of their management agreement to a new manager. With the new manager, the seller had a lack of interest and expertise in maintaining workers’ compensation policies, which had historically been underwritten and managed by Trean Corp.
The following table summarizes the consideration paid and the amounts of estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):
Fair value of total consideration transferred
$5,314
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
 
Cash
973
Investments
4,252
Accrued investment income
40
Premiums and other receivables
1,571
Deferred tax asset
242
Other assets
10
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses
(6,426)
Unearned premiums
(1,003)
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
7,980
Reinsurance premiums payable
(1,037)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
(316)
Income taxes payable
(338)
Net assets acquired
5,948
Gain on bargain purchase
$634
Note 3. Fair Value Measurements
The Company’s financial instruments include assets and liabilities carried at fair value. The inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value are prioritized into a three-level hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
Level 1: Fair values primarily based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Level 2: Fair values primarily based on observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, or based on prices for similar assets and liabilities.
Level 3: Fair values primarily based on valuations derived when one or more of the significant inputs are unobservable. With little or no observable market, the determination of fair value uses considerable judgment and represents the Company’s best estimate of an amount that could be realized in a market exchange for the asset or liability.
The Company classifies the financial asset or liability by level based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value. The following tables present the estimated fair value of the Company’s significant financial instruments.
 
March 31, 2020
(in thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$15,707
$175
$
$15,882
Foreign governments
306
306
States, territories and possessions
5,733
5,733
Political subdivisions of states territories and possessions
25,726
25,726
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
67,326
67,326
Industrial and public utilities
118,012
118,012
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
16,334
16,334
Residential mortgage-backed securities
57,351
57,351
Other loan-backed securities
40,474
40,474
Hybrid securities
353
353
Total fixed maturities
15,707
331,790
347,497
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
310
310
Common stock
777
576
2,000
3,353
Total equity securities
777
886
2,000
3,663
Total investments
$16,484
$332,676
$2,000
$351,160
 
 
 
 
 
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
165,018
165,018
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt:
 
 
 
 
Junior subordinated debt
7,732
7,732
Secured credit facility
21,293
21,293
Total long-term debt
$
$29,025
$
$29,025
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
December 31, 2019
(in thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$16,129
$
$—
$16,129
Foreign governments
302
302
States, territories and possessions
4,923
4,923
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
25,104
25,104
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
61,405
61,405
Industrial and public utilities
123,207
123,207
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
16,312
16,312
Residential mortgage-backed securities
54,109
54,109
Other loan-backed securities
36,011
36,011
Hybrid securities
363
363
Total fixed maturities
16,129
321,736
337,865
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
343
343
Common stock
492
492
Total equity securities
835
835
Total investments
$16,129
$322,571
$—
$338,700
 
 
 
 
 
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
163,445
163,445
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt:
 
 
 
 
Junior subordinated debt
7,732
7,732
Secured credit facility
21,637
21,637
Total long-term debt
$
$29,369
$—
$29,369
Bonds and preferred stocks: The Company uses a variety of sources such as Reuters, Iboxx, PricingDirect, ICE BofAML Index, ICE Data Services, and for equities, Bloomberg. Equity securities are valued at the closing price on the exchange on which they are primarily traded as provided by a third-party pricing service. Fixed income securities are generally valued at an evaluated bid as provided by a third-party pricing service. Securities and other assets generally valued using third-party pricing services may also be valued at broker/dealer bid quotations. Values obtained from third-party pricing services can utilize several data sources for inputs such as transaction data, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, issue type, trading characteristics and market activity. To validate the reasonableness of the quoted prices, the Company performs various qualitative and quantitative procedures such as analysis of recent activity, analytical review of fair values and an evaluation of the underlying pricing methodologies. Based on these procedures, the Company did not adjust the prices or quotes from the third-party pricing service.
Funds held under reinsurance agreements: The Company holds certain investments as collateral under reinsurance contracts and values these investments consistent with its other investments using third-party pricing services. To validate the reasonableness of the quoted prices, the Company performs various qualitative and quantitative procedures such as analysis of recent activity, analytical review of fair values and an evaluation of the underlying pricing methodologies. Based on these procedures, the Company did not adjust the prices or quotes from the third-party pricing service.
Long-term debt: The Company holds long-term debt related to multiple credit agreements. The Company has determined that the remaining balance of the debt reflects its fair value as this would represent the total amount to repay the debt.
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 4. Investments
The cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses, and estimated fair value of the investments in securities classified as available for sale are as follows:
 
March 31, 2020
(in thousands)
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$15,374
$508
$
$15,882
Foreign governments
299
7
306
States, territories and possessions
5,612
123
(2)
5,733
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
24,992
757
(23)
25,726
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
64,694
2,672
(40)
67,326
Industrial and public utilities
116,362
2,417
(767)
118,012
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
15,547
878
(91)
16,334
Residential mortgage-backed securities
55,492
1,955
(96)
57,351
Other loan-backed securities
41,651
142
(1,319)
40,474
Hybrid securities
357
1
(5)
353
Total fixed maturities available for sale
$340,380
$9,460
$(2,343)
$347,497
 
December 31, 2019
(in thousands)
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$15,965
$167
$(3)
$16,129
Foreign governments
299
3
302
States, territories and possessions
4,789
134
4,923
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
24,444
670
(10)
25,104
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
59,149
2,298
(42)
61,405
Industrial and public utilities
119,735
3,490
(18)
123,207
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
15,586
757
(31)
16,312
Residential mortgage-backed securities
53,467
679
(37)
54,109
Other loan-backed securities
35,849
281
(119)
36,011
Hybrid securities
357
6
363
Total fixed maturities available for sale
$329,640
$8,485
$(260)
$337,865
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table illustrates the Company’s gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:
 
March 31, 2020
 
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
(in thousands)
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$275
$
$
$
$275
$
Foreign governments
States, territories and possessions
1,346
(2)
1,346
(2)
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
1,019
(23)
1,019
(23)
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
3,666
(40)
3,666
(40)
Industrial and public utilities
26,650
(767)
26,650
(767)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
1,966
(91)
1,966
(91)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
862
(65)
502
(31)
1,364
(96)
Other loan-backed securities
19,746
(522)
10,011
(797)
29,757
(1,319)
Hybrid securities
102
(5)
102
(5)
Total bonds
$55,632
$(1,515)
$10,513
$(828)
$66,145
$(2,343)
 
December 31, 2019
 
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
(in thousands)
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$293
$(2)
$1,349
$(1)
$1,642
$(3)
Foreign governments
States, territories and possessions
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
1,500
(9)
690
(1)
2,190
(10)
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
3,206
(42)
181
3,387
(42)
Industrial and public utilities
5,939
(16)
1,094
(2)
7,033
(18)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
2,138
(30)
129
(1)
2,267
(31)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
6,936
(13)
1,917
(24)
8,853
(37)
Other loan-backed securities
2,189
(11)
13,885
(108)
16,074
(119)
Hybrid securities
Total bonds
$22,201
$(123)
$19,245
$(137)
$41,446
$(260)
The unrealized losses on the Company’s available for sale securities as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were primarily caused by widening in corporate and tax-exempt spreads, rather than credit-related problems.
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities as of March 31, 2020, by contractual maturity, are as follows:
(in thousands)
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
Available for sale:
 
 
Due in one year or less
$19,827
$19,897
Due after one year but before five years
115,089
116,766
Due after five years but before ten years
53,322
55,663
Due after ten years
39,452
41,012
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
15,547
16,334
Residential mortgage-backed securities
55,492
57,351
Other loan-backed securities
41,651
40,474
Total
$340,380
$347,497
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities as issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Realized gains and losses on investments included in the condensed combined statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
 
Three Months
Ended March 31,
(in thousands)
2020
2019
Fixed maturities:
 
 
Gains
$119
$1
Losses
(23)
Total fixed maturities
119
(22)
Equity securities:
 
 
Equity method investments:
 
 
Gains
3,115
Total equity securities
3,115
Total net investment realized gains (losses)
$3,234
$(22)
Net investment income consists of the following for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019:
 
Three Months
Ended March 31,
(in thousands)
2020
2019
Fixed maturities
$1,472
$1,269
Preferred stock
(14)
(4)
Common stock
1,799
Interest earned on cash and short-term investments
15
22
Net investment income
$3,272
$1,287
Note 5. Equity Method Investments
The Company has investments in Compstar Holding Company LLC (Compstar) and Trean Intermediaries (TRI). Equity earnings and losses are reported in equity earnings (losses) in affiliates, net of tax on the condensed combined statements of operations.
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company owns 45% of Compstar which had a carrying value of approximately $11,255 and $11,831 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The Company recorded earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 of approximately $702 and $442, respectively. Distributions received from Compstar for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 were approximately $1,279 and $203, respectively.
On January 3, 2020, the Company sold 15% of its previous 25% ownership in TRI for cash proceeds of $3,000. The Company currently maintains a 10% ownership interest in TRI. As a result of its significant ownership reduction and its inability to have significant influence over the operations and policies of TRI, the Company reclassified its TRI investment, at fair value, to investments in common stock in the first quarter of 2020. The Company realized a gain on the sale of $3,115 which is included in net realized capital gains on the condensed combined statements of operations. The Company subsequently re-measured its TRI investment shares resulting in an unrealized gain of $2,000 which is recorded in net investment income on the condensed combined statement of operations. The carrying value of TRI as of December 31, 2019 was approximately $110. The Company received distributions totaling $225 for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The Company recorded earnings of $166 and received distributions of $315 for the three months ended March 31, 2019.
Note 6. Debt
Long-term debt consists of the following:
(in thousands)
March 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Junior subordinated debt
$7,732
$7,732
Secured credit facility
21,293
21,637
Long-term debt
29,025
29,369
Less: unamortized deferred financing costs
(304)
(329)
Net long-term debt
$28,721
$29,040
Junior Subordinated Debt
In June 2006, Trean Capital Trust I (the “Trust”) issued 7,500 shares of preferred capital securities to qualified institutional buyers and 232 common securities to Trean. The proceeds of such issuances were invested by the Trust in $7,732 aggregate principal amount of Trean’s Junior Subordinated Debt due 2036 (the Debt). The Debt represents the sole assets of the Trust. The Debt matures on July 7, 2036. The interest rate was a fixed rate of 9.167% until July 7, 2011, at which time a variable interest rate of LIBOR (1.83% and 1.99% as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively) plus 3.50% is in effect. The interest rate totaled 5.33% and 5.49% as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. There are optional dates for redemption of the Debt, at the option of the Company, on any January 7, April 7, July 7, or October 7 following July 7, 2011. There are no funding requirements for Trean to the Trust except for the necessary quarterly interest payments. Trean Corp is the guarantor of the Debt.
The preferred capital securities issued by the Trust in turn pay quarterly cash distributions at an annual rate of 9.167% per annum of the liquidation amount of $1 per security until July 7, 2011 and thereafter at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%. The preferred capital securities do not have a stated maturity date, although they are subject to mandatory redemption upon maturity of the Debt on July 7, 2036, or upon earlier redemption. These preferred securities are fully guaranteed by the Company.
The terms of this agreement require the Company to maintain certain general and financial covenants and ratios. The Company was in compliance with all covenants and ratios as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
Secured Credit Facility
In April 2018, Trean Corp entered into a credit agreement with a bank which includes a term loan facility totaling $27,500 and a revolving credit facility of $3,000. Borrowings are secured by substantially all of the assets of Trean and its subsidiaries. The loan has a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.00%, which
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

was 6.44% and 6.33% as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The outstanding principal balance of the loan is to be repaid in quarterly installments which escalate from approximately $344 to $859 until April 2023. All shares of Trean and its subsidiaries have been pledged as guaranteed collateral.
The terms of this agreement require the Company to maintain certain financial covenants and ratios. The Company was in compliance with all covenants and ratios as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
Note 7. Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Revenue from contracts with customers was $4,392 and $3,595 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The following table presents the revenues recognized from contracts with customers included in the condensed combined statements of operations.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in thousands)
2020
2019
Brokerage
$3,693
$2,703
Managing general agent fees
154
340
Third-party administrator fees
384
414
Consulting fees
161
138
Total revenue from contracts with customers
$4,392
$3,595
The Company did not have any contract liabilities as of March 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019. The following table provides information related to the contract assets from contracts with customers. Contract assets are included within other assets on the condensed combined balance sheets.
(in thousands)
March 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Contract assets
$3,049
$1,103
Note 8. Income Taxes
Income tax expense for interim periods is measured using an estimated effective income tax rate for the annual period. The Company’s effective tax rate was 24.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The effective tax rate differed from the statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the impact of state taxes and temporary differences associated with the gains recorded on the sale and subsequent re-measurement of the Company’s TRI investment shares in the quarter ended March 31, 2020.
The Company’s effective tax rate was 14.4% for three months ended March 31, 2019. The effective tax rate differed from the statutory rate of 21% primarily due to book and tax basis differences resulting from the acquisition of FCCIC and deferred tax benefits related to the tax impact of deferred acquisition costs.
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 9. Liability for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expense
The following table represents a reconciliation of changes in the liability for unpaid losses and LAE.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in thousands)
2020
2019
Unpaid losses and LAE reserves at beginning of period
$406,716
$340,415
Less losses ceded through reinsurance
(304,005)
(257,421)
Net unpaid losses and LAE at beginning of period
102,711
82,994
Acquisition of First Choice Casualty Insurance Company
6,366
Incurred losses and LAE related to:
 
 
Current period
14,169
12,929
Prior period
(1,235)
(1,473)
Total incurred losses and LAE
12,934
11,456
Paid losses and LAE, net of reinsurance, related to:
 
 
Current period
1,198
1,098
Prior period
7,795
6,363
Total paid losses and LAE
8,993
7,461
Net unpaid losses and LAE at end of period
106,652
93,355
Plus losses ceded through reinsurance
312,105
271,005
Unpaid losses and LAE reserves at end of period
$418,757
$364,360
As a result of changes in estimates of insured events in prior years, the provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased by approximately $1,235 and $1,473 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, primarily attributable to the development in the Company’s workers’ compensation book of business.
Note 10. Reinsurance
The Company utilizes reinsurance contracts to reduce its exposure to losses in all aspects of its insurance business. Such reinsurance permits recovery of a portion of losses from reinsurers, although it does not relieve the Company from its primary liability to policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company. The Company evaluates the financial strength of potential reinsurers and continually monitors the financial condition of its reinsurers.
A summary of the impact of ceded reinsurance on premiums written and premiums earned is as follows:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2020
2019
(in thousands)
Gross
Assumed
Ceded
Net
Gross
Assumed
Ceded
Net
Written premiums
$105,977
$1,882
$(81,632)
$26,227
$99,358
$2,176
$(80,449)
$21,085
Earned premiums
98,543
1,943
(78,027)
22,459
88,553
2,029
(70,958)
19,624
Note 11. Leases
Adoption of Leases, Topic 842
On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and all related amendments under the modified retrospective approach. Under this transition approach, comparative prior periods, including disclosures, were not restated. The Company elected the transition package of practical expedients which, among other things, allowed the Company to carry forward historical lease classification. The Company chose not to elect the hindsight practical expedient. The Company has elected, as a practical expedient, to account for lease components and any non-lease components within a contract as a single lease component, and therefore allocates all of the expected lease payments to the lease component. The adoption of the standard did not have an impact on the Company’s condensed combined statements of operations and there was no adjustment to its retained earnings opening balance
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

sheet as of January 1, 2020. The Company does not expect the adoption of the new standard to have a material impact on the Company’s operating results on an ongoing basis. The most significant impact of the new lease standard was the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases. On January 1, 2020, the adoption of the new standard resulted in the recognition of a right-of-use asset and total lease liability of $5,946.
The Company’s leases consist of operating leases for office space and equipment. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Some of the Company’s leases include options to extend the term, which is only included in the lease liability and right-of-use assets calculation when it is reasonably certain the Company will exercise that option. Our leases have remaining terms ranging from one month to 63 months, some of which have options to extend the lease for up to 5 years. As of March 31, 2020, the lease liability and right-of-use assets did not include the impact of any lease extension options as it is not reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the extension options.
Total lease expense for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was $579, inclusive of $120 in variable lease expense. The Company also sublets some of its leased office space and recorded $12 of sublease income for the three months ended March 31, 2020, which is included in other income on the condensed combined statement of operations. Total rent expense was $348 and sublease income was $90 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, which were recorded prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-02.
Supplemental balance sheet information, the weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate related to leases were as follows:
(dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2020
Right of use asset
$5,721
Lease liability
$5,926
Weighted average remaining lease term
3.91 years
Weighted average discount rate
6.51%
Future maturities of lease liabilities as of March 31, 2020 are as follows:
(in thousands)
Operating Leases
2020
$1,333
2021
1,724
2022
1,689
2023
1,217
2024
670
Thereafter
86
Total lease payments
6,719
Less: imputed interest
(793)
Total lease liabilities
$5,926
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company had the following minimum annual commitments for payment of leases as of December 31, 2019:
(in thousands)
Rent Expense
2020
$1,718
2021
1,614
2022
1,594
2023
1,191
2024
669
Thereafter
46
Total lease payments
$6,832
Note 12. Equity
Members’ Equity
The Company is registered with the state of Delaware as a Limited Liability Company (LLC). Any debts, expenses, obligations and liabilities of the Company are solely the responsibility of the Company. Any member of the LLC does not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a member or acting as a member of the Company.
The Company has three classes of ownership units, each with its respective rights, preferences and privileges as follows:
1)
Class A Units: Receive an allocation of profits and losses incurred by the Company as well as maintain the right to receive distributions, along with Class B Units, on a pro rata basis prior to distributions made to other classes of ownership units.
2)
Class B Units: Receive an allocation of profits and losses incurred by the Company as well as maintain the right to receive distributions, along with Class A Units, on a pro rata basis prior to distributions made to other classes of ownership units. Class B maintains both voting and non-voting units. Each Class B Voting Unit is entitled to one vote per Class B Voting Unit on each matter to which the members are entitled to vote. Class B Non-Voting Units maintain all rights, preferences and privileges allowed to Class B Voting Units with the exception of voting rights.
3)
Class C Units: Receive an allocation of profits and losses incurred by the Company. Participating Class C Units maintain the right to receive distributions after any Class A or Class B units based on the unit holders’ pro rata share.
Redeemable Preferred Stock
Trean Corp has designated and authorized 1,000,000 shares as Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock (Series A) which have no voting rights. The holder is entitled to receive annual cumulative dividends at 4.5 percent of the original cost per share. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of Trean, liquidation distributions are made to preferred stockholders before common stockholders. Series A contained no conversion features. During 2019 the Company redeemed all of its remaining shares of Series A.
Benchmark Holding Company has designated and authorized 1,000,000 shares as Series B Redeemable Preferred Stock (Series B) which have no voting rights. The holder is entitled to receive annual cumulative dividends as a percentage of the original cost per share or the actual earning on the invested funds. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of Benchmark Holding Company, liquidation distributions are made to preferred stockholders before common stockholders. Series B contains no conversion features. The liquidation preference and redemptive value of Series B is equivalent to its carrying value as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The Company classified the shares of Series B within temporary equity on the condensed combined balance sheets as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, due to the liquidation rights associated with the termination of the shareholder customer agreement.
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company is required to redeem all shares of outstanding Series A or Series B if any of the following events occur:
1.
Upon demand by a majority of the shareholders having voting rights in the Company
2.
Upon termination of the underlying stock purchase agreement between the Series A holders and Trean (only applicable to Series A shares)
3.
Any refinancing, recapitalization, sale of assets or stock by Trean Corp or Benchmark Holding Company that results in a realization of gain by the shareholders, to the extent the same is distributed to shareholders, whether in a single or a series of distributions (only applicable to Series A shares)
4.
Change in the majority control of the Company (only applicable to Series B shares)
5.
The termination of the shareholder customer agreement (only applicable to Series B shares)
6.
A qualified initial public offering of Trean Corp or Benchmark Holding Company
There were no dividends paid to Series B holders for the three months ended March 31, 2020. The cumulative dividends earned by Series A holders totaled approximately $9 for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The cumulative dividends consist of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2019
 
Total
Dividend
Dividend
per Share
Weighted
Average Shares
Dividends on preferred shares - Series A
$9
$878.59
10.00
Note 13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in thousands)
2020
2019
Balance at beginning of period
$4,821
$(2,003)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
Unrealized investment gains (losses):
 
 
Unrealized investment gains (losses) arising during the period
(1,223)
4,971
Income tax expense (benefit)
(256)
1,044
Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax
(967)
3,927
Less: reclassification adjustments to:
 
 
Net realized investment gains (losses) included in net realized capital gains (losses)
119
(22)
Income tax expense (benefit)
26
(5)
Total reclassifications included in net income, net of tax
93
(17)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(1,060)
3,944
Balance at end of period
$3,761
$1,941
Note 14. Stock-Based Compensation
On June 15, 2017, the Company entered into a Management Incentive Unit Agreement with an individual, who is a member of the Board of Managers of the Company, to issue Class C shares as partial compensation for future services to the Company. The shares issued under this agreement are subject to terms in the agreements between the Company and the recipient. The Company had approximately $177 and $197 of unrecognized stock compensation expense as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019,
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

respectively, related to non-vested stock-based compensation granted, that the Company expects to recognize over the next two years. The Company recognized approximately $20 and $19 of stock-based compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Note 15. Transactions with Related Parties
The Company owed Altaris Capital Partners, a private equity firm, approximately $83 which is included within accounts payable and accrued expenses on the condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.
The Company was owed amounts from TRI of approximately $14 as of December 31, 2019, which is included in related party receivables on the December 31, 2019 condensed combined balance sheet. The Company recorded $50 of revenue for consulting services provided to TRI for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, which is included in other revenue on the condensed combined statements of operations.
The Company owns a 45% interest in Compstar, a program manager which handles the underwriting, premium collection and servicing of insurance policies for the Company. The Company recorded $46,282 and $34,023 of gross earned premiums resulting in gross commissions of $9,972 and $7,363 due to Compstar for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. All receivables are stated net of the commissions due under the Program Manager Agreement and totaled $21,871 and $22,207 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, which is recorded in related party receivables on the condensed combined balance sheets. The Company’s ownership interest, and right to receive any distributions, is listed as collateral on debt taken out by Compstar.
Note 16. Subsequent Events
Events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date, but before the condensed combined financial statements are complete, are reviewed by the Company to determine if they are to be recognized and/or disclosed as appropriate.
On April 1, 2020, Trean Corporation purchased LCTA Risk Services, Inc., a managing general agency based in Louisiana, for a purchase price of $1,400.
The ongoing global COVID-19 pandemic and response thereto has significantly impacted financial markets, businesses, households and communities and has caused a contraction in business activity and volatility in financial markets.
The Company took several actions to protect the health of the public and its employees and to comply with directives and advice of governmental authorities, including restricting business travel and transitioning from an office-based company to primarily a remote working culture. As state, city and county guidelines progress, the Company has implemented new health and safety in-office procedures to prepare for transitioning its workforce back to working in offices on a limited basis. To date, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have not had a significant impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, continuation of the COVID-19 pandemic could cause additional reduction in business activity and financial market instability. The extent of the impact or continuation of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s future operational and financial performance will depend on several factors, including the duration of the pandemic and actions taken by government and health officials in response, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. The Company will continue to monitor the impact of the ongoing continuation of the COVID-19 pandemic on its business, including how it will impact premium revenue, loss experience and loss expense, liquidity, regulatory capital and surplus, and operations.
On May 26, 2020, the Company entered into a new Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with First Horizon Bank which, among other things, extended the Company’s credit facility for a period of five years through May 26, 2025 and increased its term loan facility by $11,707 resulting in a total term loan debt amount of $33,000 at the time of closing. In addition, and in conjunction with, the execution of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Company made dividend distribution payments to Trean members totaling $18,154 in May 2020.
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

All of the effects of subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the condensed combined balance sheet date, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the condensed combined financial statements, are recognized in the condensed combined financial statements. Subsequent events have been evaluated through June 18, 2020, which is the date the condensed combined financial statements were available to be issued.
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the equityholders and the Board of Directors of BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive income, members' equity and redeemable preferred stock, and cash flows, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related notes, and the schedules listed in the index (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (“generally accepted auditing standards”). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

April 9, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Combined Balance Sheets
December 31, 2019 and 2018
(in thousands, except share data)
2019
2018
Assets
 
 
Fixed maturities, at fair value (amortized cost of $329,640 and $309,771, respectively)
$337,865
$307,237
Preferred stock, at fair value (amortized cost of $337 and $325, respectively)
343
321
Common stock, at fair value (amortized cost of $492 and $0, respectively)
492
Equity method investments
12,173
13,900
Total investments
350,873
321,458
 
Cash and cash equivalents
74,268
53,574
Restricted cash
1,800
2,389
Accrued investment income
2,468
2,372
Premiums and other receivables
62,460
62,400
Related party receivables
22,221
15,934
Reinsurance recoverable
307,338
257,509
Prepaid reinsurance premiums
80,088
66,765
Deferred policy acquisition cost, net
2,115
2,976
Property and equipment, net
7,937
8,134
Deferred tax asset
1,367
1,823
Goodwill
2,822
2,822
Other assets
3,277
1,963
Total assets
$919,034
$800,119
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses
$406,716
$340,415
Unearned premiums
103,789
90,074
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
163,445
166,838
Reinsurance premiums payable
53,620
40,135
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
14,995
15,004
Shares subject to mandatory redemption
1,096
Income taxes payable
714
1,655
Long-term debt
29,040
33,771
Total liabilities
772,319
688,988
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18 and Note 23)
 
 
Redeemable preferred stock (1,000,000 authorized; 51 and 60 outstanding, respectively)
5,100
6,000
 
 
 
Members’ equity
 
 
Members’ equity
78,438
78,360
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value (1,000,000 authorized; 0 and 10 outstanding, respectively)
1,000
Additional paid-in capital
17,995
17,995
Retained earnings
40,361
9,779
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
4,821
(2,003)
Total members’ equity
141,615
105,131
Total liabilities and members’ equity
$919,034
$800,119
See accompanying notes to the combined financial statements
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Combined Statements of Operations
For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Revenues
 
 
Gross written premiums
$411,401
$357,007
Increase in gross unearned premiums
(13,598)
(16,862)
Gross earned premiums
397,803
340,145
Ceded earned premiums
(311,325)
(273,569)
Net earned premiums
86,478
66,576
Net investment income
6,245
4,816
Net realized capital gains (losses)
667
(715)
Other revenue
9,125
7,826
Total revenue
102,515
78,503
 
 
 
Expenses
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
44,661
35,729
General and administrative expenses
21,005
15,706
Interest expense
2,169
1,557
Total expenses
67,835
52,992
 
 
 
Other income
121
639
Income before taxes
34,801
26,150
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes
7,074
5,546
Equity earnings (losses) in affiliates, net of tax
3,558
(1,082)
Net income
$31,285
$19,522
See accompanying notes to the combined financial statements
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income
For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Net income
$31,285
$19,522
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
Unrealized investment gains (losses):
 
 
Unrealized investment gains (losses) arising during the period
8,708
(3,964)
Income tax expense (benefit)
1,831
(832)
Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax
6,877
(3,132)
 
 
 
Less: reclassification adjustments to:
 
 
Net realized investment gains (losses) included in net realized capital gains (losses)
67
(225)
Income tax expense (benefit)
14
(47)
Total reclassifications included in net income (loss), net of tax
53
(178)
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
6,824
(2,954)
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income
$38,109
$16,568
See accompanying notes to the combined financial statements
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Combined Statements of Members’ Equity and Redeemable Preferred Stock
For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
 
 
 
 
 
Members’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable
Preferred Stock
Preferred Stock
Class A -
Non-Voting
Class B -
Voting
Class B -
Non-Voting
Class C -
Non- Voting
Additional
Paid in
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
(Accumulated
Deficit)
Retained
Earnings
Total
Members’
Equity
(in thousands, except for share and
unit data)
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Units
Amount
Units
Amount
Units
Amount
Units
Amount
Balance at January 1, 2018
50
$5,000
30
$3,000
65,036,780
$65,037
5,045,215
$5,045
8,159,775
$8,160
39,317
$39
$17,995
$951
$(8,062)
$92,165
Issuance of Class C units
78,636
79
79
Distributions to members
(1,456)
(1,456)
Dividends paid on Series A preferred stock (Note 19)
(45)
(45)
Dividends paid on Series B preferred stock (Note 19)
(180)
(180)
Redemption of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock
(20)
(2,000)
(2,000)
Issuance of Series B Redeemable Preferred Stock
10
1,000
Other comprehensive income
(2,954)
(2,954)
Net income
19,522
19,522
Balance at December 31, 2018
60
$6,000
10
$1,000
65,036,780
$65,037
5,045,215
$5,045
8,159,775
$8,160
117,953
$118
$17,995
$(2,003)
$9,779
$105,131
Cumulative effect of adopting ASC Topic 606 (Note 2)
695
695
Issuance of Class C units
78,635
78
78
Distributions to members
(1,144)
(1,144)
Dividends paid on Series A preferred stock (Note 19)
(43)
(43)
Dividends paid on Series B preferred stock (Note 19)
(211)
(211)
Redemption of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock
(10)
(1,000)
(1,000)
Redemption of Series B Redeemable Preferred Stock
(9)
(900)
Other comprehensive income
6,824
6,824
Net income
31,285
31,285
Balance at December 31, 2019
51
$5,100
$
65,036,780
$65,037
5,045,215
$5,045
8,159,775
$8,160
196,588
$196
$17,995
$4,821
$40,361
$141,615
See accompanying notes to the combined financial statements
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Combined Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Operating activities
 
 
Net income
$31,285
$19,522
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
876
497
Net capital (gains) losses on investments
(76)
225
Deferred offering costs
(411)
Gain on bargain purchase of subsidiary
(634)
Loss on disposal of subsidiary
34
Net realized losses on sale of building
619
Bond amortization and accretion
1,713
1,957
Issuance of member units as compensation
78
79
Equity (earnings) losses in affiliates, net of tax
(3,558)
1,082
Distributions from equity method investments
5,489
2,852
Deferred income taxes
(1,118)
(71)
Deferred financing costs
101
76
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
Accrued investment income
(56)
567
Premiums and other receivables
(4,777)
(13,862)
Reinsurance recoverable on paid and unpaid losses
(49,829)
(50,776)
Prepaid reinsurance premiums
(13,323)
(10,881)
Other assets
631
(769)
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses
59,874
62,744
Unearned premiums
12,712
16,450
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
2,631
35,826
Reinsurance premiums payable
12,448
4,899
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
(639)
3,647
Income taxes payable
(1,278)
583
Net cash provided by operating activities
52,173
75,266
Investing activities
 
 
Payments for capital expenditures
(633)
(3,218)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
2,296
Purchase of investments, available for sale
(89,171)
(124,571)
Proceeds from investments sold, matured or repaid
71,357
65,518
Purchase of investments, equity method
(17,798)
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash received
(5,496)
(786)
Net cash used in investing activities
(23,943)
(78,559)
Financing activities
 
 
Proceeds from credit agreement
26,994
Principal payments on long-term debt
(4,832)
(10,031)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred shares
1,000
Buyback of preferred shares
(1,900)
(2,000)
Distributions to members
(1,144)
(1,456)
Dividends paid on preferred stock
(249)
(225)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(8,125)
14,282
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
20,105
10,989
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash - beginning of period
55,963
44,974
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash - end of period
$76,068
$55,963
See accompanying notes to the combined financial statements
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Combined Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Disaggregation of cash and restricted cash:
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$74,268
$53,574
Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents
1,800
2,389
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
$76,068
$55,963
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 
 
Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
Interest
$2,068
$2,004
Income taxes
9,137
4,962
Non-cash investing and financing activity:
 
 
Issuance of Class C member units as compensation
78
79
Accrued shares subject to mandatory redemption
770
See accompanying notes to the combined financial statements
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements
Note 1. Business and Basis of Presentation
The combined financial statements include the accounts, after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions, of BIC Holdings LLC (BIC), a property and casualty insurance holding company, and Trean Holdings LLC (Trean), an insurance services company, along with their wholly owned subsidiaries, collectively the “Company”. BIC and Trean are owned by the same members. All dollar amounts are shown in thousands, except unit and per unit amounts.
The Company is an established and growing company providing products and services to the specialty insurance market. Historically, the Company has focused on specialty casualty markets that are believed to be underserved and where the Company’s expertise allows the Company to achieve higher rates, such as niche workers’ compensation markets and small- to medium-sized specialty casualty insurance programs. The Company underwrites specialty-casualty insurance products both through programs where the Company partners with other organizations (Program Partners), and also through the Company’s own Managing-General Agencies. The Company also provides Program Partners with a variety of services, including issuing carrier services, claims administration, and reinsurance brokerage from which the Company generates fee-based revenues.
BIC’s wholly owned subsidiary is Benchmark Holding Company, a property and casualty insurance holding company, which owns Benchmark Insurance Company (Benchmark), a property and casualty insurance company domiciled in the state of Kansas, and American Liberty Insurance Company (ALIC), a property and casualty insurance company domiciled in the state of Utah.
Trean’s wholly owned subsidiaries are Benchmark Administrators LLC (BIC Admin), a claims third-party administrator conducting business for Benchmark mainly in the state of California, Trean Compstar Holdings LLC, a limited liability company created for the purchase of an interest in Compstar Insurance Services LLC, a California-based general agent, and Trean Corporation (Trean Corp), a reinsurance intermediary manager and a managing general agent, which consists of the following wholly owned subsidiaries: Trean Reinsurance Services, LLC (TRS), a reinsurance intermediary broker; S&C Claims Services, Inc. (S&C), a claims third-party administrator, mainly in the western United States; and Westcap Insurance Services, LLC (Westcap) a managing general agent based in California.
Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies
Use of estimates: The accompanying combined financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). While preparing the combined financial statements, the Company has made certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the combined financial statements, as well as reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Reported amounts that require extensive use of estimates include the reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses (LAE), reinsurance recoveries, investments and goodwill. Except for the captions on the combined balance sheets and combined statements of comprehensive income, generally, the term loss(es) is used to collectively refer to both loss and LAE.
Cash and cash equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents consist of all cash accounts, money market investments, and investments with maturities, at the time of acquisition, of 90 days or less. These amounts are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Although the Company maintains its cash accounts in a limited number of commercial banks, management of the Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and short-term investments.
Restricted cash of $1,800 and $2,389 represents fiduciary funds held for other companies as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. There is a corresponding obligation to the other companies included in accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Note 9).
Investments: Investment securities, consisting of fixed maturities, are classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value. The change in unrealized gain and loss on fixed maturity investments is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the combined balance sheets, net of the related deferred tax effect, until realized. The change in unrealized gain and loss on equity
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

securities is recorded as a component of net income and is included in net investment income on the combined statements of operations. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined on a specific-identification basis and included in net realized capital gains (losses) on the combined statement of operations on the trade date. The Company amortizes any premium or discount on fixed maturities over the remaining maturity period of the related securities and reports the amortization in net investment income. Dividend and interest income is recognized when earned.
The Company regularly reviews its investment portfolio to determine if other-than-temporary impairment exists for any debt securities. An investment is impaired when the fair value of the investment declines to an amount less than the cost or amortized cost of that investment. As part of the assessment process, the Company determines whether the impairment is temporary or other–than-temporary. The assessment is based on both quantitative criteria and qualitative information, considering a number of factors including, but not limited to: how long the security has been impaired; the amount of the impairment; or whether management intends to sell the debt security or it is more likely than not that management will have to sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; whether the issuer is current on contractually-obligated interest and principal payments; key corporate events pertaining to the issuer and whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions.
If a debt security is impaired and management intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will have to sell the security before the amortized cost is recovered, then the Company recognizes impairment loss in net realized capital gains (losses). If it is determined that an impairment of a debt security is other-than-temporary and management neither intends to sell the security nor is it more likely than not that the Company will have to sell the security before it is able to recover its cost or amortized cost, then the Company separates the impairment into (a) the amount of impairment related to credit loss and (b) the amount of impairment related to all other factors. The Company records the amount of the impairment related to the credit loss as an impairment charge in net income and the amount of the impairment related to all other factors in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). No other-than-temporary impairment was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
A large portion of the Company’s investment portfolio consists of fixed maturities which may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates as a result of governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond the Company’s control.
Equity method investments: Certain investments where the Company does not have control but has the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for by the equity method of accounting. Under this method, the Company’s investments in certain limited liability companies are recorded at cost and the investment accounts are adjusted for the Company’s share of the entities’ income or loss and for the distributions and contributions. The income and losses are recorded within equity earnings (losses) in affiliates, net of tax on the combined statements of operations.
Premium revenue: Premiums are earned over the policy period and are stated after deduction for reinsurance. The portion of premiums that will be earned in the future is deferred and reported as unearned premiums on the combined balance sheets.
Revenue from contracts with customers: Other revenue recorded by the Company includes brokerage, third-party administrative (TPA), management and consulting fees. The Company incurs certain costs associated with obtaining contracts with customers. Such contracts are one year contracts and the amortization periods are one year or less. The Company has elected, as a practical expedient, to expense these contract costs as incurred.
Brokerage revenue includes the amounts earned on excess of loss (XOL) and quota share reinsurance treaties. Billings for brokerage revenues generally occur monthly. Revenue for XOL treaties consist of a single performance obligation which is recorded on the effective date of the underlying contract as this is the time that the customer obtains control of the promised asset (the reinsurance treaty). Revenue is estimated based on the contractually specified minimum or deposit premiums using the expected value method. Adjustments to revenue are recorded as additional evidence is received for the ultimate amount of brokerage earned under the contract. Revenue recorded for quota share treaties consist of a single
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

performance obligation which is recorded on the effective date of the treaty as this is the time that the customer obtains control of the promised asset (the reinsurance treaty). Revenue is estimated based on the projected premium income provided by the ceding insurer using the expected value method. The estimated brokerage revenue recognized is constrained to an amount that is probable to not have a significant negative adjustment to revenue in future periods. The estimated revenue and the constraint are evaluated as additional evidence of the ultimate amount of revenue to be recognized is received over the 12 months following the effective date of the placement.
The Company acts as a third-party claims administrator and earns TPA fees for providing such services. The fee structures vary based on the specific contract and can be dependent upon a number of factors which typically include agreed-upon fee rates, the total amount of premium written or collected under the agreement and the total time and expense incurred for processing claims. Billings for TPA fees occur on a monthly basis. TPA services consist of a single performance obligation which is recognized over time as claims are processed throughout the contract period. The volume of claims varies throughout the contract period and, therefore, the Company has elected to record revenue in an amount that reflects the total fees that the Company has a right to invoice for during the period.
The Company acts as a managing general agent (MGA) to provide certain administrative and underwriting services. The consideration received varies based on certain factors including the contractual MGA rate and the total amount of premium written or collected under the contract. Billings for management fees occur on a monthly basis. Management fees consist of a single performance obligation that are recognized by the Company over time as services are provided. The volume of premium written or collected for a single contract varies throughout the contract period and, therefore, the Company has elected to record revenue in an amount that reflects the total fees that the Company has a right to invoice for during the period.
The Company provides consulting services for certain reinsurance contracts which includes services such as contract consultation and review. The compensation structure for consulting services is based on fixed periodic payments, generally monthly or quarterly. Consulting services consist of a single performance obligation which is recognized over the term of the consulting agreement.
Deferred financing costs: Deferred financing costs are amortized as interest expense over the term of the underlying debt agreement by use of the effective interest method. Unamortized deferred financing costs are recorded as a reduction to long-term debt on the combined balance sheets.
Premiums and other receivables: Premiums receivable are uncollateralized customer obligations due under normal terms requiring payment by the policy due date. Amounts outstanding that are deemed uncollectible are written off. When payments are received on amounts previously written off, the total premiums written off is reduced in the period in which the payment is received. Advanced premiums are recognized when payment is received prior to the beginning coverage date and are included within unearned premiums on the combined balance sheets.
Premiums and other receivables consist of the following:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Premiums receivable
$61,774
$60,987
Trade receivables
1,053
1,390
Notes receivable
23
23
Total premiums and other receivables
62,850
62,400
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
(390)
Net premiums and other receivables
$62,460
$62,400
During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company wrote off $1,817 and $338 to bad debt, respectively. Bad debt expense is included within general and administrative expenses in the combined statements of operations.
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Policy acquisition costs: The Company incurs policy acquisition costs that vary with and are directly related to the production of new and renewal business. These costs consist of net commissions (including ceding commissions) paid to agents, program managers and reinsurers, and premium taxes. Proceeds from reinsurance transactions that represent recovery of acquisition costs reduce applicable unamortized acquisition costs in such a manner that net acquisition costs are capitalized and charged to expense. Amortization of such policy acquisition costs is charged to expense in proportion to premium earned over the estimated policy term.
To the extent that unearned premium on existing policies are not adequate to cover the sum of expected losses, unamortized acquisition costs and policy maintenance costs, unamortized deferred policy acquisition costs are expensed to eliminate the premium deficiency. If the premium deficiency is greater than the unamortized policy acquisition costs, a liability is recorded. No premium deficiency exists as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Property and equipment: Property and equipment are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is based on the estimated useful lives of the various classes of property and equipment and is determined based on the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives of property and equipment range from three to thirty years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred; major improvements and betterments are capitalized. The depreciation periods by asset class are as follows:
Asset class
Depreciation
period
Building and building improvements
30 years
Furniture and fixtures
7 years
Office equipment
5 years
Software and computer equipment
3 years
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, and purchased intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset to be impaired, the Company recognizes impairment to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the asset’s fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including, but not limited to, discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals. The Company recorded no impairments of property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Reserve for unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses: The liability for unpaid losses and LAE in the combined balance sheets represent the Company’s estimated losses incurred that remain unpaid as of the balance sheet date. The liability is recorded on an undiscounted basis.
Reserves for unpaid losses include estimates for both claims that have been reported and those that have been incurred but not reported. The estimated losses are regularly reviewed and adjusted as necessary based on historical experience and as the Company obtains new information.
The combined balance sheets include reserves of unpaid losses gross of the amounts related to unpaid losses recoverable from reinsurers. The combined statements of comprehensive income includes the losses net of amounts ceded to reinsurers.
Reinsurance: The Company cedes all, or a portion of, its insurance in order to limit its maximum losses, diversify its exposure and provide statutory surplus relief. Ceding insurance does not relieve the Company of its primary liability to policyholders.
The reinsurance agreements are short-term, prospective contracts, typically 12-months in duration. The Company records an asset, prepaid reinsurance premiums, and a liability, reinsurance premiums payable, for the contract amount when premium is written under the reinsurance agreements. Prepaid reinsurance premiums are amortized in the same manner in which unearned premium is recognized.
The Company earns ceding commissions on certain reinsurance contracts, which reduces operating expenses. Ceding commissions are amortized over the contract period consistent with the deferred policy acquisition costs.
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company records amounts recoverable from reinsurers on paid losses and estimated amounts recoverable on unpaid losses. The estimate of amounts recoverable on unpaid losses is based on unpaid losses in conjunction with the reinsured policies.
The Company estimates uncollectible amounts receivable from reinsurers based on an assessment of factors including the credit worthiness of the reinsurers and the adequacy of collateral obtained, where applicable. The Company recorded no bad debt expense related to reinsurance during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Guaranty funds: State guaranty associations assess insurance companies for the estimated loss resulting from insurers encountering financial difficulty. The Company records these assessments, as well as any return assessments, upon notification of the state guaranty associations. The effect on operations or financial position relating to any estimated losses are not material for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Income taxes: The Company recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which it is expected to recover or settle those temporary differences. Should a change in tax rates occur, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities will be recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit.
The Company records any income tax penalties and income tax-related interest as provision for income taxes in the period incurred. The Company did not incur any material tax penalties or income-tax-related interest during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Concentrations of risk: The Company had total direct gross written premiums of $411,401 and $357,007 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, including:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
California
$202,446
$153,611
Michigan
38,174
37,084
Arizona
34,215
28,350
Alabama
12,946
11,907
Nevada
11,869
9,225
Utah
10,900
11,379
Mississippi
8,910
7,143
Tennessee
8,065
7,809
Indiana
6,295
*
New Jersey
6,222
7,580
Other geographical areas
71,359
82,919
Total
$411,401
$357,007
*
The amount for the state is relevant for 2019 but not in 2018 and therefore, was not presented in 2018.
As of December 31, 2019, approximately 36% and 21% of the Company’s investment portfolio was comprised of securities issued in industrial and public utility bonds and mortgage-backed securities, respectively, compared to 39% and 17% as of December 31, 2018, respectively. All of these securities are investment grade. This portfolio is widely diversified among various issuers and industries and does not depend on the economic stability of one issuer and industry.
As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, approximately 8% and 12%, respectively, of the Company’s net assets were comprised of the equity method investment in Compstar Holding Company LLC. The Company does not depend upon the economic stability of Compstar Holding Company LLC as the Company’s results of operations are appropriately diversified amongst its other forms of income.
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company, from time to time, maintains its cash position at banks in excess of federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses on such accounts.
Goodwill: Goodwill represents the cost to acquire a business over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that a triggering event for a potential impairment has occurred. The Company has approximately $2,822 recorded on the combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
An impairment loss would generally be recognized when the carrying amount of the Company’s net assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, no impairment loss was recorded.
Intangible assets: Acquired intangible assets include client relationships, customer lists, non-competes and trade names acquired. Intangible assets with a finite life are amortized over the estimated useful life. In valuing these assets, assumptions are made regarding useful lives and projected growth rates and significant judgment is required. The Company periodically reviews identifiable intangibles for impairment as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If the carrying amounts of the assets exceed their undiscounted cash flows, additional impairment tests are performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, no impairment loss was recorded.
Deferred offering costs: Deferred offering costs are specific incremental costs directly attributable to an offering of securities. The Company defers these costs and will charge them against the gross proceeds of a future offering. The Company had $664 of deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2019 which are included within other assets on the combined balance sheets. As of December 31, 2019, $253 of deferred offering costs were unpaid and are included within accounts payable and accrued expenses on the combined balance sheets.
Segment reporting: Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews financial information of the Company as a whole for purposes of assessing financial performance and making operating decisions. Accordingly, the Company considers itself to be operating as a single operating and reportable segment.
Accounting pronouncements:
Recently adopted policies
In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2018-03, “Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10).” The amendments in this ASU provide clarification on certain aspects related to the guidance issued in ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The areas for correction or improvement include (1) equity securities without a readily determinable fair value - discontinuation; (2) equity securities without a readily determinable fair value - adjustments; (3) forward contracts and purchased options; (4) presentation requirements for certain fair value option liabilities; (5) fair value option liabilities denominated in a foreign currency; and (6) transition guidance for equity securities without a readily determinable fair value. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2019 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the combined financial statements.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. This update clarifies the definition of a business when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as an acquisition (or disposal) of a business or assets. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the combined financial statements.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (ASU 2016-01). This update substantially revises standards for the recognition,
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

measurement and presentation of financial instruments. This standard revises an entity’s accounting related to (1) the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and (2) the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities measured at fair value. This requires the change in the value of equity securities to be reflected within the Company’s net income. The standard also amends certain disclosure requirements associated with the fair value of financial instruments. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the combined financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) of the Accounting Standards Codification (ASC). Insurance contracts are excluded from the scope of this guidance. The core principle of ASC Topic 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue to reflect the transfer of goods and services to customers in an amount equal to the consideration the entity receives or expects to receive. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach to all contracts. The cumulative effect of adopting the standard resulted in an increase to the opening balance of retained earnings of $695, with offsetting changes to other assets and deferred tax asset. The cumulative effect adjustment recorded to other assets is related to the recording of brokerage revenue. Under ASC Topic 606, the Company is required to estimate the full contractual revenues at contract inception, subject to a constraint, which resulted in accelerated revenue recognition versus the previous revenue recognition patterns. The comparative period information was not restated and will continue to be reported under the legacy accounting standards that were in effect for those periods.
The impact of adopting ASC Topic 606 on the Company’s combined statement of operations is summarized as follows:
 
For the year ended December 31, 2019
(in thousands)
Legacy
GAAP
ASC Topic
606 Impact
As
Reported
Other revenue
$8,925
$200
$9,125
Total revenue
102,315
200
102,515
Income before taxes
34,601
200
34,801
Provision for income taxes
7,028
46
7,074
Net income
$31,131
$154
$31,285
The impact of adopting ASC Topic 606 on the Company’s combined balance sheet is summarized as follows:
 
December 31, 2019
(in thousands)
Legacy
GAAP
ASC Topic
606 Impact
As
Reported
Assets
 
 
 
Deferred tax asset
$1,621
$(254)
$1,367
Other assets
$2,174
$1,103
$3,277
 
 
 
 
Members’ Equity
 
 
 
Retained earnings
$39,512
$849
$40,361
The impact on the Company’s balance sheet as of January 1, 2019 related to the adoption of ASC Topic 606 using the modified retrospective approach as discussed above is as follows:
 
Adjustments
(in thousands)
As of
December 31,
2018
ASC
Topic 606
As of
January 1,
2019
Assets
 
 
 
Deferred tax asset
$1,823
(208)
1,615
Other assets
$1,963
$903
$2,866
 
 
 
 
Members’ Equity
 
 
 
Retained earnings
$9,779
$695
$10,474
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In November 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-18, Restricted Cash, which amended Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) of the Accounting Standards Codification. ASC Topic 230 requires amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents to be included within cash and cash equivalents in the combined statement of cash flows. During 2018, the Company elected to adopt this standard effective January 1, 2018. The adoption did not have a material effect on the combined financial statements.
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, Topic 220 (ASU 2018-02), which amends ASC Topic 220 and ASC Topic 740 by addressing the amounts included within Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) which may result from the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act. Though AOCI is presented on a net-of-tax basis, ASC Topic 740 requires that the effects of new tax laws on items in AOCI be recognized without a corresponding adjustment to AOCI and instead recorded in income tax expense. ASU 2018-02 permits amounts included within AOCI specifically resulting from the 2017 Tax Act to be removed from AOCI and reclassified to retained earnings. During 2018, the Company elected to adopt this standard effective January 1, 2018. The adoption did not have a material effect on the combined financial statements.
Pending policies
The Company will be issuing its initial public offering and filing as an emerging growth company. As such, the Company has elected to adopt pending accounting policies under the dates required for private companies. Therefore, the dates included within this section reflect the effective dates for the adoption of new accounting policies required by private companies.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (ASU 2018-13). This update modifies the existing disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820 by changing requirements regarding Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 investments. ASU 2018-13 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this standard effective January 1, 2020. The Company is assessing the impact of adopting this new accounting standard on the combined financial statements and related disclosures.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangible – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (ASU 2017-04). This update simplifies the manner in which an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this standard effective January 1, 2022. Adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on the combined financial statements and related disclosures.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which provides guidance for accounting for leases. The new guidance requires companies to recognize the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by leased assets, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. Management intends to early adopt this standard effective January 1, 2020 with the cumulative effect of adopting the standard recognized in retained earnings on the transition date and without restatement of comparative periods. The Company does not expect the adoption of the standard to have a material impact on the combined financial statements.
Note 3. Nonconsolidated Variable Interest Entities
The Company is engaged with certain entities that are deemed to be variable interest entities. A variable interest entity (“VIE”) is an entity that has investors that lack certain essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest, such as a simple majority equity ownership or lacks sufficient funds to finance its own activities without financial support provided by other entities. The Company performs ongoing qualitative assessments of its VIEs to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in the VIE and therefore is the primary beneficiary. The Company is deemed to have a controlling financial interest when it has both the ability to direct the activities that most significantly impact the
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Based on the Company’s assessment, if it determines it is the primary beneficiary, the Company consolidates the VIE in the combined financial statements.
The Company has a variable interest in Trean Capital Trust I (the “Trust”) that has a mandatory redeemable preferred securities outstanding with a liquidation value of $7,500. The Trust is a variable interest entity under current accounting guidance because the Company has limited ability to make decisions about its activities. However, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the Trust, and therefore, the Trust and the mandatory redeemable preferred securities issued by the Trust are not reported on the Company’s combined balance sheets. Instead, the Company’s investment in the junior subordinated debt securities (Note 16) held by the Trust are reported on the Company’s combined balance sheets. Interest on these related party debt securities is recorded as interest expense. The Company’s maximum loss exposure is limited to the required interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities.
The Company has a variable interest in Compstar Holding Company LLC (Compstar), a limited liability company created for the purchase of an interest in Compstar Insurance Services, LLC, a California based general agent. Compstar is a variable interest entity under current accounting guidance because Compstar does not have sufficient capital at risk, as evidenced by a loan guarantee by a member. However, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of Compstar, and therefore, is not reported in the Company’s combined balance sheets. Instead, the Company’s investment in Compstar is reported on the Company’s combined balance sheets as an equity method investment (Note 6). Income on the investment in Compstar is recorded as equity earnings (losses) in affiliates, net of tax on the combined statements of operations. The Company’s maximum loss exposure is limited to the investment in Compstar.
Note 4. Investments
The cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses, and estimated fair value of the investments in securities classified as available for sale as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:
 
2019
(in thousands)
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$15,965
$167
$(3)
$16,129
Foreign governments
299
3
302
States, territories and possessions
4,789
134
4,923
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
24,444
670
(10)
25,104
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
59,149
2,298
(42)
61,405
Industrial and public utilities
119,735
3,490
(18)
123,207
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
15,586
757
(31)
16,312
Residential mortgage-backed securities
53,467
679
(37)
54,109
Other loan-backed securities
35,849
281
(119)
36,011
Hybrid securities
357
6
363
Total fixed maturities available for sale
$329,640
$8,485
$(260)
$337,865
F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
2018
(in thousands)
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$18,974
$20
$(171)
$18,823
Foreign governments
299
1
(1)
299
States, territories and possessions
5,118
42
(26)
5,134
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
25,679
182
(215)
25,646
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
52,465
530
(333)
52,662
Industrial and public utilities
119,952
155
(1,767)
118,340
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
11,472
61
(122)
11,411
Residential mortgage-backed securities
41,028
85
(714)
40,399
Other loan-backed securities
34,526
17
(265)
34,278
Hybrid securities
258
(13)
245
Total fixed maturities
309,771
1,093
(3,627)
307,237
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
325
(4)
321
Total securities available for sale
$310,096
$1,093
$(3,631)
$307,558
The following table illustrates the Company’s gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:
 
2019
 
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
(in thousands)
Number of
Securities*
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Number of
Securities*
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Number of
Securities*
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
1
$293
$(2)
3
$1,349
$(1)
4
$1,642
$(3)
Foreign governments
States, territories and possessions
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
6
1,500
(9)
5
690
(1)
11
2,190
(10)
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
13
3,206
(42)
2
181
15
3,387
(42)
Industrial and public utilities
14
5,939
(16)
4
1,094
(2)
18
7,033
(18)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
3
2,138
(30)
3
129
(1)
6
2,267
(31)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
20
6,936
(13)
42
1,917
(24)
62
8,853
(37)
Other loan-backed securities
3
2,189
(11)
16
13,885
(108)
19
16,074
(119)
Hybrid securities
Total bonds
60
$22,201
$(123)
75
$19,245
$(137)
135
$41,446
$(260)
F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
2018
 
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
(in thousands)
Number of
Securities*
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Number of
Securities*
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Number of
Securities*
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
12
$3,604
$(16)
39
$9,789
$(155)
51
$13,393
$(171)
Foreign governments
1
198
(1)
1
198
(1)
States, territories and possessions
8
1,708
(14)
5
902
(12)
13
2,610
(26)
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
16
3,955
(43)
51
9,726
(172)
67
13,681
(215)
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
47
11,567
(133)
76
12,194
(200)
123
23,761
(333)
Industrial and public utilities
171
54,431
(808)
136
38,464
(959)
307
92,895
(1,767)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
19
6,717
(118)
4
314
(4)
23
7,031
(122)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
49
22,147
(355)
93
11,117
(359)
142
33,264
(714)
Other loan-backed securities
54
28,185
(249)
10
1,810
(16)
64
29,995
(265)
Hybrid securities
1
99
(9)
1
146
(4)
2
245
(13)
Total bonds
378
$132,611
$(1,746)
415
$84,462
$(1,881)
793
$217,073
$(3,627)
The unrealized losses on the Company’s bonds as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were primarily caused by widening in corporate and tax exempt spreads, rather than credit-related problems. The unrealized losses on the Company’s equity securities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were deemed temporary, as the Company has the ability and intent to hold the securities until recovery, which is expected in the near term.
The scheduled maturities of bonds as of December 31, 2019, were as follows:
(in thousands)
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Available for sale:
 
 
Due in one year or less
$17,822
$17,872
Due after one year but before five years
120,772
123,603
Due after five years but before ten years
50,398
52,893
Due after ten years
35,746
37,065
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
15,586
16,312
Residential mortgage-backed securities
53,467
54,109
Other loan-backed securities
35,849
36,011
Total
$329,640
$337,865
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities as issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Realized gains and losses on investments included in the combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Fixed maturities:
 
 
Gains
$91
$111
Losses
(24)
(201)
Total fixed maturities
67
(90)
Equity securities:
 
 
Preferred stocks:
 
 
Losses
(6)
Total equity securities
(6)
Total net investment realized gains
$67
$(96)
F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bonds with a carrying value of approximately $97,576 and $83,858 were on deposit with state insurance departments to satisfy regulatory requirements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Net investment income consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Fixed maturities
$6,078
$4,701
Preferred stock
40
25
Interest earned on cash and short-term investments
127
90
Net investment income
$6,245
$4,816
Fair Value Measurements
The Company’s financial instruments include assets and liabilities carried at fair value. The inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value are prioritized into a three level hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
Level 1:
Fair values primarily based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2:
Fair values primarily based on observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, or based on prices for similar assets and liabilities.
Level 3:
Fair values primarily based on valuations derived when one or more of the significant inputs are unobservable. With little or no observable market, the determination of fair value uses considerable judgement and represents the Company’s best estimate of an amount that could be realized in a market exchange for the asset or liability. The Company has no assets or liabilities measured at fair value in the Level 3 category.
The Company will classify the financial asset or liability by level based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value. The following tables present the estimated fair value of the Company’s significant financial instruments:
 
2019
(in thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$16,129
$
$
$16,129
Foreign governments
302
302
States, territories and possessions
4,923
4,923
Political subdivisions of states territories and possessions
25,104
25,104
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
61,405
61,405
Industrial and public utilities
123,207
123,207
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
16,312
16,312
Residential mortgage-backed securities
54,109
54,109
Other loan-backed securities
36,011
36,011
Hybrid securities
363
363
Total fixed maturities
16,129
321,736
337,865
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
343
343
Common stock
492
492
Total equity securities
835
835
Total investments
$16,129
$322,571
$
$338,700
 
 
 
 
 
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
163,445
163,445
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt:
 
 
 
 
Junior subordinated debt
7,732
7,732
Secured credit facility
21,637
21,637
Total long-term debt
$
$29,369
$  —
$29,369
F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
2018
(in thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$18,823
$
$
$18,823
Foreign governments
298
298
States, territories and possessions
5,134
5,134
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
25,646
25,646
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
52,663
52,663
Industrial and public utilities
118,340
118,340
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
11,411
11,411
Residential mortgage-backed securities
40,399
40,399
Other loan-backed securities
34,278
34,278
Hybrid securities
245
245
Total fixed maturities
18,823
288,414
307,237
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
321
321
Total investments
$18,823
$288,735
$
$307,558
 
 
 
 
 
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
166,838
166,838
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt:
 
 
 
 
Junior subordinated debt
7,732
7,732
Secured credit facility
26,469
26,469
Total long-term debt
$
$34,201
$  —
$34,201
Bonds and preferred stocks: The Company uses a variety of sources such as Reuters, Iboxx, PricingDirect, ICE BofAML Index, ICE Data Services, and for equities, Bloomberg. Equity securities are valued at the closing price on the exchange on which they are primarily traded as provided by a third-party pricing service. Fixed income securities are generally valued at an evaluated bid as provided by a third-party pricing service. Securities and other assets generally valued using third-party pricing services may also be valued at broker/dealer bid quotations. Values obtained from third-party pricing services can utilize several data sources for inputs such as transaction data, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, issue type, trading characteristics and market activity. To validate the reasonableness of the quoted prices, the Company performs various qualitative and quantitative procedures such as analysis of recent activity, analytical review of fair values and an evaluation of the underlying pricing methodologies. Based on these procedures, the Company did not adjust the prices or quotes from the third-party pricing service.
Funds held under reinsurance agreements: The Company holds certain investments as collateral under reinsurance contracts and values these investments consistent with its other investments using third-party pricing services. To validate the reasonableness of the quoted prices, the Company performs various qualitative and quantitative procedures such as analysis of recent activity, analytical review of fair values and an evaluation of the underlying pricing methodologies. Based on these procedures, the Company did not adjust the prices or quotes from the third-party pricing service.
Long-term debt: The Company holds long-term debt related to multiple credit agreements, refer to Note 16. The Company has determined that the remaining balance of the debt reflects its fair value as this would represent the total amount to repay the debt.
F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 5. Acquisitions
American Liberty Insurance Company
Effective March 31, 2019, Benchmark Holdings Company purchased the remaining 25% of outstanding voting shares in American Liberty Insurance Company for $1,155. The purchase price was determined based on the statutory surplus of American Liberty Insurance Company and the non-controlling interest was recorded as shares subject to mandatory redemption on the combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.
First Choice Casualty Insurance Company
Effective February 19, 2019, Benchmark Insurance Company purchased 100% of the operating assets and assumed the liabilities of First Choice Casualty Insurance Company. The total purchase price was $5,314. As part of the acquisition, the Company recorded a bargain purchase gain of $634 which is included in net realized capital gains (losses) on the combined statement of operations. The Company was able to realize a bargain purchase gain as the seller was looking to exit the workers’ compensation market with the sale of their management agreement to a new manager. With the new manager, the seller had a lack of interest and expertise in maintaining workers’ compensation policies, which had historically been underwritten and managed by Trean Corp.
The following table summarizes the consideration paid and the amounts of estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):
Fair value of total consideration transferred
$5,314
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
 
Cash
973
Investments
4,252
Accrued investment income
40
Premiums and other receivables
1,571
Deferred tax asset
242
Other assets
10
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses
(6,426)
Unearned premiums
(1,003)
Funds held under reinsurance agreements
7,980
Reinsurance premiums payable
(1,037)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
(316)
Income taxes payable
(338)
Net assets acquired
5,948
Gain on bargain purchase
$634
Westcap Insurance Services, LLC
Effective April 2, 2018, the Company purchased 100% of the operating assets and assumed certain liabilities of Westcap Insurance Services, LLC (Westcap). The total purchase price was $2,450.
The following table summarizes the consideration paid and the amounts of estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):
Fair value of total consideration transferred
$2,450
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
 
Cash
1,003
Property and equipment
194
Other assets
1
Goodwill
2,154
Accounts payable
(902)
Net assets acquired
$2,450
F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company recorded approximately $2,154 of goodwill associated with the business combination. The goodwill recognized is attributable to the expected growth resulting from the acquisition and the ability to direct the operations of Westcap. Further, the goodwill is attributable to synergies gained to assist in reducing future expenses.
CTS Underwriters, LLC
Effective December 12, 2018, the Company acquired certain operating assets of CTS Underwriters, LLC located in Florida. The total purchase price was $50.
The following table summarizes the consideration paid and the amounts of estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):
Fair value of total consideration transferred
$  50
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
 
Equipment
10
Non-compete agreement
40
Net assets acquired
$50
Note 6. Equity Method Investments
The Company has investments in Compstar, Trean Intermediaries (Trean I) and Stop-Loss Re, LLC (Stop-Loss). Equity earnings and losses are reported in equity earnings (losses) in affiliates, net of tax on the combined statements of operations.
The Company owns 45% of Compstar which had a carrying value of approximately $11,831 and $13,468 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company recorded earnings for the year ended December 31, 2019 of approximately $3,012 and losses of $1,788 for the year ended December 31, 2018. Distributions received from Compstar for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were approximately $4,649 and $2,542, respectively.
The Company owns 25% of Trean I which had a carrying value of approximately $110 and $399 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company’s earnings for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were approximately $552 and $709, respectively. Distributions received from Trean I for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were approximately $840 and $309, respectively.
Effective December 31, 2019, the Company surrendered its ownership in Stop-Loss. The Company recorded a loss on disposal of approximately $34 for the year ended December 31, 2019 which is included within net realized capital gains (losses) on the combined statements of operations. The Company’s losses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were approximately $6 and $2, respectively.
Summarized financial information for the Company’s equity method investments are as follows:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Total assets
$58,657
$60,202
Total liabilities
42,980
44,476
Revenues
24,010
24,267
Net income (loss)
8,870
(1,150)
F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 7. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consists of the following:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Land
$1,780
$1,780
Building and building improvements
5,150
4,754
Furniture and fixtures
772
748
Office equipment
2,193
1,487
Other property, plant and equipment
72
652
Deposits on fixed assets not placed in service
366
282
Total, at cost
10,333
9,703
Less: Accumulated depreciation
(2,396)
(1,569)
Property and equipment, net
$7,937
$8,134
Depreciation expense was approximately $830 and $470 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The Company sold one building on October 15, 2018. Proceeds from the sale were approximately $2,296 and the realized loss on disposal was approximately $619.
Note 8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
Changes in the carrying value of goodwill are as follows:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Balance at beginning of period
$2,822
$668
Acquisitions
2,154
Balance at end of period
$2,822
$2,822
Intangible assets
Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of the following:
(in thousands)
Useful Life
2019
2018
Non-compete agreement
4 years
$44
$44
Trade name
6 years
67
67
Customer lists and relationships
10 years
164
164
Totals
 
275
275
Less: Accumulated amortization
 
(121)
(74)
Balance at end of period
 
$154
$201
Amortization expense was approximately $46 and $27 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The estimated future amortization of intangible assets are as follows:
(in thousands)
Trade name
Customer
lists and
relationships
Non-compete
Total
2020
$   8
$  16
$  20
$  44
2021
8
16
24
2022
7
16
23
2023
16
16
2024
16
16
Thereafter
31
31
 
$23
$111
$20
$154
F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 9. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Accrued commissions and third party administration fees
$2,713
$3,378
Trade payables
2,387
2,978
Accrued taxes, licenses and fees
4,313
3,761
Accrued wages and employee benefits
2,167
745
Amounts retained for the accounts of others
2,467
3,067
Other liabilities
948
1,075
Totals
$14,995
$15,004
Note 10. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, Net
The Company defers costs incurred which are incremental and directly related to the successful acquisition of new or renewal insurance business, net of corresponding amounts of ceded reinsurance commissions. Net deferred policy acquisition costs are amortized in proportion to premium earned over the estimated policy term. The Company anticipates that its deferred policy acquisition costs will be fully recoverable and there were no premium deficiencies for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
The table below depicts the activity with regard to deferred policy acquisition costs, net:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Balance at January 1
$2,976
$1,833
Policy acquisition costs deferred
14,646
8,279
Amortization charged to expense
(15,507)
(7,136)
Balance at December 31
$2,115
$2,976
Note 11. Regulatory Matters
U.S. state insurance laws and regulations prescribe accounting practices for determining statutory net income and capital and surplus for insurance companies. In addition, state regulators may permit statutory accounting practices that differ from prescribed practices. Statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by regulatory authorities for the Company’s insurance company subsidiaries, Benchmark and ALIC differ from GAAP. The principal differences between statutory accounting practices (“SAP”) and GAAP as they relate to the financial statements of Benchmark and ALIC are (i) policy acquisition costs are expensed as incurred under SAP, whereas they are deferred and amortized under GAAP, (ii) deferred tax assets are subject to more limitations regarding what amounts can be recorded under SAP and (iii) bonds are recorded at amortized cost under SAP and fair value under GAAP. Benchmark is domiciled in Kansas and ALIC is domiciled in Utah. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and during the years then ended, Benchmark and ALIC met all regulatory requirements of the states in which they operate.
Risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements as promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) require property and casualty insurers to maintain minimum capitalization levels determined based on formulas incorporating various business risks (e.g. investment risk, underwriting profitability, etc.) of the Insurance Company Subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Insurance Company Subsidiaries’ adjusted capital and surplus exceeded their authorized control level as determined by the NAIC’s risk-based capital models.
F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summarized statutory basis information, which differs from GAAP, is shown below for Benchmark and ALIC.
 
2019
(in thousands)
Benchmark
ALIC
Statutory capital and surplus
$135,941
$5,947
RBC authorized control level
13,862
733
Statutory net income
23,475
266
RBC %
981%
811%
 
2018
(in thousands)
Benchmark
ALIC
Statutory capital and surplus
$112,752
$4,673
RBC authorized control level
12,454
1,095
Statutory net income
13,087
786
RBC %
905%
427%
Under statutory provisions regulating Kansas insurance companies, cash dividends may only be paid from statutory unassigned surplus and approval of the Kansas Commissioner of Insurance is required for any extraordinary dividends as defined by the Statute. Under the regulations of the state of Kansas, the Company may pay dividends without consent of the Insurance Department of Kansas if the total dividends for the preceding twelve months do not exceed the greater of (1) 10 percent of the statutory surplus at the end of the preceding year or (2) the statutory net income for the preceding year. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 the Company could approve dividends without the approval of the state up to $13,551 and $11,276, respectively. The Kansas Insurance Department does not have any limitations on the total amount of dividends paid.
Under statutory provisions regulating Utah insurance companies, dividends, savings and unabsorbed premium deposits may be distributed by an insurer to a policyholder, but insurers may not distribute a dividend to an entity that has no insurable interest in the insurance. Under the regulations of the state of Utah, the Company may pay dividends without consent of the state if the total dividends for the year do not exceed the lesser of (1) 10 percent of the statutory surplus at the end of the preceding year or (2) the statutory net income for the preceding year not including capital gains. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 the Company could approve dividends without the approval of the state up to $467 and $352, respectively.
The insurance laws of Kansas require Benchmark to maintain minimum capital and surplus of $1,500. The insurance laws of Utah require ALIC to maintain minimum capital in the amount of $300.
Note 12. Revenue from Contracts with Customers
See Note 2 for descriptions and policy regarding revenue from contracts with customers. The table below presents the revenues recognized for the year ended December 31, 2019, disaggregated by category:
(in thousands)
2019
Brokerage
$5,828
Managing general agent fees
858
Third-party administrator fees
1,776
Consulting fees
663
Total revenue from contracts with customers
$9,125
The Company does not have any contract liabilities as of December 31, 2019 or January 1, 2019. The following table provides information related to the contract assets from contracts with customers. Contract assets are included within other assets on the combined balance sheets.
(in thousands)
December 31,
2019
January 1,
2019
Contract assets
$1,103
$903
F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 13. Income Taxes
The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are taxed as C-Corporations. Benchmark Holding Company, Benchmark and ALIC file a consolidated return. The income tax expense is comprised of the following:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Current tax expense
$8,642
$5,618
Deferred tax expense
(1,568)
(72)
Total income tax expense
$7,074
$5,546
The income tax expense differs from the expected income tax expense computed by applying the applicable federal statutory tax rates to pretax income as a result of the following:
(in thousands)
2019
Effective Rate
Income tax expense computed at statutory tax rate
$7,309
21%
Tax-exempt municipal income, net of proration
(271)
(1)%
Change in valuation allowance on deferred tax asset
(4)
—%
Other
40
%
Total income tax expense
$7,074
20%
(in thousands)
2018
Effective Rate
Income tax expense computed at statutory tax rate
$5,492
21%
Tax-exempt municipal income, net of proration
(328)
(1)%
Change in valuation allowance on deferred tax asset
(13)
—%
Other
395
1%
Total income tax expense
$5,546
21%
On December 22, 2017 the 2017 Tax Act was signed into law. The 2017 Tax Act has modified loss reserve discounting requirements for tax purposes. The 2017 Tax Act extends the payment pattern used to calculate loss discounts and increases the discount rate, replacing the applicable federal rate for a higher-yield corporate bond rate. The new discounting requirements are applicable to all existing and future loss reserves, effective beginning in tax year 2018, subject to an eight-year adjustment.
As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $4,752 and $3,493 related to the purchases of ALIC and FCCIC. Due to the purchases, the Company is limited to the amount of NOL Carryforward it can use each year. The Company estimates it can use approximately $1,676 of the available NOL carryforward over the next 18 years, and has established a deferred tax asset of approximately $352 and $42 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
Unpaid losses and LAE
$2,671
$2,240
Unearned premiums
995
975
NOL carryforward
352
42
Other
366
204
Total deferred tax assets
4,384
3,461
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
Deferred acquisition costs
(444)
(859)
Loss reserve discounting TCJA transitional adjustment
(675)
(808)
Unrealized gains/losses on investments
(1,281)
533
Property and equipment
(296)
(363)
Other
(321)
(141)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(3,017)
(1,638)
Net deferred tax assets
$1,367
$1,823
F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company is not under IRS examination. However, the Company’s tax years 2016 through 2018 remain open to examination by the IRS and various state authorities.
As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has not taken any uncertain tax positions with regard to its tax returns.
Note 14. Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expense
The Company establishes reserves for unpaid losses and LAE which represent the estimated ultimate cost of all losses incurred that were both reported and unreported (i.e., incurred but not reported losses, or “IBNR”) and LAE incurred that remain unpaid at the balance sheet date. The Company reserves for loss after considering all information known at each reporting period. At any given point in time, loss reserves represent the best estimate of the ultimate settlement and administration cost of insured claims incurred and unpaid. Since the process of estimating loss reserves requires significant judgment due to a number of variables, such as fluctuations in inflation, judicial decisions, legislative changes and changes in claims handling procedures, the ultimate liability will likely differ from these estimates. The Company revises the reserves for unpaid losses as additional information becomes available, and reflects adjustments, if any, in earnings in the periods in which the adjustments are deemed necessary.
Activity in the aggregate reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense is as follows:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Gross loss and loss adjustment expense reserves at January 1
$340,415
$277,671
Less losses ceded through reinsurance
(257,421)
(206,323)
Net loss and loss adjustment expense reserves at January 1
82,994
71,348
 
 
 
Acquisition of First Choice Casualty Insurance Company
6,366
 
 
 
Incurred loss and loss adjustment expense related to:
 
 
Current period
54,933
41,635
Prior period
(10,272)
(5,906)
Total incurred
44,661
35,729
 
 
 
Benefits and loss-related payments related to:
 
 
Current period
11,852
7,724
Prior period
19,458
16,359
Total paid
31,310
24,083
 
 
 
Net unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense at December 31
102,711
82,994
Plus losses ceded through reinsurance
304,005
257,421
Gross loss and loss adjustment expense reserves at December 31
$406,716
$340,415
As a result of changes in estimates of insured events in prior years, the provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased by approximately $10,272 and $5,906 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, primarily attributable to the development in the Company’s workers’ compensation book of business.
The Company purchased annuities from life insurers under which the claimants are the payees. The purchase of these annuities allowed the Company to reduce reserves for unpaid losses by approximately $2,553 in previous years. Under the terms of settlement with the claimants, the Company remains liable for payments to the claimants of approximately $1,773 and $1,830 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, in the event of default or insolvency of the life insurers.
F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Loss Development Tables
The following tables represent cumulative incurred loss and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance by accident year and cumulative paid loss and allocated loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance by accident year, for the years ended December 31, 2010 to 2019, as well as total IBNR and the cumulative number of reported claims for the year ended December 31, 2019, by reportable line of business and accident year (dollars in thousands). The Company’s primary lines of business are workers’ compensation and other liability.
Workers’ Compensation
Incurred Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
As of
December 31, 2019
For the Years Ended December 31,
Total of IBNR
Liabilities Plus
Expected
Development on
Reported Claims
Cumulative
Number of
Reported
Claims
Accident
Year
2010*
2011*
2012*
2013*
2014*
2015*
2016*
2017*
2018*
2019
 
 
2010
10,469
10,348
11,156
11,713
11,571
12,232
12,422
12,424
12,226
12,388
817
3,450
2011
 
13,271
13,825
15,426
16,280
16,004
16,197
16,738
17,090
17,078
302
2,967
2012
 
 
20,397
20,948
19,699
20,176
19,235
18,778
18,898
18,967
343
3,184
2013
 
 
 
22,746
22,879
22,650
19,772
19,528
19,426
19,814
500
3,546
2014
 
 
 
 
22,357
20,686
19,781
19,394
17,967
18,025
1,024
3,554
2015
 
 
 
 
 
22,539
23,787
23,422
21,768
22,198
3,852
4,758
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
28,470
27,221
25,866
23,881
5,472
9,583
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31,479
25,456
22,036
4,995
14,173
2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35,208
29,586
8,019
11,979
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
43,796
21,115
10,001
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$  227,769
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative Paid Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
Accident Year
2010*
2011*
2012*
2013*
2014*
2015*
2016*
2017*
2018*
2019
 
 
2010
3,564
6,832
8,112
9,393
10,107
10,457
10,640
10,925
11,148
11,277
 
 
2011
 
3,922
8,642
12,287
13,534
14,428
15,025
15,690
16,048
16,532
 
 
2012
 
 
6,100
11,854
14,292
15,902
16,683
17,426
17,951
18,164
 
 
2013
 
 
 
6,734
12,407
15,703
17,135
18,448
18,664
18,976
 
 
2014
 
 
 
 
5,958
11,672
14,393
16,011
16,177
16,535
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
6,083
13,298
15,795
16,982
17,618
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,659
14,054
16,409
17,234
 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,381
12,721
15,247
 
 
2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,965
16,437
 
 
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9,799
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
157,819
 
 
 
All outstanding liabilities before 2010, net of reinsurance
4,772
 
 
 
Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
$74,722
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age, Net of Reinsurance*
 
 
Years
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
 
 
 
20.9%
26.1%
10.9%
7.9%
5.2%
2.3%
3.1%
2.5%
3.8%
3.1%
 
 
*
Presented as unaudited required supplementary information.
F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Liability
Incurred Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
As of
December 31, 2019
For the Years Ended December 31,
Total of IBNR
Liabilities Plus
Expected
Development on
Reported Claims
Cumulative
Number of
Reported
Claims
Accident
Year
2010*
2011*
2012*
2013*
2014*
2015*
2016*
2017*
2018*
2019
 
 
2010
1,141
1,149
1,130
1,053
1,094
1,269
1,488
1,515
1,506
1,316
47
239
2011
 
1,123
1,064
1,124
1,076
1,406
1,447
1,469
1,537
1,509
58
292
2012
 
 
1,439
880
973
863
1,092
1,278
1,745
1,721
298
356
2013
 
 
 
1,914
1,876
1,617
1,580
1,804
2,068
1,651
402
245
2014
 
 
 
 
2,183
1,964
1,921
2,154
3,107
3,013
1,094
332
2015
 
 
 
 
 
2,946
2,652
2,862
3,549
3,334
1,709
331
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,689
2,794
3,135
3,180
2,355
221
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,964
3,089
4,555
3,341
194
2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,256
4,278
3,807
123
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,457
5,327
43
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$  30,014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative Paid Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
Accident
Year
2010*
2011*
2012*
2013*
2014*
2015*
2016*
2017*
2018*
2019
 
 
2010
20
157
556
674
776
899
1,111
1,199
1,185
1,188
 
 
2011
 
31
171
338
369
771
1,116
1,189
1,261
1,353
 
 
2012
 
 
42
141
187
346
512
761
1,146
1,234
 
 
2013
 
 
 
65
195
281
573
798
1,048
1,153
 
 
2014
 
 
 
 
53
233
405
639
1,067
1,687
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
123
374
600
945
1,187
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
54
137
355
558
 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52
439
676
 
 
2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52
345
 
 
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
111
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9,492
 
 
 
All outstanding liabilities before 2010, net of reinsurance
39
 
 
 
Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
$20,561
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age, Net of Reinsurance*
 
 
Years
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
 
 
 
1.2%
6.5%
7.0%
7.0%
9.1%
12.7%
8.7%
4.7%
4.5%
2.4%
 
 
*
Presented as unaudited required supplementary information.
F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

All Other Lines
Incurred Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
As of
December 31, 2019
For the Years Ended December 31,
Total of IBNR
Liabilities Plus
Expected
Development on
Reported Claims
Cumulative
Number of
Reported
Claims
Accident
Year
2010*
2011*
2012*
2013*
2014*
2015*
2016*
2017*
2018*
2019
 
 
2010
190
83
110
40
65
56
62
37
45
50
10
182
2011
 
62
34
86
222
210
210
212
207
206
576
2012
 
 
21
3
25
14
4
2
3
2
1
479
2013
 
 
 
1
13
9
10
12
573
2014
 
 
 
 
40
127
24
23
21
16
1,052
2015
 
 
 
 
 
168
132
108
113
98
1,176
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,882
1,617
1,745
1,555
19
1,245
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,852
2,917
2,417
74
2,029
2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,885
2,874
357
2,929
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,756
731
2,135
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$10,974
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative Paid Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
Accident
Year
2010*
2011*
2012*
2013*
2014*
2015*
2016*
2017*
2018*
2019
 
 
2010
10
18
28
28
28
28
28
30
32
34
 
 
2011
 
1
2
6
204
206
206
206
206
206
 
 
2012
 
 
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
 
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
 
 
 
100
16
16
16
16
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
63
98
98
99
98
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
796
1,325
1,418
1,494
 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,412
2,099
2,203
 
 
2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,309
2,123
 
 
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,903
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,078
 
 
 
All outstanding liabilities before 2010, net of reinsurance
 
 
 
Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
$2,896
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age, Net of Reinsurance*
 
 
Years
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
 
 
 
45.0%
28.3%
3.4%
14.0%
0.2%
0.0%
0.0%
0.7%
0.7%
2.0%
 
 
*
Presented as unaudited required supplementary information.
F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total Lines
Incurred Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
As of
December 31, 2019
For the Years Ended December 31,
Total of IBNR
Liabilities Plus
Expected
Development on
Reported Claims
Cumulative
Number of
Reported
Claims
Accident Year
2010*
2011*
2012*
2013*
2014*
2015*
2016*
2017*
2018*
2019
 
 
2010
11,800
11,580
12,396
12,806
12,730
13,557
13,972
13,976
13,777
13,754
874
3,871
2011
 
14,456
14,923
16,636
17,578
17,620
17,854
18,419
18,834
18,793
360
3,835
2012
 
 
21,857
21,831
20,697
21,053
20,331
20,058
20,646
20,690
642
4,019
2013
 
 
 
24,661
24,755
24,280
21,361
21,342
21,506
21,465
902
4,364
2014
 
 
 
 
24,580
22,777
21,726
21,571
21,095
21,054
2,118
4,938
2015
 
 
 
 
 
25,653
26,571
26,392
25,430
25,630
5,561
6,265
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
33,041
31,632
30,746
28,616
7,846
11,049
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
39,295
31,462
29,008
8,410
16,396
2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42,349
36,738
12,183
15,031
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
53,009
27,173
12,179
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$268,757
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative Paid Claims and Allocated Claim Adjustment Expenses, Net of Reinsurance
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
Accident
Year
2010*
2011*
2012*
2013*
2014*
2015*
2016*
2017*
2018*
2019
 
 
2010
3,594
7,007
8,696
10,095
10,911
11,384
11,779
12,154
12,365
12,499
 
 
2011
 
3,954
8,815
12,631
14,107
15,405
16,347
17,085
17,515
18,091
 
 
2012
 
 
6,143
11,996
14,480
16,249
17,196
18,188
19,098
19,399
 
 
2013
 
 
 
6,799
12,602
15,984
17,708
19,246
19,712
20,129
 
 
2014
 
 
 
 
6,011
12,005
14,814
16,666
17,260
18,238
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
6,269
13,770
16,493
18,026
18,903
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,509
15,516
18,182
19,286
 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,845
15,259
18,126
 
 
2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,326
18,905
 
 
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11,813
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
175,389
 
 
 
All outstanding liabilities before 2010, net of reinsurance
4,811
 
 
 
Liabilities for claims and claim adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
$98,179
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Annual Percentage Payout of Incurred Claims by Age, Net of Reinsurance*
 
 
Years
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
 
 
 
23.3%
27.2%
11.6%
8.7%
6.1%
3.6%
3.8%
2.8%
4.0%
3.2%
 
 
*
Presented as unaudited required supplementary information.
F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The reconciliation of the net incurred and paid claims development tables to the liability for unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense in the combined balance sheets is as follows (in thousands):
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Net outstanding liabilities
 
 
Workers compensation
$74,722
$61,073
Other liability
20,561
16,287
All other lines of business
2,896
2,788
Liabilities for unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
98,179
80,148
 
 
 
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims
 
 
Workers compensation
237,088
176,126
Other liability
41,873
26,029
All other lines of business
25,044
55,266
Total reinsurance recoverable on unpaid claims
304,005
257,421
Unallocated loss adjustment expenses
4,532
2,846
Total gross liability for unpaid claims and LAE
$406,716
$340,415
Note 15. Reinsurance
The company utilized reinsurance contracts to reduce its exposure to losses in all aspects of its insurance business. Such reinsurance permits recovery of a portion of losses from reinsurers, although it does not relieve the Company from its primary liability to policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company. The Company evaluates the financial strength of potential reinsurers and continually monitors the financial condition of reinsurers.
Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated based upon assumptions consistent with those used in establishing the liabilities related to the underlying reinsured contracts. The Company has diversified its credit risk related to the reinsurance ceded. There were no disputes with reinsurers as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company has no reinsurance recoverables deemed uncollectible during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
The Company holds collateral on a funds held basis or requires collateral in a trust or as a letter of credit to secure recoverable balances from reinsurers not authorized in the insurance carriers state of domicile as follows:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Letters of Credit
$65,877
$60,474
Trust
32,207
29,657
Funds Held
165,698
155,825
Total
$263,782
$245,956
The Company has unsecured aggregate recoverable for losses, paid and unpaid, loss adjustment expenses and unearned premiums with the following individual reinsurers, authorized or unauthorized, exceeding 3 percent of members’ equity:
(in thousands)
Rating
2019
Arch Reins Co
A
$36,551
Markel Global Reins Co
A+
65,211
Swiss Re
A+
5,378
(in thousands)
Rating
2018
Arch Reins Co
A+
$21,779
Markel Global Reins Co
A
39,651
F-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A summary of the impact of ceded reinsurance on written, earned and unearned premiums, and loss and loss adjustment expense incurred is as follows:
 
2019
(in thousands)
Gross
Assumed
Ceded
Net
Losses and LAE liabilities
$392,233
$14,483
$(304,005)
$102,711
Unearned premiums
101,225
2,564
(80,088)
23,701
Written premiums
405,353
6,048
(325,837)
85,564
Earned premiums
391,312
6,491
(311,325)
86,478
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
208,560
1,871
(165,770)
44,661
 
2018
(in thousands)
Gross
Assumed
Ceded
Net
Losses and LAE liabilities
$328,591
$11,824
$(257,421)
$82,994
Unearned premiums
86,480
3,007
(66,765)
22,722
Written premiums
346,870
10,137
(284,451)
72,556
Earned premiums
330,980
9,165
(273,569)
66,576
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
186,699
2,133
(153,103)
35,729
Note 16. Debt
Long-term debt consists of the following:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Junior subordinated debt
$7,732
$7,732
Secured credit facility
21,637
26,469
Long-term debt
29,369
34,201
Less: unamortized deferred financing costs
(329)
(430)
Net long-term debt
$29,040
$33,771
In June 2006, the Trust issued 7,500 shares of preferred capital securities to qualified institutional buyers and 232 common securities to Trean. The proceeds of such issuances were invested by the Trust in $7,732 aggregate principal amount of Trean’s Junior Subordinated Debt due 2036 (the Debt). The Debt represents the sole assets of the Trust. The Debt matures on July 7, 2036. The interest rate was a fixed rate of 9.167% until July 7, 2011, at which time a variable interest rate of LIBOR (1.99% and 2.44% as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively) plus 3.50% is in effect. The interest rate totaled 5.49% and 5.94% as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. There are optional dates for redemption of the Debt, at the option of the Company, on any January 7, April 7, July 7, or October 7 following July 7, 2011. There are no funding requirements for Trean to the Trust except for the necessary quarterly interest payments. Trean Corp is the guarantor of the Debt.
The preferred capital securities issued by the Trust in turn pay quarterly cash distributions at an annual rate of 9.167% per annum of the liquidation amount of $1 per security until July 7, 2011 and thereafter at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%. The preferred capital securities do not have a stated maturity date, although they are subject to mandatory redemption upon maturity of the Debt on July 7, 2036, or upon earlier redemption. These preferred securities are fully guaranteed by the Company.
The terms of this agreement require the Company to maintain certain general and financial covenants and ratios. The Company was in compliance with all covenants and ratios as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
On August 12, 2016, Benchmark entered into a $10,000 10-year term promissory note to Anchor Bank, NA. The note bears interest at 4.07% fixed rate. In the event of default, Benchmark had pledged all of its shares in Benchmark Insurance Company. This note was paid in full in April 2018.
F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In April 2018, Trean Corp entered into a credit agreement with a bank which includes a term loan facility totaling $27,500 and a revolving credit facility of $3,000. Borrowings are secured by substantially all of the assets of Trean and its subsidiaries. The loan has a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.00% and 3.50%, which was 6.33% and 6.89% as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The outstanding principal balance of the loan is to be repaid in quarterly installments which escalate from approximately $344 to $859 until April 2023. All shares of Trean and its subsidiaries have been pledged as guaranteed collateral.
The terms of this agreement require the Company to maintain certain financial covenants and ratios. The Company was in compliance with all covenants and ratios as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Scheduled maturities of long-term debt, excluding deferred financing costs, are as follows:
2020
$1,891
2021
2,578
2022
3,266
2023
13,902
2024
Thereafter
7,732
Long-term debt
$29,369
Note 17. Employee Benefit Plan
The Company has a 401(k) Plan and Trust. This Plan covers all employees of the Company. An employee becomes eligible on the first day of each calendar quarter if they are at least 21 years old. Participants may elect to contribute 1 percent-15 percent of their salary annually. The Company matches 50 percent of each dollar an employee contributes on the first 5 percent of compensation. The Company may also make discretionary profit sharing contributions. The employees vest 25 percent per year of service beginning in the second full year of service. The Company contributed approximately $721 and $662 to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Note 18. Lease Commitment
The Company has various operating leases for office space requiring monthly payments ranging from approximately $1 to $40 which expire at various dates through March 2025. The Company also leases office equipment over terms of three to five years which expire at various dates through February 2025. Some of these leases have renewal options for additional terms. The Company is obligated to pay the cost of insurance, taxes, repairs, and maintenance pursuant to the terms of most leases.
Rent expense for operating leases was approximately $1,575 and $1,115 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company subleases space in its buildings under various operating sublease agreements. The sublease income was approximately $90 and $309 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had the following minimum annual commitments (benefits) for payment of rentals under leases which at inception had a non-cancellable term of more than one year:
(in thousands)
Rent
Expense
Sublease
Rental Income
Net Lease
Payments
2020
$1,718
$(30)
$1,688
2021
1,614
(31)
1,583
2022
1,594
(32)
1,562
2023
1,191
(33)
1,158
2024
669
(34)
635
Thereafter
46
(100)
(54)
 
$6,832
$(260)
$6,572
F-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 19. Stock Redemption Agreement
Trean Corp has designated and authorized 1,000,000 shares as Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock (Series A) which have no voting rights. The holder is entitled to receive annual cumulative dividends at 4.5 percent of the original cost per share. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of Trean, liquidation distributions are made to preferred stockholders before common stockholders. Series A contains no conversion features. The liquidation preference and redemptive value of Series A is equivalent to its carrying value as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Benchmark Holding Company has designated and authorized 1,000,000 shares as Series B Redeemable Preferred Stock (Series B) which have no voting rights. The holder is entitled to receive annual cumulative dividends as a percentage of the original cost per share or the actual earning on the invested funds. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of Benchmark Holding Company, liquidation distributions are made to preferred stockholders before common stockholders. Series B contains no conversion features. The liquidation preference and redemptive value of Series B is equivalent to its carrying value as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company classified the shares of Series B within temporary equity on the combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, due to the liquidation rights associated with the termination of the shareholder customer agreement.
The Company is required to redeem all shares of outstanding Series A or Series B if any of the following events occur:
1.
Upon demand by a majority of the shareholders having voting rights in the Company
2.
Upon termination of the underlying stock purchase agreement between the Series A holders and Trean (only applicable to Series A shares)
3.
Any refinancing, recapitalization, sale of assets or stock by Trean Corp or Benchmark Holding Company that results in a realization of gain by the shareholders, to the extent the same is distributed to shareholders, whether in a single or a series of distributions (only applicable to Series A shares)
4.
Change in the majority control of the Company (only applicable to Series B shares)
5.
The termination of the shareholder customer agreement (only applicable to Series B shares)
6.
A qualified initial public offering of Trean Corp or Benchmark Holding Company
The cumulative dividends earned by Series A and Series B holders totaled approximately $254 and $225 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The cumulative dividends consist of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
 
2019
 
Total
Dividend
Dividend
per Share
Weighted
Average Shares
Dividends on preferred shares - Series A
$43
4,500.00
9.62
Dividends on preferred shares - Series B
211
3,506.84
60.00
Total preferred share dividends
$254
 
 
 
2018
 
Total
Dividend
Dividend
per Share
Weighted
Average Shares
Dividends on preferred shares - Series A
$45
4,500.00
10.00
Dividends on preferred shares - Series B
180
3,459.72
51.95
Total preferred share dividends
$225
 
 
On December 17, 2019, the Company redeemed its remaining 10 shares of Series A for $1,000.
On December 31, 2019, the Company redeemed 9 shares of Series B for $900.
F-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 20. Members’ Equity
The Company is registered with the state of Delaware as a Limited Liability Company (LLC). Any debts, expenses, obligations and liabilities of the Company are solely the responsibility of the Company. Any member of the LLC does not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a member or acting as a member of the Company.
The Company has three classes of ownership units, each with its respective rights, preferences and privileges as follows:
1)
Class A Units: Receive an allocation of profits and losses incurred by the Company as well as maintain the right to receive distributions, along with Class B Units, on a pro rata basis prior to distributions made to other classes of ownership units.
2)
Class B Units: Receive an allocation of profits and losses incurred by the Company as well as maintain the right to receive distributions, along with Class A Units, on a pro rata basis prior to distributions made to other classes of ownership units. Class B maintains both voting and non-voting units. Each Class B Voting Unit is entitled to one vote per Class B Voting Unit on each matter to which the members are entitled to vote. Class B Non-Voting Units maintain all rights, preferences and privileges allowed to Class B Voting Units with the exception of voting rights.
3)
Class C Units: Receive an allocation of profits and losses incurred by the Company. Participating Class C Units maintain the right to receive distributions after any Class A or Class B units based on the unit holders’ pro rata share.
Note 21. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities:
(in thousands)
2019
2018
Balance at beginning of period
$(2,003)
$951
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax
6,877
(3,132)
Less: amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
53
(178)
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)
6,824
(2,954)
Balance at end of period
$4,821
$(2,003)
Note 22. Management Incentive Unit Agreement
On June 15, 2017, the Company entered into a Management Incentive Unit Agreement with an individual, who is a member of the Board of Managers of the Company, to issue Class C shares as partial compensation for future services to the Company. The shares issued under this agreement are subject to terms in the agreements between the Company and the recipient. The Company had approximately $197 and $275 of unrecognized stock compensation expense as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, related to non-vested stock-based compensation granted, that the Company expects to recognize over the next three years. The Company recognized approximately $78 and $79 of stock based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Note 23. Commitments & Contingencies
From time to time, the Company is subject to litigation related to its insurance business. Management does not believe that the Company is a party to any such pending litigation that would have a material adverse effect on its future operations.
F-62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 24. Transactions with Related Parties
The Company owed Stop-Loss approximately $18 which is included within accounts payable and accrued expenses on the combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.
The Company owed Altaris Capital Partners, a private equity firm, approximately $83 which is included within accounts payable and accrued expenses on the combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.
The Company was owed amounts from Trean Intermediaries totaling approximately $14 and $44 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which are included in related party receivables on the combined balance sheets. The Company recorded $200 and $144 of revenue for consulting services provided to Trean Intermediaries for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which is included in other revenue on the combined statements of operations.
As disclosed in Note 6, effective April 2, 2018, the Company owns a 45% interest in Compstar Holding Company LLC (Compstar), a program manager which handles the underwriting, premium collection and servicing of insurance policies for the Company. The Company recorded $176,083 and $116,584 of gross earned premiums resulting in gross commissions of $37,034 and $24,711 due to Compstar for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. All receivables are stated net of the commissions due under the Program Manager Agreement and totaled $22,207 and $15,890 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which is recorded in related party receivables on the combined balance sheets. The Company’s ownership interest, and right to receive any distributions, is listed as collateral on debt taken out by Compstar.
Note 25. Subsequent Events
Events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date, but before the combined financial statements are complete, are reviewed by the Company to determine if they are to be recognized and/or disclosed as appropriate.
On January 13, 2020, Trean Corporation sold 15% ownership in Trean I for $3,000. Trean Corporation maintains a 10% ownership interest in Trean I.
On April 1, 2020, Trean Corporation purchased LCTA Risk Services, Inc., a managing general agency based in Louisiana, for a purchase price of $1,400.
During early 2020, the Company began experiencing the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic which has heavily impacted the world economy. This may impact the financial results of the Company and certain estimates included in the combined financial statements. It is too early to assess the impact the pandemic will have on the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
All of the effects of subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the combined balance sheet date, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the combined financial statements, are recognized in the combined financial statements. Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 9, 2020, which is the date the combined financial statements were available to be issued.
F-63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Schedule I – Summary of Investments – Other Than Investments in Affiliates
December 31, 2019 and 2018
 
2019
(in thousands)
Cost or
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Amount at
which
shown on
Balance Sheet
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$15,965
$16,129
$16,129
Foreign governments
299
302
302
States, territories and possessions
4,789
4,923
4,923
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
24,444
25,104
25,104
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
59,149
61,405
61,405
Industrial and public utilities
119,735
123,207
123,207
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
15,586
16,312
16,312
Residential mortgage-backed securities
53,467
54,109
54,109
Other loan-backed securities
35,849
36,011
36,011
Hybrid securities
357
363
363
Total fixed maturities
329,640
337,865
337,865
Equity securities:
 
 
 
Preferred stock
337
343
343
Common stock
492
492
492
Total equity maturities
829
835
835
Equity method investments
12,173
12,173
12,173
Total Investments
$342,642
$350,873
$350,873
F-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
2018
(in thousands)
Cost or
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Amount at
which
shown on
Balance Sheet
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
U.S. government and government securities
$18,974
$18,823
$18,823
Foreign governments
299
299
299
States, territories and possessions
5,118
5,134
5,134
Political subdivisions of states, territories and possessions
25,679
25,646
25,646
Special revenue and special assessment obligations
52,465
52,662
52,662
Industrial and public utilities
119,952
118,340
118,340
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
11,472
11,411
11,411
Residential mortgage-backed securities
41,028
40,399
40,399
Other loan-backed securities
34,526
34,278
34,278
Hybrid securities
258
245
245
Total fixed maturities
309,771
307,237
307,237
Equity securities:
 
 
 
Preferred stock
325
321
321
Total equity maturities
325
321
321
Equity method investments
13,900
13,900
13,900
Total Investments
$323,996
$321,458
$321,458
F-65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Schedule II – Supplementary Insurance Information
December 31, 2019 and 2018
(in thousands)
Deferred policy
acquisition cost
Unpaid losses
and loss
adjustment
expenses
Unearned
premiums
As of December 31, 2019
 
 
 
Property and casualty insurance
$2,115
$406,716
$103,789
As of December 31, 2018
 
 
 
Property and casualty insurance
$2,976
$340,415
$90,074
F-66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Schedule II – Supplementary Insurance Information
December 31, 2019 and 2018
(in thousands)
Earned
Premiums
Net
investment
income
Loss and
loss
adjustment
expenses
Amortization of
deferred policy
acquisition costs
Other
operating
expenses
Net
written
premiums
For the year ended December 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property and casualty insurance
$86,478
$6,245
$44,661
$15,507
$5,498
$85,564
For the year ended December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property and casualty insurance
$66,576
$4,816
$35,729
$7,136
$8,570
$72,556
F-67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Schedule III - Reinsurance
For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
(in thousands)
Gross
amount
Ceded to
other
companies
Assumed
from other
companies
Net
amount
Percentage
of amount
assumed
to net
For the year ended December 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums:
 
 
 
 
 
Property and casualty insurance
$405,353
$325,837
$6,048
$85,564
7%
Total premiums
$405,353
$325,837
$6,048
$85,564
7%
For the year ended December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums:
 
 
 
 
 
Property and casualty insurance
$346,870
$284,451
$10,137
$72,556
14%
Total premiums
$346,870
$284,451
$10,137
$72,556
14%
F-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BIC Holdings LLC - Trean Holdings LLC
Schedule IV – Supplemental Information Concerning Property and Casualty
Insurance Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
 
 
Losses and Loss Adjustment
Expenses Incurred Related to:
 
(in thousands)
Discount
Deductible
from Liabilities
Current Year
Prior Year
Paid Losses
and Loss
Adjustment
Expenses
Years ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
2019
$    —
$54,933
$(10,272)
$31,310
2018
$
$41,635
$(5,906)
$24,083
F-69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10,714,286 shares

Common Stock

Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
Preliminary Prospectus
Joint Book-Running Managers
J.P. Morgan
Evercore ISI
William Blair
Co-Manager
JMP Securities
    , 2020
Until     , 2020, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
Information not required in the prospectus
Item 13.
Other expenses of issuance and distribution
The following table sets forth fees and expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. Each of the amounts shown, other than the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the stock exchange listing fee, is an estimate.
 
Amount to be paid
SEC registration fee
$23,990
FINRA filing fee
28,223
Stock exchange listing fee
250,000
Printing expenses
185,000
Legal fees and expenses
2,500,000
Accounting fees and expenses
1,250,000
Miscellaneous expenses
500,000
Total
$4,737,213
Item 14.
Indemnification of directors and officers
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or serving at the request of the corporation in such capacity for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
The DGCL also permits a corporation to indemnify such persons against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with the defense or settlement of an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where a present or former director or officer is successful in the defense of such an action, suit or proceeding referenced above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses that such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such persons in defending any action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon, in the case of a current officer or director, receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to be so indemnified.
The DGCL provides that the indemnification described above is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification by the Company of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.
In accordance with Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a provision to limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for violations of the directors’ fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, for
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.
The DGCL also provides corporations with the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation in a similar capacity for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability as described above. Policies of insurance are maintained by the Company under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the terms of the policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers.
The foregoing statements are subject to the detailed provisions of the DGCL and the full text of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which is filed as Exhibit 3.1 hereto.
We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that will provide, subject to their terms, the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and officers by Section 145 of the DGCL and certain additional procedural protections.
The proposed form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 provides that the underwriters are obligated under certain circumstances to indemnify our directors, officers and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Item 15.
Recent sales of unregistered securities
During the last three years, we have not issued any securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will issue:
shares of our common stock to each of Trean Holdings LLC (“Trean Holdings”) and BIC Holdings LLC (“BIC Holdings”) in exchange for their contribution of all of their respective assets and liabilities to Trean Insurance Group, Inc.;
shares of our common stock to Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc., Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc. and Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc. in exchange for their 55% equity interest in Compstar Holding Company LLC pursuant to an agreement, dated as of June 3, 2020, filed as Exhibit 10.5 hereto; and
shares of our common stock to Randall D. Jones in exchange for his Class C units in Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings that will become fully vested in connection with the IPO.
See “Prospectus summary – Our organizational structure” in the prospectus relating to this offering for a more complete description of the issuances, including the number of shares to be issued, which depends on the initial public offering price.
These issuances will not involve any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or a public offering, and we believe such issuances will be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Item 16.
Exhibits and financial statement schedules
Exhibits
See the Exhibit index immediately preceding the signature page hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Financial statement schedules
See the financial statement schedules listed in the Index to combined financial statements, which are incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
Item 17.
Undertakings
(a)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(b)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
Exhibit index
Exhibit
Number
Description
1.1
Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
3.2
Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
5.1*
Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
10.1*
Form of Registration Rights Agreement among Trean Insurance Group, Inc. and the parties named therein
Form of Reorganization Agreement among Trean Insurance Group, Inc. and the parties named therein
Form of Contribution Agreement among Trean Insurance Group, Inc., BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC
Form of Contribution Agreement between Trean Insurance Group, Inc. and Trean Compstar Holdings LLC
Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2020, among Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc., Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc., Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc., Blake Baker, Compstar Holding Company LLC, Trean Holdings LLC and Trean Compstar Holdings LLC
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
Number
Description
Amendment No. 1 to Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2020, among Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc., Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc., Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc., Blake Baker, Compstar Holding Company LLC, Trean Holdings LLC and Trean Compstar Holdings LLC
Form of Director Nomination Agreement among Trean Insurance Group, Inc. and the Altaris Funds
Form of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Trean Insurance Group, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers
Form of Termination Agreement among Altaris Capital Partners, LLC, BIC Holdings LLC, Trean Holdings LLC and Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2020, among Trean Holdings LLC, Trean Corporation, Trean Compstar Holdings LLC, Benchmark Administrators, LLC and First Horizon Bank, N.A.
Change in auditor letter from RSM US LLP
List of subsidiaries of Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.3*
Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
Power of Attorney (included on signature page) 
Consent of Terry P. Mayotte, a director nominee
*
To be filed by amendment.
**
Previously filed.

Compensatory plan or arrangement.
II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Wayzata, Minnesota, on the 9th day of July, 2020.
 
TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Andrew M. O’Brien
 
 
Name:
Andrew M. O’Brien
 
 
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
Signature and Name
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Andrew M. O’Brien
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)
July 9, 2020
Andrew M. O’Brien
 
 
 
/s/ Julie A. Baron
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
(principal financial officer)
July 9, 2020
Julie A. Baron
 
 
 
/s/ Nicholas J. Vassallo
Chief Accounting Officer
(principal accounting officer)
July 9, 2020
Nicholas J. Vassallo
 
 
 
*
Chairman of the Board
July 9, 2020
Daniel G. Tully
 
 
 
*
Director
July 9, 2020
David G. Ellison
 
 
 
*
Director
July 9, 2020
Randall D. Jones
 
 
 
*
Director
July 9, 2020
Steven B. Lee
*By:
/s/ Andrew M. O’Brien
 
Andrew M. O’Brien
 
Attorney-in-Fact
II-5

Exhibit 1.1
TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

[•] Shares of Common Stock

Underwriting Agreement

[•], 2020

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Evercore Group, L.L.C.
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

As Representatives of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179

c/o Evercore Group, L.L.C.
55 East 52nd Street
New York, New York 10055

c/o William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
150 North Riverside Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60606

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Trean Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [•] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”), and certain stockholders of the Company named in Schedule 2-A, Schedule 2-B, Schedule 2-C and Schedule 2-D hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) propose to sell to the several Underwriters an aggregate of [•] shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “Underwritten Shares”).  In addition, the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule 2-A and Schedule 2-C propose to sell, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [•] shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “Option Shares”).  The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”.  The shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

The Company and the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, hereby confirm their agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1.          Registration Statement.  The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-239291), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares.  Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares.  If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated [•], 2020 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

“Applicable Time” means [•] P.M., New York City time, on [•], 2020.

2.          Purchase of the Shares.

(a)          The Company agrees to issue and sell, and each of the Selling Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell, the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share of $[•] (the “Purchase Price”) from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto and from each of the Selling Stockholders the number of Underwritten Shares (to be adjusted by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be sold by each of the Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule 2-A, Schedule 2-B, Schedule 2-C and Schedule 2-D hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters from all of the Selling Stockholders hereunder.
2

In addition, each of the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule 2-A and Schedule 2-C agrees, severally and not jointly, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule 2-A and Schedule 2-C hereto, to sell, the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from each Selling Stockholder named in Schedule 2-A and Schedule 2-C the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 12 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company and the Selling Stockholders by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as J.P. Morgan Securities LLC in its sole discretion shall make. Any such election to purchase Option Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Option Shares to be sold by each Selling Stockholder named in Schedule 2-A and Schedule 2-C as set forth in Schedule 2-A and Schedule 2-C hereto.

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule 2-A and Schedule 2-C.  Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 12 hereof).  Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

(b)          The Company and the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, understand that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  The Company and the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(c)          Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the Selling Stockholders or any of them (with regard to payment to the Selling Stockholders), to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017 at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on [•], 2020, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares.  The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”, and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.
3

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing not later than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, as applicable.  Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

(d)          Each of the Company and each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, acknowledge and agree that the Representatives and the other Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company, the Selling Stockholders or any other person, and the transactions contemplated hereby do not constitute a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters.  Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company, the Selling Stockholders or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction.  The Company and the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, shall consult with their own advisors concerning such matters and each shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter shall have any responsibility or liability to the Company or the Selling Stockholders with respect thereto.  Any review by the Representatives and the other Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Representatives and the other Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company or the Selling Stockholders.    None of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby constitutes a recommendation, investment advice or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person.

3.          Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter and the Selling Stockholders that:
4

(a)          Preliminary Prospectus.  No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with: (i) information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof and (ii) the Selling Stockholder Information (as defined below).

(b)          Pricing Disclosure Package.  The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with: (i) information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof and (ii) the Selling Stockholder Information.  No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.

(c)          Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.  Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives, which approval, in the case of written communications required by law to be prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to, shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.  Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with: (i) information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof and (ii) the Selling Stockholder Information.
5

(d)          Emerging Growth Company.  From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).  “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act in connection with the Shares.

(e)          Testing-the-Waters Materials.  The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications by virtue of a writing substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto.  “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.  Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
6

(f)          Registration Statement and Prospectus.  The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission.  No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with: (i) information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof and (ii) the Selling Stockholder Information.

(g)          Financial Statements.  The combined financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC (the “Combined Companies”) and their subsidiaries and the balance sheet of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Combined Companies and their subsidiaries or the Company, as the case may be, as of the dates indicated and the results of the Combined Companies’ operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein; and the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Combined Companies and their subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby; all disclosures included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable.
7

(h)          No Material Adverse Change.  Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and the changes pursuant to the reorganization transactions described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (the “Reorganization Transactions”)), or any material change in the long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(i)          Organization and Good Standing.  The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”).  The subsidiaries listed in Schedule 3 to this Agreement are the only “significant subsidiaries” of the Company as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X.
8

(j)          Capitalization.  Upon the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, the Company will have an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, upon the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, there will be no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; upon the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, the capital stock of the Company will conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party, except for those related to the credit agreements described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(k)          Stock Options.  With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company.

(l)          Due Authorization.  The Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

(m)          Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(n)          The Shares.  The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued, delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be validly issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
9

(o)          Descriptions of the Underwriting Agreement.  This Agreement conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(p)          No Violation or Default.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(q)          No Conflicts.  The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company hereunder, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, termination, modification, acceleration, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(r)          No Consents Required.  No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.
10

(s)          Legal Proceedings.  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“Actions”) pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may reasonably be expected to become a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may reasonably be expected to become the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no such Actions are, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending Actions that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(t)          Independent Accountants.  Deloitte & Touche LLP, which has certified certain financial statements of the Combined Companies and their subsidiaries and of the Company, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(u)          Title to Real and Personal Property.  The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(v)          Intellectual Property.  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries own or have the right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, domain names and other source indicators, copyrights and copyrightable works, know-how, trade secrets, systems, procedures, proprietary or confidential information and all other worldwide intellectual property, industrial property and proprietary rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) used in the conduct of their respective businesses; (ii) the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ conduct of their respective businesses does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any person; (iii) the Company and its subsidiaries have not received any written notice of any claim relating to Intellectual Property; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property of the Company and its subsidiaries is not being infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any person.
11

(w)          No Undisclosed Relationships.  No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers or other affiliates, the stockholders, the customers or the suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

(x)          Investment Company Act.  The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof received by the Company as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).

(y)          Taxes.  The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof, except in any case in which the failure to so pay or file would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as otherwise described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or in any case that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.

(z)          Licenses and Permits.  The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, sub-licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course.  Benchmark Insurance Company and American Liberty Insurance Company (each, an “Insurance Subsidiary”) is licensed as an insurance or reinsurance company in its jurisdiction of organization and is licensed or authorized as an insurer or reinsurer in each jurisdiction outside its jurisdiction of organization where it is required to be so licensed or authorized to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to be so licensed or authorized would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Insurance Subsidiary has made all required filings under applicable insurance and reinsurance statutes in each jurisdiction where such filings are required, except for such filings the failure of which to make would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Each Insurance Subsidiary has all other necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations and qualifications (“Authorizations”), of and from all insurance and reinsurance regulatory authorities necessary to conduct its existing business as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to have such Authorizations would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and each Insurance Subsidiary has not received any notification from any insurance or reinsurance regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Insurance Subsidiary to the effect that any additional Authorizations are needed to be obtained by such Insurance Subsidiary in any case where it would reasonably be expected that the failure to obtain such additional Authorizations would have a Material Adverse Effect, and, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no insurance or reinsurance regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Insurance Subsidiary has issued any order or decree impairing, restricting or prohibiting (i) the payment of dividends by such Insurance Subsidiary to its parent, other than those restrictions applicable to insurance or reinsurance companies under such jurisdiction generally, or (ii) the continuation of the business of such Insurance Subsidiary in all respects as presently conducted, except in the case of this clause (ii), where such orders or decrees, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
12

(aa)          Treaties, Contracts and Arrangements. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all material ceded reinsurance and retrocession treaties and contracts to which the Insurance Subsidiary is a ceding party, are in full force and effect and the Insurance Subsidiary is not in default or breach of any such treaties and contracts, except where such default or breach would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(bb)          Insurance Reserving. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since December 31, 2019, the Insurance Subsidiary has not made any material change in its insurance reserving practices.

(cc)          No Labor Disputes.  No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party.
13

(dd)          Certain Environmental Matters.  (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (A) are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety, the environment, natural resources, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (B) have received and are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under any Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (C) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability or obligation under or relating to, or any actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) there is no proceeding that is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than any proceeding regarding which the Company reasonably believes no monetary sanctions or monetary sanctions (exclusive of interest and costs) of less than $100,000 will be imposed, (B) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (C) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries anticipates capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ee)          Compliance with ERISA.  (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b),(c),(m) or (o) of the Code) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (iv) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) and no Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA is in “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Sections 304 and 305 of ERISA); (v) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (vi) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (vii) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, that would cause the loss of such qualification; (viii) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (ix) none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (A) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its Controlled Group affiliates in the current fiscal year of the Company and its Controlled Group affiliates compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company’s and its Controlled Group affiliates’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (B) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year, except in each case with respect to non-compliance, transactions, failures, status, liabilities or other events and conditions set forth in (i) through (ix) hereof, that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
14

(ff)          Disclosure Controls.  The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(gg)          Accounting Controls.  The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, maintain a system of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that is designed to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.  The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, maintain internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls (it being understood that the Company is not required as of the date of this Agreement to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (as defined below)).  The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting that have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

(hh)          Insurance.  The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as the Company in good faith believes are adequate to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses, taken as a whole; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.
15

(ii)          Cybersecurity; Data Protection. The Company and its subsidiaries’ information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) are adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted, free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs and other malware.  The Company and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data (including all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Personal Data”)) used in connection with their businesses, and there have been no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of or accesses to same, except in each case that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability or the duty to notify any other person, nor any incidents under internal review or investigations relating to the same.  The Company and its subsidiaries are presently in compliance with all applicable laws or statutes and all applicable judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority that has jurisdiction over the Company and its subsidiaries, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Personal Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification, except in each case that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(jj)          No Unlawful Payments.  None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, any director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit.  The Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

(kk)          Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws.  The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
16

(ll)          No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws.  None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, any of its directors, officers or employees or, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares by the Company hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.  For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

(mm)          No Restrictions on Subsidiaries.  Except for those related to the credit agreements described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

(nn)          No Broker’s Fees.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

(oo)          No Registration Rights.  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, the sale of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder, other than rights that have been validly waived or declined.
17

(pp)          No Stabilization.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or affiliates has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

(qq)          Margin Rules.  Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Company nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

(rr)          Forward-Looking Statements.  No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(ss)          Statistical and Market Data.  Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(tt)          Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans.

(uu)          Status under the Securities Act.  At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(vv)          No Ratings. There are (and prior to the Closing Date, will be) no debt securities, convertible securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.

4.          Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders.  Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to each Underwriter and the Company that:
18

(a)          No Consents Required; Authority.  No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement, including the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters. Such Selling Stockholder has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder.

(b)          No Conflicts.  The execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement, including the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property, right or asset of such Selling Stockholder is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents of such Selling Stockholder or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory agency, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, termination, modification, acceleration, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not, individual or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to impair in any material respect the ability of such Selling Stockholder to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(c)          Title to Shares. Such Selling Stockholder has good and valid title to the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims; such Selling Stockholder will have, immediately prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, good and valid title to the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims.
19

(d)          Delivery of Shares.  Upon payment by the Underwriters for the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Securities, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), registration of such Securities in the name of Cede or such other nominee, and the crediting of such Securities on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC) to such Securities), (A) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of the number of shares of the Securities credited to such Underwriter’s securities account maintained by DTC, and (B) no action based on any “adverse claim”, within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Securities may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement.  For purposes of this representation, such Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Securities will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its charter, bylaws or other organizational document and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.

(e)          No Stabilization.  Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

(f)          Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package, at the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the representations and warranties set forth in this subsection apply only to such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information.

(g)          Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and Written Testing-the-Waters Communication.  Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A or Annex B hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Company and the Representatives.

(h)          Registration Statement and Prospectus.  As of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the representations and warranties set forth in this subsection apply only to such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information.
20

(i)          Material Information.  As of the date hereof, as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, such Selling Stockholder is not and will not be prompted to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement by any material non-public information concerning the Company that is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus and is not so disclosed.

(j)          Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws.  The operations of such Selling Stockholder and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws, and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of such Selling Stockholder, threatened.

(k)          No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws.  Neither such Selling Stockholder nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers or employees, nor, to the knowledge of such Selling Stockholder, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any Sanctions, and none are located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, a Sanctioned Country. For the past five years, such Selling Stockholder and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

(l)          Organization and Good Standing.  Each of the Selling Stockholders listed in Schedule 2-A and Schedule 2-B have been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.

Such Selling Stockholder specifically agrees that the Shares represented by the certificates, if any, so deposited will, from time to time they are so deposited, be subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, and that the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such deposit are irrevocable prior to the earlier of the sale of such Shares hereunder or, if applicable, the expiration of the Underwriters’ option to purchase the Option Shares.  Such Selling Stockholder specifically agrees that the obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder, or, in the case of an estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trustee, or in the case of a partnership or corporation, by the dissolution of such partnership, corporation or organization, or by the occurrence of any other event.  If any individual Selling Stockholder should die or become incapacitated, or if any such partnership, corporation or similar organization should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates representing such Shares, if any, shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
21

5.          Further Agreements of the Company.  The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a)          Required Filings.  The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and the Company will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b)          Delivery of Copies.  The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) upon request, to the Representatives, two signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request.  As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

(c)          Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses.  Before making, preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not make, prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object in a timely manner.
22

(d)          Notice to the Representatives.  The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing (which may be by electronic mail), (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will use reasonable best efforts to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(e)          Ongoing Compliance.  (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate, such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with law
23

(f)          Blue Sky Compliance.  The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(g)          Earning Statement.  The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement; provided that the Company will be deemed to have furnished such earnings statement to its security holders and the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (“EDGAR”) system.

(h)          Clear Market.  For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or make a non-confidential submission to, or file with, the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, other than (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) any shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under Company Stock Plans, (c) any filing by the Company of a Registration Statement on Form S-8 relating to a Company Stock Plan or inducement award, (d) any equity awards granted under a Company Stock Plan as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided that the Company shall cause each recipient of such grant to execute and deliver to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto prior to such grant if such recipient has not already delivered one and (e) any offer, issuance or other transfer relating to the Reorganization Transactions; provided that the Company shall cause each recipient under the Reorganization Transactions to execute and deliver to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto prior to such offer, issuance or other transfer if such recipient has not already delivered one.
24

If J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in Section 6(a) or a lock-up letter described in Section 8(m) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(i)          Use of Proceeds.  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares by the Company as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of proceeds”.

(j)          No Stabilization.  Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries or affiliates will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

(k)          Exchange Listing.  The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (the “Exchange”).

(l)          Reports.  For a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, so long as the Shares are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided that the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s EDGAR system.

(m)          Record Retention.  The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

(n)          Filings.  The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.
25

(o)          Emerging Growth Company.  The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 5(h) hereof.

6.          Further Agreements of the Selling Stockholders.  Each of the Selling Stockholders severally covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a)          Lock-Up Agreement.  Such Selling Stockholder agrees to deliver a “lock-up” agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

(b)          No Stabilization.  Such Selling Stockholder will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

(c)          Tax Form.  Such Selling Stockholder will deliver to the Representatives prior to or at the Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof) in order to facilitate the Underwriters’ documentation of their compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated.

(d)          Use of Proceeds.  Such Selling Stockholder will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to a subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

7.          Certain Agreements of the Underwriters.  Each Underwriter hereby severally represents and agrees that:

(a)          It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c), Section 4(f) or Section 5(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such Underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).
26

(b)          It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the offering of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided, further, that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.

(c)          It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

8.          Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations.  The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company and each Selling Stockholder of its respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a)          Registration Compliance; No Stop Order.  No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b)          Representations and Warranties.  The respective representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers and of each of the Selling Stockholders and their respective officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c)          No Material Adverse Change.  No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
27

(d)          Officers’ Certificate.  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, (x) a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations of the Company set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(d) hereof are true and correct as of such date, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct as of such date and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraph (a) above and Section 3(h) hereof and (y) a certificate of each of the Selling Stockholders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, (A) confirming that the representations of such Selling Stockholder set forth in Section 4(f) and 4(h) hereof is true and correct as of such date and (B) confirming that the other representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder in this agreement are true and correct as of such date and that the such Selling Stockholder has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(e)          Comfort Letters & CFO Certificate.  (i) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(ii) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, of its chief financial officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(f)          Opinions and Negative Assurance Letter of Counsel for the Company.  Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinions and negative assurance letter, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
28

(g)          Opinion of Counsel for the Altaris Funds.  Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for Altaris Capital Partners, LLC, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of Altaris Capital Partners, LLC, on behalf of the Selling Stockholders listed in Schedule 2-A, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(h)          Opinion of Counsel for the Blake Enterprises Entities.  Maslon LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders listed in Schedule 2-B (collectively, the “Blake Enterprises Entities”), shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Blake Enterprises Entities, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(i)          Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters.  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement, addressed to the Underwriters, of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(j)          No Legal Impediment to Issuance and/or Sale.  No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company or the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company or the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders.

(k)          Good Standing.  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(l)          Exchange Listing.  The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, subject to official notice of issuance.
29

(m)          Lock-up Agreements.  The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, between the Representatives and certain holders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to the Representatives on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(n)          FinCEN Certificate. On or before the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received a certificate satisfying the beneficial ownership due diligence requirements of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) from the Company and each Selling Stockholder in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(o)          Additional Documents.  On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished, severally and not jointly, to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

9.          Indemnification and Contribution.

(a)          Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Company.  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act related to the offering and sale of the Shares (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in paragraph (c) below.
30

(b)          Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Selling Stockholders.  Each of the Selling Stockholders severally in proportion to the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but in each case to the extent, and only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission has been made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended) was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by a Selling Stockholder (the “Selling Stockholder Information”) consists of the following information: the name and address of such Selling Stockholder and the ownership information of shares of Common Stock of such Selling Stockholder in the footnotes to the beneficial ownership table in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Principal and selling stockholders”.

(c)          Indemnification of the Company and the Selling Stockholders.  Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each of the Selling Stockholders to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the [•] paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting”, the information contained in the [•] paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting”.
31

(d)          Notice and Procedures.  If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve the Indemnifying Person from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve the Indemnifying Person from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9.  If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred.  In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred.  Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company and any such separate firm for the Selling Stockholders shall be designated in writing by the Selling Stockholders.  The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 90 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemni-fied Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.  No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.
32

(e)          Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares.  The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Selling Stockholders or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(f)          Limitation on Liability.  The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (e) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (e) above.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (e) and (f), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (e) and (f) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (e) and (f), in no event shall a Selling Stockholder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Selling Stockholder from the sale of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder (for the avoidance of doubt, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting other expenses) exceeds the amount of any damages that such Selling Stockholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and in no event shall the aggregate liability of a Selling Stockholder under paragraphs (b), (e) and (f) of this Section 9 exceed the Selling Stockholder Proceeds of such Selling Stockholder. The Selling Stockholders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (e) and (f) are several and not joint.
33

(g)          Non-Exclusive Remedies.  The remedies provided for in this Section 9 paragraphs (a) through (f) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

10.          Effectiveness of Agreement.  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above.

11.          Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

12.          Defaulting Underwriter.

(a)          If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the terms contained in this Agreement.  If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms.  If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non‑defaulting Underwriters or the Company and the Selling Stockholders may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company, counsel for the Selling Stockholders or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes.  As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 12, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.
34

(b)          If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

(c)          If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters.  Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 13 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 9 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d)          Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company, the Selling Stockholders or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

13.          Payment of Expenses.

(a)          Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in connection therewith; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the reasonable related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters not to exceed $5,000); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if any; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA in an amount not to exceed $40,000 (excluding filing fees); (viii) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; provided, however, that the Underwriters and the Company shall each pay 50% of the cost of any chartered aircraft to be used in connection with such “road show” when a representative for an Underwriter is on the aircraft; and (ix) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Exchange.
35

(b)          The Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will pay (i) all expenses incident to the performance of their respective obligations under, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement, with respect to any stamp and other duties and stock and other transfer taxes, if any, payable upon the sale of the Shares to the Underwriters, and (ii) the fees and expenses of their counsel (other than the fees and expenses of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP being paid for by the Company) and other advisors.

(c)          If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11, (ii) the Company or the Selling Stockholders for any reason fail to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters (other than by reason of a default by any Underwriter) or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.

14.          Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to herein and the affiliates of each Underwriter referred to in Section 9 hereof.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.  No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

15.          Survival.  The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters or the directors, officers, controlling persons or affiliates referred to in Section 9 hereof.

16.          Certain Defined Terms.  For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act ; and (d) the term “significant subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.
36

17.          Compliance with USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

18.          Miscellaneous.

(a)          Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358), Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk.  Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Trean Insurance Group, Inc., 150 Lake Street West, Wayzata, Minnesota 55391 (fax: (952) 974-2222), Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer, and notices to the Selling Stockholders shall be given to Altaris Capital Partners LLC, at 10 East 53rd Street, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10022 (fax: [•]), Attention: Daniel Tully and David Ellison).

(b)          Governing Law.  This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(c)          Submission to Jurisdiction.  Each of the Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby submit, severally and not jointly, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, waive any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in such courts.  Each of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and each Selling Stockholder, as applicable, and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which Company and each Selling Stockholder, as applicable, is subject by a suit upon such judgment.

(d)          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
37

(e)          Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(i) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(ii) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

As used in this Section 18(e):

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(f)          Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed by the parties in one or more counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same agreement among the parties. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in this Agreement or in any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Agreement, if any, shall include images of manually executed signatures transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdf,” “tif” or “jpg”) and other electronic signatures (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign). The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received, or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the Uniform Commercial Code.
38

(g)          Amendments or Waivers.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(h)          Headings.  The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.
39

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
 
 
TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:

 
AHP-BHC LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Altaris Health Partners, III L.P., its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
By: Altaris Partners, LLC, its general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
 
AHP-TH LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Altaris Health Partners, III L.P., its sole member
 
 
 
 
By:
Altaris Partners, LLC, its general partner
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

 
ACP-BHC LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Altaris Constellation GP, L.P., its sole member
     
  By:
Altaris Partners, LLC, its general partner
     
  By:

   
Name:
    Title:

 
ACP-TH LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
Altaris Constellation GP, L.P., its sole member
     
  By:
Altaris Partners, LLC, its general partner
     
  By:

   
Name:
    Title:

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

 
BLAKE BAKER ENTERPRISES I, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name: Blake Baker
 
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 
BLAKE BAKER ENTERPRISES II, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name: Blake Baker
 
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 
BLAKE BAKER ENTERPRISES III, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name: Blake Baker
 
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

 
ANDREW M. O’BRIEN PREMARITAL TRUST
 
 
 
 
By:
Andrew M. O’Brien, its trustee
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:

 
RANDALL D. JONES
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:

 
STEVEN B. LEE
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


Accepted:  As of the date first written above

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
EVERCORE GROUP, L.L.C.
WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, L.L.C.

For themselves and on behalf of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto.

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

By:
 
 
 
Name
 
 
Title:
 

EVERCORE GROUP, L.L.C.

By:
 
 
 
Name
 
 
Title:
 
 
WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, L.L.C.

By:
 
 
 
Name
 
 
Title:
 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

Schedule 1

Underwriter
Number of Underwritten Shares
Number of Option Shares
     
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
[•]
[•]
     
Evercore Group, L.L.C.
[•]
[•]
     
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
[•]
[•]
     
JMP Securities LLC
[•]

[•]
Total
[•]
[•]

Sch. 1-1

Schedule 2-A

Selling Stockholders:
Number of
Underwritten Shares:
Number of
Option Shares:
     
AHP-BHC LLC
[•]
[•]
     
AHP-TH LLC
[•]
[•]
     
ACP-BHC LLC
[•]
[•]
     
ACP-TH LLC
[•]
[•]
     
Total
[•]
[•]

Sch. 2-A-1

Schedule 2-B

Selling Stockholders:
Number of
Underwritten Shares:
   
Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc.
[•]
   
Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc.
[•]
   
Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc.
[•]
   
Total
[•]

Sch. 2-B-1

Schedule 2-C

Selling Stockholders:
Number of
Underwritten Shares:
Number of Option
Shares:
     
Andrew M. O’Brien Premarital Trust
[•]
[•]
     
Total
[•]
[•]

Sch. 2-C-1

Schedule 2-D

Selling Stockholders:
Number of
Underwritten Shares:
   
Randall D. Jones
[•]
   
Steven B. Lee
[•]
   
Total
[•]

Sch. 2-D-1

Schedule 3

Significant Subsidiaries

Sch. 3-1

Annex A

Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters


1.
Price per share: [•]


2.
The number of Underwritten Shares to be sold by the Company: [•]


3.
The number of Underwritten Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders: [•]


4.
The number of Option Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders: [•]

Annex A-1

Annex B

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

Annex B-1

Annex C

Pricing Term Sheet

[None]

Annex C-1

Exhibit A

EGC – Testing the waters authorization

In reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), Trean Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”) hereby authorizes J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan), Evercore Group, L.L.C. (“Evercore”) and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. (“William Blair”) and their affiliates and respective employees, to engage on behalf of the Issuer in oral and written communications with potential investors that are “qualified institutional buyers”, as defined in Rule 144A under the Act, or institutions that are “accredited investors”, within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the Issuer’s contemplated initial public offering (“Testing-the-Waters Communications”). A “Written Testing-the Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act. Each of J.P. Morgan, Evercore and William Blair, individually and not jointly, agrees that it shall not distribute any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication that has not been approved by the Issuer.

The Issuer represents that it is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (“Emerging Growth Company”) and agrees to promptly notify J.P. Morgan, Evercore and William Blair in writing if the Issuer hereafter ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company while this authorization is in effect. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Issuer will promptly notify J.P. Morgan, Evercore and William Blair and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

Nothing in this authorization is intended to limit or otherwise affect the ability of J.P. Morgan, Evercore and William Blair and their affiliates and their respective employees, to engage in communications in which they could otherwise lawfully engage in the absence of this authorization, including, without limitation, any written communication containing only one or more of the statements specified under Rule 134(a) under the Act. This authorization shall remain in effect until the Issuer has provided to J.P. Morgan, Evercore and William Blair a written notice revoking this authorization. All notices as described herein shall be sent by email to the attention of Drummond Rice at drummond.s.rice@jpmorgan.com, Jay Chandler at Jay.chandler@evercore.com, with a copy to Matt Gandy at matt.gandy@evercore.com and Kenneth Masotti at masotti@evercore.com and Gary Morabito at gmorabito@williamblair.com.


Exhibit A-1

 
TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
 
    Name:
    Title:

Exhibit A-2

Exhibit B

Form of Waiver of Lock-up

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
Public Offering of Common Stock

, 20__

[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Trean Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Company”) of [•] shares of common stock, $[•] par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated__________________, 20__ (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated__________________, 20__, with respect to ______ shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC hereby agrees to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective __________________, 20__; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release].  This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

Yours very truly,

cc:  Company

Exhibit B-1

Exhibit C

Form of Press Release

Trean Insurance Group, Inc.
[Date]

Trean Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the lead book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of [•] shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to     shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on ____________________, 20__, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit C-1

Exhibit D

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

[•], 2020

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
EVERCORE GROUP, L.L.C.
WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, L.L.C.

As Representatives of
the several Underwriters listed in
Schedule 1 to the Underwriting
Agreement referred to below

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179

c/o Evercore Group, L.L.C.
55 East 52nd Street
38th Floor
New York, NY 10055

c/o William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
150 North Riverside Plaza
Chicago, IL 60606

Re:          Trean Insurance Group, Inc. — Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters (as defined below), propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Trean Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Selling Stockholders listed in Schedule 2-A, Schedule 2-B, Schedule 2-C and Schedule 2-D to the Underwriting Agreement, providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”) of shares (the “Securities”) of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.


Exhibit D-1

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”) on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period beginning on the date of this letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) and ending 180 days after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) (such period, the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Securities, restricted shares, stock options or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.  The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing precludes the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transactions designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition of any shares of Common Stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, even if any such sale or disposition transaction or transactions would be made or executed by or on behalf of someone other than the undersigned.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Letter Agreement shall not apply to or prohibit:


(A)
transfers pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement;


(B)
transfers of shares of Common Stock:


(i)
as a bona fide gift or gifts,


(ii)
by will, testamentary document or intestate succession,


(iii)
to any trust, family limited partnership or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this Letter Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin),


(iv)
to partners, members, stockholders, trust beneficiaries or other equity owners of the undersigned (including any subsequent in-kind distributions to or by the undersigned’s transferees),
Exhibit D-2


(v)
if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity, to any direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) of the undersigned or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned or by the management company or investment adviser that controls or manages the undersigned (or an affiliate of such management company or investment adviser),


(vi)
solely by operation of law, pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, and


(vii)
pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and made to all holders of the Company’s securities involving a Change of Control of the Company, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Common Stock owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Letter Agreement, provided, further, that for purposes of this clause (vii), “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other such transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering), of the Company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity), and provided, further, that any Common Stock transferred in connection with the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Letter Agreement;


(C)
transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock in connection with any of the reorganization transactions as described in the Prospectus;


(D)
Common Stock acquired by the undersigned in the Public Offering or in open market transactions subsequent to the closing of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or voluntarily made by the undersigned regarding such acquisition of Common Stock;


(E)
the establishment of a written plan for trading securities pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 10b5-1(c) (a “Rule 10b5-1 Plan”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), provided that (i) such Rule 10b5-1 Plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock (and no sales of Common Stock pursuant to such Rule 10b5-1 Plan shall be made) during the Restricted Period and (ii) no filing under the Exchange Act, or other public announcement shall be required or voluntarily made by the Company regarding the establishment of such Rule 10b5-1 Plan during the Restricted Period;
Exhibit D-3


(F)
transfers of Common Stock to the Company (or the withholding of Common Stock by the Company) (i) as payment for the exercise price of any options granted in the ordinary course pursuant to any of the Company’s current or future stock option, equity incentive or benefit plans described in the Registration Statement or (ii) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations upon the exercise of any such option or the vesting of any restricted Common Stock or other equity awards granted under any such plan, with any Common Stock received as contemplated by any transaction described in this clause (E) remaining subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement; provided that any shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in this Letter Agreement; and provided, further, that any filing required under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto and the transaction codes that any such disposition was made in connection with a “cashless” exercise solely to the Company; and


(G)
any demands or requests for, exercise any right with respect to, or take any action in preparation of, the registration by the Company under the Securities Act of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, provided that no transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to the exercise of any such right and no registration statement shall be filed under the Securities Act with respect to any of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock during the Restricted Period.

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (B) (other than in the case of a transfer or distribution described in clause (B)(vii)), each donee, distributee or transferee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this paragraph; and provided, further, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (B) (other than in the case of a transfer or distribution described in clause (B)(vii)), no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Restricted Period).  If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) J.P. Morgan on behalf of the Underwriters agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, J.P. Morgan on behalf of the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.  Any release or waiver granted by J.P. Morgan on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release.  The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.
Exhibit D-4

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement.  All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by August 31, 2020, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Securities to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be automatically released from all restrictions and obligations under this Letter Agreement.  In addition, this Letter Agreement and all related restrictions and obligations shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (a) prior to execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the Representatives, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, advising the other in writing that the Underwriters have or the Company has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, and (b) the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Public Offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement is withdrawn prior to execution of the Underwriting Agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

   
Very truly yours,
     
     
 
By:

 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:

Exhibit D-5

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

Pursuant to Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) the undersigned, Andrew M. O’Brien, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Trean Insurance Group, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

1.          The name of the Corporation is Trean Insurance Group, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 16, 2020.

2.          In lieu of a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”), the Board of Directors has, by unanimous written consent dated           , 2020, authorized the amendment and restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation as set forth herein in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141(f), 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

3.          This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended or supplemented.

4.          The effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is 6:00 a.m. ET on           , 2020.

The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is Trean Insurance Group, Inc.  (the “Corporation”).

SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle, 19808.  The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.


THIRD:  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the DGCL.

FOURTH:  The Corporation shall have perpetual existence.

FIFTH:  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 700,000,000 shares of which the Corporation shall have authority to issue 600,000,000 of common stock, each having a par value of one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”), and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, each having a par value of one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

(1)  Common Stock. The powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of the Common Stock are as follows:


(a)
Each holder of record of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote.


(b)
The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights (as defined in Section 214 of the DGCL).


(c)
Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, and subject to any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Corporation if, as and when declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.


(d)
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for the payment of the debt and liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the prior payment in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to which any series of Preferred Stock may be entitled, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets and funds of the Corporation remaining for distribution in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively.


(e)
No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.

2

(2)  Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such distinctive designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such class or series and as may be permitted by the DGCL, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such class or series may be (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices; (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes of stock or any other series of stock; (iii) entitled to such rights upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, whether voluntary or involuntary, of the Corporation; or (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or shares of any other series of the same class of stock, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions.

(3)  Power to Sell and Purchase Shares. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to issue and sell all or any part of any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized to such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not greater consideration could be received upon the issue or sale of the same number of shares of another class or of shares of another series of such class, and as otherwise permitted by law. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to purchase any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized from such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not less consideration could be paid upon the purchase of the same number of shares of another class or of shares of another series of such class, and as otherwise permitted by law.

3

SIXTH:  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

(1)  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors by applicable law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Corporation (as amended from time to time, the “By-Laws”), the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the DGCL and this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(2)  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors.

(3)  The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The initial division of the Board of Directors into classes shall be made by the decision of the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The term of the initial Class I directors shall terminate on the date of the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders; the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the 2022 annual meeting of stockholders; and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the 2023 annual meeting of stockholders. Each director in each class shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders beginning in 2021, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in the third year following the year of their election, with each director in each such class to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

4

(4)  Subject to the terms of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from (i) removal of a director, (ii) an increase in the number of directors or (iii) death, resignation, disqualification or any other cause, will be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum remains, including by a sole remaining director. Any director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors of such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his or her predecessor. The right of stockholders to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors is hereby specifically denied.

(5)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the election, term, removal and filling of vacancies with respect to directors, if any, elected separately by the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall not be governed by this Article FIFTH, but rather shall be as provided for in the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors creating and establishing such class or series of Preferred Stock.

(6)  No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

(7)  In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

5

SEVENTH:  The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives; provided, however, that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors.  The right to indemnification conferred by this Article SEVENTH shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article SEVENTH to directors and officers of the Corporation.

The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article SEVENTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws of the Corporation, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Any repeal or modification of this Article SEVENTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

EIGHTH:  Prior to the first date on which funds managed by, or entities affiliated with, Altaris Capital Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “Sponsor Holder”), cease collectively to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) at least thirty percent (30%) of the votes entitled to be cast by the shares of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Voting Stock”), any action that, under the DGCL, may be taken at a duly called meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may instead be taken without holding such a meeting by one or more consents in writing or by electronic submission, setting forth the action so taken or to be taken, signed by holders of Voting Stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. From and after the date the Sponsor Holder ceases to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) at least thirty percent (30%) of the Voting Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

6

NINTH:  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

TENTH:  Except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time only (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) by the Chief Executive Officer (or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President) of the Corporation, (iii) pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors or (iv) prior to the date that the Sponsor Holder ceases to beneficially own (directly or indirectly) thirty percent (30%) or more of the Voting Stock, by the Secretary of the Corporation at the request of the holders of shares representing at least thirty percent (30%) of the Voting Stock. Other than as set forth in clause (iv) of the preceding sentence, any power of the stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is hereby specifically denied.

Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors of the Corporation and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the By-Laws. No business other than that stated in the notice of such meeting (or any amendment or supplement thereto), which notice, in the case of a special meeting called by a stockholder or stockholders, shall include all business requested by such stockholder or stockholders to be transacted at such meeting, shall be transacted at any special meeting.

7

ELEVENTH:  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power without the assent or vote of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-Laws. The By-Laws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Voting Stock.

TWELFTH:  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed in the DGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

THIRTEENTH:

(1)  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 122(17) of the DGCL (or any successor provision)), the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Sponsor Holder or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, shareholders, members, partners, principals, affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) and managers (each, a “Specified Party”), even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if presented the opportunity to do so. Each such Specified Party shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or controlling stockholder or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Specified Party pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Specified Party who is a director or officer of the Corporation and who is expressly offered a business opportunity solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation (a “Directed Opportunity”) shall be obligated to communicate such Directed Opportunity to the Corporation; provided, however, that all of the protections of this Article THIRTEENTH shall otherwise apply to the Specified Parties with respect to such Directed Opportunity, including, without limitation, the ability of the Specified Parties to pursue or acquire such Directed Opportunity or to direct such Directed Opportunity to another person.

8

(2)  The Specified Parties shall have no duty to refrain from (i) engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

(3)  In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article THIRTEENTH, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

(4)  No alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article THIRTEENTH (including the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article THIRTEENTH) shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article THIRTEENTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article THIRTEENTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment or repeal. This Article THIRTEENTH shall not limit any protections or defenses available to, or indemnification or advancement rights of, any director or officer of the Corporation under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws or applicable law.

(5)  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in the shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article THIRTEENTH.

FOURTEENTH:  The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any actual or purported derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders or creditors, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws, or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, however, that, in the event that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction over any such action or proceeding, the sole and exclusive forum for such action or proceeding shall be another state or federal court located within the State of Delaware. The provisions of this Article FOURTEENTH do not apply to claims arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in the shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article FOURTEENTH.

9

FIFTEENTH:  If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law.

[Signature Page Follows]

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed on its behalf this            day of           , 2020.



TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.


By:
 
 
 
Andrew M. O’Brien
 
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 




Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

a Delaware corporation

Effective                , 2020


TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Page
     
Article I OFFICES
1
     
Section 1.1
Registered Office
1
     
Section 1.2
Other Offices
1
     
Article II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
1
     
Section 2.1
Place of Meetings
1
     
Section 2.2
Annual Meetings
1
     
Section 2.3
Special Meetings
1
     
Section 2.4
Nature of Business at Meetings of Stockholders
1
     
Section 2.5
Nomination of Directors
3
     
Section 2.6
Notice
6
     
Section 2.7
Adjournments
6
     
Section 2.8
Quorum
7
     
Section 2.9
Voting
7
     
Section 2.10
Proxies
7
     
Section 2.11
Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting
8
     
Section 2.12
List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote
9
     
Section 2.13
Record Date
10
     
Section 2.14
Stock Ledger
10
     
Section 2.15
Conduct of Meetings
11
     
Section 2.16
Inspectors of Election
11
     
Article III DIRECTORS
11
     
Section 3.1
Number and Election of Directors
11
     
Section 3.2
Vacancies
12
     
Section 3.3
Duties and Powers
12
     
Section 3.4
Meetings
12
     
Section 3.5
Organization
13
     
Section 3.6
Resignations and Removals of Directors
13
     
Section 3.7
Quorum
13
     
Section 3.8
Actions of the Board by Written Consent
14
     
Section 3.9
Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone
14
     
Section 3.10
Committees
14
     
Section 3.11
Compensation
15
     
Section 3.12
Interested Directors
15
     
Article IV OFFICERS
15
     
Section 4.1
General
15
     
Section 4.2
Election
16
i

     
Section 4.3
Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation
16
     
Section 4.4
Chairman of the Board of Directors
16
     
Section 4.5
President
16
     
Section 4.6
Vice Presidents
17
     
Section 4.7
Secretary
17
     
Section 4.8
Treasurer
17
     
Section 4.9
Other Officers
18
     
Article V STOCK
18
     
Section 5.1
Shares of Stock
18
     
Section 5.2
Signatures
18
     
Section 5.3
Lost Certificates
18
     
Section 5.4
Transfers
19
     
Section 5.5
Dividend Record Date
19
     
Section 5.6
Record Owners
19
     
Section 5.7
Transfer and Registry Agents
19
     
Article VI NOTICES
20
     
Section 6.1
Notices
20
     
Section 6.2
Waivers of Notice
20
     
Article VII GENERAL PROVISIONS
21
     
Section 7.1
Dividends
21
     
Section 7.2
Disbursements
21
     
Section 7.3
Fiscal Year
21
     
Section 7.4
Corporate Seal
21
     
Article VIII INDEMNIFICATION
21
     
Section 8.1
Actions Not by or in the Right of the Corporation
21
     
Section 8.2
Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation
22
     
Section 8.3
Authorization of Indemnification
22
     
Section 8.4
Good Faith Defined
22
     
Section 8.5
Indemnification by a Court
23
     
Section 8.6
Expenses Payable in Advance
23
     
Section 8.7
Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses
23
     
Section 8.8
Insurance
24
     
Section 8.9
Certain Definitions
24
     
Section 8.10
Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses
24
     
Section 8.11
Limitation on Indemnification
25
     
Section 8.12
Indemnification of Employees and Agents
25
     
Article IX FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES
25
     
Section 9.1
Forum for Adjudication of Certain Disputes
25
ii

     
Article X AMENDMENTS
26
     
Section 10.1
Amendments
26
     
Section 10.2
Entire Board of Directors
26

iii

BY-LAWS
OF
TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

Section 1.1          Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be fixed in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

Section 1.2          Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”)may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1          Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in the manner authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

Section 2.2          Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”) for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting.

Section 2.3          Special Meetings. Unless otherwise required by law, special meetings of stockholders (a “Special Meeting”) shall be called in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation. At a Special Meeting, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), which shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 2.4          Nature of Business at Meetings of Stockholders.

(a)          Only such business (other than nominations for election to the Board of Directors, which must comply with the provisions of Section 2.5 hereof) may be transacted at an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting as is (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (c) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting or Special Meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at a Special Meeting, only such business shall be conducted as specified in the notice of meeting (or any amendment or supplement thereto).
1

(b)          In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a Special Meeting, no later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the Special Meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the Special Meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c)          To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth the following information: (a) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting and the proposed text of any proposal regarding such business (including the specific text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, if such business includes a proposal to amend the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the specific text of the proposed amendment), and the reasons for conducting such business at the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, and (b) as to the stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, (i) the name and record address of such person as they appear on the Corporation’s books; (ii) (A) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person, (B) the name and address of each nominee holder of shares of all stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record, by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of such shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (C) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (D) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation; (iii) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between or among such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with or relating to (A) the Corporation or (B) the proposal, including any material interest in, or anticipated benefit from, the proposal to such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person; (iv) a representation that the stockholder giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting to bring such business before the meeting; and (v) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies by such person with respect to the proposed business to be brought by such person before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
2

(d)          A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting.

(e)          No business shall be conducted at the Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting except business brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the chairman of an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

(f)          Nothing contained in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law).
3

Section 2.5          Nomination of Directors.

(a)          Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any Annual Meeting, or at any Special Meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting or Special Meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.5.

(b)          In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a Special Meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the Special Meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the Special Meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c)          To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth the following information: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) (A) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person, (B) the name of each nominee holder of shares of all stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of such shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (C) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (D) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation, (iv) such person’s written representation and agreement that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation,
4

reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation in such representation and agreement, (C) in such person’s individual capacity, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with, all applicable publicly disclosed confidentiality, corporate governance, conflict of interest, Regulation FD, code of conduct and ethics, and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation, and (D) for the full term for which such person is standing for election, and (v) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice, and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, (i) the name and record address of the stockholder giving the notice and the name and principal place of business of such beneficial owner; (ii) (A) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person, (B) the name of each nominee holder of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (C) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (D) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation; (iii) a description of (A) all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, and any proposed nominee, or any affiliates or associates of such proposed nominee, (B) all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are being made by such person, or otherwise relating to the Corporation or their ownership of capital stock of the Corporation, and (C) any material interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, in such nomination, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person; (iv) a representation that the stockholder giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules.
5

(d)          A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of such Annual Meeting or Special Meeting.

(e)          No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.5. If the chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Section 2.6          Notice. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting.
6

Section 2.7          Adjournments. Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned or postponed from time to time by the chairman of such meeting or by the Board of Directors, without the need for approval thereof by stockholders, to reconvene or convene, respectively at the same or some other place. Notice need not be given of any such adjourned or postponed meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned or postponed meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken or, with respect to a postponed meeting, are publicly announced. At the adjourned or postponed meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment or postponement is for more than thirty (30) days, notice of the adjourned or postponed meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.6 hereof shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If, after the adjournment or postponement, a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned or postponed meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned or postponed meeting in accordance with Section 2.13 hereof, and shall give notice of the adjourned or postponed meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned or postponed meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned or postponed meeting.

Section 2.8          Quorum. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 2.7 hereof, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

Section 2.9          Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, or permitted by the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the securities of the Corporation are listed, any question brought before any meeting of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the Corporation's capital stock present at the meeting in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such question, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 2.13(a), each stockholder represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 2.10 of this Article II. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the chairman of a meeting of the stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.
7

Section 2.10          Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

(a)          A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

(b)          A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

(c)          Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

Section 2.11          Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. The right of the stockholders to act by written consent in lieu of a meeting shall be as set forth in Article EIGHTH of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2.12          List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
8

Section 2.13          Record Date.

(a)          In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment or postponement of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned or postponed meeting.

(b)          In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors (within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, in the case of a stockholder request), the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded, to the attention of the Secretary of the Corporation. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
9

Section 2.14          Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 2.12 hereof or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

Section 2.15          Conduct of Meetings. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

Section 2.16          Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable law.
10

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

Section 3.1          Number and Election of Directors. Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 3.2 hereof, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an Annual Meeting. Directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The initial division of the Board of Directors into classes shall be made by the decision of the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The term of the initial Class I directors shall terminate on the date of the 2021 Annual Meeting; the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the 2022 Annual Meeting; and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the 2023 Annual Meeting or, in each case, upon such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. At each succeeding Annual Meeting beginning in 2021, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that Annual Meeting shall be elected for a three-year term and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. If the total number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class or from the removal from office, death, disability, resignation or disqualification of a director or other cause shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors have the effect of removing or shortening the term of any incumbent director.

Section 3.2          Vacancies. Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation (a) any vacancy on the Board of Directors or any committee thereof that results from an increase in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors or such committee may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and (b) any other vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, resulting from death, resignation, removal, or otherwise, may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. In the case of the Board of Directors, any director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors of such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class and any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his or her predecessor, in each case until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. In the case of any committee of the Board of Directors, any director of any class elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until his or her successor is duly appointed by the Board of Directors or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 3.3          Duties and Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
11

Section 3.4          Meetings. The Board of Directors and any committee thereof may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors or such committee, respectively. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the President, or by any director. Special meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of such committee, if there be one, the President, or any director serving on such committee. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director (or, in the case of a committee, to each member of such committee) by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, telegram or electronic means on twenty-four (24) hours' notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

Section 3.5          Organization. At each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the chairman of such committee, as the case may be, or, in his or her absence or if there be none, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman of such meeting. Except as provided below, the Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of each committee thereof. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of any meeting of such committee and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation may, but need not if such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.

Section 3.6          Resignations and Removals of Directors. Any director of the Corporation may resign from the Board of Directors or any committee thereof at any time, by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation and, in the case of a committee, to the chairman of such committee, if there be one. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Except as otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of preferred stock then outstanding, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors. Any director serving on a committee of the Board of Directors may be removed from such committee at any time by the Board of Directors.
12

Section 3.7          Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Corporation’s securities are listed, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or a majority of the directors constituting such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors or committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as applicable. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the directors present thereat may adjourn or postpone the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned or postponed meeting, until a quorum shall be present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

Section 3.8          Actions of the Board of Directors by Written Consent. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 3.9          Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.10          Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Each member of a committee must meet the requirements for membership, if any, imposed by applicable law and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the securities of the Corporation are listed. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. Subject to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the securities of the Corporation are listed, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another qualified member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article III, the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing any committee of the Board of Directors and/or the charter of any such committee may establish requirements or procedures relating to the governance and/or operation of such committee that are different from, or in addition to, those set forth in these By-Laws and, to the extent that there is any inconsistency between these By-Laws and any such resolution or charter, the terms of such resolution or charter shall be controlling.
13

Section 3.11          Compensation. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

Section 3.12          Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
14

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

Section 4.1          General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President and a Secretary. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and select and appoint such other officers it deems necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

Section 4.2          Election. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting (or action by written consent of stockholders in lieu of the Annual Meeting, if allowed by the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.3          Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 4.4          Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. Except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.
15

Section 4.5          President. The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, if any, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the President is also a director, the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors shall not otherwise designate a Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.6          Vice Presidents. At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

Section 4.7          Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.
16

Section 4.8          Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

Section 4.9          Assistant Secretaries. Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary's inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

Section 4.10          Assistant Treasurer. Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer's inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 4.11          Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.
17

ARTICLE V
STOCK

Section 5.1          Shares of Stock. Except as otherwise provided in a resolution approved by the Board of Directors, all shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares.

Section 5.2          Signatures. To the extent any shares are represented by certificates, any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 5.3          Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section 5.4          Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, and in the case of certificated shares of stock, only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; or, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement (to the extent any shares are represented by certificates), compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. With respect to certificated shares of stock, every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.
18

Section 5.5          Dividend Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 5.6          Record Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

Section 5.7          Transfer and Registry Agents. The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI
NOTICES

Section 6.1          Notices. Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission if consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed to be revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given by electronic transmission, as described above, shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. Notice to directors or committee members may be given personally or by telegram, telex, cable or by means of electronic transmission.
19

Section 6.2          Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Annual or Special Meeting or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 7.1          Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 3.8 hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of capital stock, warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 7.2          Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 7.3          Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 7.4          Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
20

ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1          Actions Not by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 8.3 hereof, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 8.2          Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 8.3 hereof, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
21

Section 8.3          Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 8.4          Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3 hereof, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, financial advisor, appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof, as the case may be.

Section 8.5          Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 hereof, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 hereof nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.
22

Section 8.6          Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

Section 8.7          Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise.

Section 8.8          Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

Section 8.9          Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article VIII shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.
23

Section 8.10          Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8.11          Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors.

Section 8.12          Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX
FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES

Section 9.1          Forum for Adjudication of Certain Disputes. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum (an “Alternative Forum Consent”), the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of the Corporation arising out of or relating to any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware; provided, however, that, in the event that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction over any such action or proceeding, the sole and exclusive forum for such action or proceeding shall be another state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, in each such case, unless the Court of Chancery (or such other state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, as applicable) has dismissed a prior action by the same plaintiff asserting the same claims because such court lacked personal jurisdiction over an indispensable party named as a defendant therein. Unless the Corporation gives an Alternative Forum Consent, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause the Corporation irreparable harm and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.1. The existence of any prior Alternative Forum Consent shall not act as a waiver of the Corporation’s ongoing consent right as set forth above in this Section 9.1 with respect to any current or future actions or claims.
24

ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1          Amendments.          These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of the stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 ⅔%) of the voting power of outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

Section 10.2          Entire Board of Directors. As used in this Article X and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

* * *

Adopted as of:                , 2020.

25

Exhibit 10.2


REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT

This REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [•], 2020, is made and entered into by and among Trean Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Trean”), BIC Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BIC Holdings”), Trean Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Trean Holdings”), Trean Corporation, a Minnesota corporation (“Trean Corporation”), Trean Compstar Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Trean Compstar”), and each of the individuals, trusts and entities admitted as members and listed in Schedule I hereto (each, the “Pre-IPO Unitholders”) of each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings in accordance with the terms of their respective Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreements, each as amended (collectively, the “LLC Agreements”). Trean, BIC Holdings, Trean Holdings, Trean Corporation, Trean Compstar and the Pre-IPO Unitholders shall be referred to herein collectively as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party.”

WHEREAS, it is contemplated that Trean will consummate an initial public offering (the “IPO”) of its shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”); and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to effect a series of transactions intended to facilitate and in connection with the consummation of the IPO, including, without limitation, the steps more fully set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1.
The Reorganization. In order to facilitate and in connection with the consummation of the IPO, the Parties agree to effect a reorganization through the following transactions (collectively, the “Reorganization Transactions”) substantially simultaneously and in the following sequential order:


(a)
Step 1. Contribution by BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings of all Assets and Liabilities to Trean. BIC Holdings, Trean Holdings and Trean shall enter into a contribution agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “HoldCo Contribution Agreement”) pursuant to which each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings shall contribute to Trean all of their respective assets and liabilities in exchange for an economically equivalent amount of shares of Common Stock as consideration.


(b)
Step 2. Trean to Acquire All Equity Interests of Compstar Holding Owned by Blake Enterprises. Pursuant to an agreement dated as of June 3, 2020 by and among Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc., Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc. and Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc. (collectively, “Blake Enterprises”), Blake Baker, Trean Holdings and Trean Compstar (the “Exchange Agreement”), substantially concurrently with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the HoldCo Contribution Agreement, Trean shall acquire all of the equity interests of Compstar Holding Company LLC (“Compstar Holding”) owned by Blake Enterprises in exchange for the amount of shares of Common Stock as consideration as specified in the Exchange Agreement.


(c)
Step 3. Trean to Contribute All of its Equity Interest in Compstar Holding to Trean Compstar. Trean and Trean Compstar shall enter into a contribution agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Compstar Holding Contribution Agreement”) pursuant to which Trean shall contribute all of its equity interest in Compstar Holding to Trean Compstar.  Following such contribution, Trean Compstar shall own 100% of Compstar Holding.



(d)
Step 4. New Compstar Holding LLC Agreement.  Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Compstar Holding dated April 3, 2018, as amended, will terminate immediately following the contribution under the Compstar Holding Contribution Agreement.  Immediately thereafter, Trean Compstar will adopt the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Compstar Holding substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.


(e)
Step 5. Distribution by BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings of Trean Common Stock to Pre-IPO Unitholders. Each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings shall distribute to the Pre-IPO Unitholders in accordance with the distribution provisions in the LLC Agreements all of their respective shares of Common Stock in complete redemption of all units held by the Pre-IPO Unitholders in each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings, respectively. Upon completion of such distribution, each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings shall be dissolved pursuant to the terms of their respective LLC Agreements.


(f)
Step 6. Termination of Consulting Agreements.  Trean Holdings, BIC Holdings, and Trean will enter into a Termination Agreement (the “Termination Agreement”) with Altaris Capital Partners, LLC (“Altaris”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D pursuant to which the Consulting Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2015, between Altaris and BIC Holdings, and the Amended and Restated Consulting Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2017, between Altaris and Trean Holdings, as amended, will, after the rights and obligations of Trean Holdings and BIC Holdings are transferred to Trean pursuant to Step 1 above, terminate immediately prior to the IPO, except with respect to the obligations in such agreements that are expressly specified to survive as provided in the Termination Agreement.


(g)
Step 7. IPO of Trean. Trean shall issue shares of Common Stock to public investors in exchange for cash pursuant to the IPO.

2.
Intended Tax Treatment.  It is intended that the transactions contemplated by Sections 1(a), (b) and (g) above will be treated as part of an integrated transaction qualifying under Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

3.
Consents and Approvals. Each of the Parties, by execution of this Agreement, hereby provides consent, authorization, ratification and approval to effect the Reorganization Transactions, as may be required under any organizational document governing any of the Parties, any laws or regulations applicable to any of the Parties or any other agreement or contract to which such Party is a party.

4.
Further Assurances. Each of the Parties shall use reasonable best efforts to consummate the Reorganization Transactions as promptly as practicable and shall take or cause to be taken, as applicable, all such other actions necessary to cause the Reorganization Transactions to be carried out in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the exhibits hereto, including, without limitation, (i) executing, delivering and performing the agreements and other documents contemplated by Section 1 of this Agreement (collectively, the “Reorganization Documents”) or any agreements or other documents of the type contemplated by Section 1 of this Agreement and (ii) filing any certificates, notices or other instruments with applicable governmental authorities. Each Party shall cooperate fully with each of the other Parties in connection with the foregoing. Each Party shall, at any time and from time to time following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, without further consideration, execute, deliver and perform or cause the execution, delivery and performance of, as applicable, any and all documents, agreements, certificates, and instruments, and take or cause to be taken, as applicable, such other actions as any other Party may reasonably require to carry out the intent of this Agreement and to effect the Reorganization Transactions.

2

5.
Power of Attorney. Each of the Pre-IPO Unitholders (other than AHP-TH LLC, ACP-TH LLC, AHP-BH LLC and ACP-BHC LLC, to which this Section 5 shall not apply) hereby agrees as follows:


(a)
In connection with the foregoing, the undersigned hereby irrevocably appoints Andrew M. O’Brien, Chief Executive Officer of Trean and Julie A. Baron, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of Trean, or their duly designated substitutes (the “Attorneys”), as attorneys-in-fact with full power and authority to act, including full power of substitution, in the name of and for and on behalf of the undersigned with respect to all matters arising in connection with the Reorganization Transactions and the IPO, including, but not limited to:


(i)
entering into and approving, as applicable, the Reorganization Documents, receipt of drafts of which herewith is hereby acknowledged, containing such additions to or changes in the terms, provisions and conditions thereof as the Attorneys in their sole discretion shall determine; and


(ii)
making, exchanging, acknowledging and delivering all such other contracts, powers of attorney, orders, receipts, notices, requests, instructions, certificates, letters and other writings, including communications to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and amendments to the underwriting agreement relating to the IPO, and in general to do all things and to take all actions, that the Attorneys in their sole discretion may consider necessary to effect the Reorganization Transactions and the IPO, as fully as could the undersigned if personally present and acting.


(b)
The Power of Attorney set forth in this Section 5 and all authority conferred hereby shall be irrevocable and shall not be terminated by the undersigned or by the death or incapacity of the undersigned (if the undersigned is an individual), by the death or incapacity of any trustee or executor or the termination of any trust or estate (if the undersigned is a trust or an estate), or by the dissolution or liquidation of any corporation or partnership (if the undersigned is a corporation or partnership), or by the occurrence of any other event unless otherwise provided by law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Power of Attorney shall automatically terminate and be of no further effect, upon the earlier to occur of (i) the withdrawal by Trean of the registration statement filed with the SEC relating to the IPO and (ii) the consummation of the IPO; subject, however, to all lawful action done or performed by the Attorneys pursuant to this Agreement prior to such withdrawal or date.


(c)
The undersigned shall ratify all actions that the Attorneys have taken or shall take pursuant to this Section 5.

3


(d)
The Attorneys shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or instruction respecting the Power of Attorney set forth in this Section 5 given to the Attorneys by the undersigned.


(e)
The undersigned agree to hold each Attorney free and harmless from any and all loss, damage or liability that the undersigned may sustain as a result of any action taken in good faith and within the authority granted herein, except where such loss, damage or liability is the result of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Attorney. It is understood that the Attorneys shall serve without compensation.

6.
Representations and Warranties of the Pre-IPO Unitholders. Each of the Pre-IPO Unitholders hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges that, as of the date hereof:


(a)
With respect to each Pre-IPO Unitholder, such Pre-IPO Unitholder owns beneficially and of record the respective number and type of units set forth in Schedule I hereto, free and clear of any lien, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest or other encumbrance, or any preemptive right, right of first refusal, right of first offer, right of consent, put right, default or other similar right (collectively, “Liens”), other than restrictions on transfer under the LLC Agreements.


(b)
Any information which such Pre-IPO Unitholder has heretofore furnished in writing for the purposes of the transactions contemplated herein to BIC Holdings, Trean Holdings, Trean or their respective representatives is correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement and the date of the Reorganization Transaction to which such writing relates.


(c)
Such Pre-IPO Unitholder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).


(d)
Such Pre-IPO Unitholder acknowledges that the shares of Common Stock received by such Pre-IPO Unitholder pursuant to the Reorganization Transactions, other than the shares of Common Stock issued to such Pre-IPO Unitholder in the IPO, if any, shall not be registered under the Securities Act or under any applicable state securities laws, and are being distributed in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and all such laws.


(e)
The Common Stock received by such Pre-IPO Unitholder pursuant to the Reorganization Transactions, other than the shares of Common Stock issued to such Pre-IPO Unitholder in the IPO, if any, are being acquired by such Pre-IPO Unitholder for its own account for the purpose of investment or for the benefit of its member and not with a view to distribute in violation of applicable securities laws, it being understood that the right to dispose of the shares of Common Stock shall be subject to the terms and conditions in the Amended and Restated By-Laws of Trean, in addition to the transfer restrictions under the Securities Act. Such Pre-IPO Unitholder will refrain from transferring or otherwise disposing of the shares of Common Stock or any interest therein in such manner as to cause Trean to violate the Securities Act or any applicable state securities or blue sky laws.


(f)
Such Pre-IPO Unitholder represents that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Pre-IPO Unitholder and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Pre-IPO Unitholder, and assuming the due execution, delivery and authorization of this Agreement by the other parties hereto, enforceable against such Pre-IPO Unitholder in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy laws and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

4


(g)
Such Pre-IPO Unitholder, unless a natural person, is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization. The execution, delivery and performance by such Pre-IPO Unitholder of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action.


(h)
The representations, warranties, agreements, undertakings and acknowledgments made by such Pre-IPO Unitholder in this Agreement shall survive the Reorganization Transactions. In addition, such Pre-IPO Unitholder shall notify Trean immediately of any change in any representation, warranty or other information relating to such Pre-IPO Unitholder set forth herein.

7.
Representations and Warranties of Trean, BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings. Each of Trean, BIC Holdings, Trean Holdings, Trean Corporation and Trean Compstar hereby represents and warrants with respect to itself that, as of the date hereof:


(a)
It is a corporation, duly incorporated, or a limited liability company, duly organized, in each case, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization.


(b)
It has the requisite power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.


(c)
This Agreement has been duly executed, delivered and authorized by it and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of it, and assuming the due execution, delivery and authorization of this Agreement by the other parties hereto, is enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy laws and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.


(d)
Neither the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement, nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by it with the terms and provisions hereof, will (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), (i) result in a breach, termination or suspension of, constitute a default under, or accelerate the payment or performance required by the terms, conditions or provisions of, any material contracts to which it is a party, (ii) constitute a material violation by it of any existing law, rule, or regulation or of any judgment, award, order or other determination of any governmental authority, in each case applicable to it or any of its respective properties, rights or assets or (iii) result in the creation of any Lien upon any equity interests, properties, rights or assets of it, except, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), as would not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


(e)
No authorization, filing or notification with any governmental authority, any counterparty to any of the contracts to which it is a party or any other Person is required to be made or obtained by it in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by it of this Agreement, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by it, except for the registration of the Common Stock under the Securities Act and those authorizations, filings and notifications already obtained or made and any such authorization, filing or notification, the failure of which to make or obtain would not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5

8.
Term. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the earlier of the completion of all of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto or the determination of the board of directors of Trean not to consummate the IPO.

9.
Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each of the Parties.

10.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed by electronic transmission (including by .pdf) and such execution shall have the same force and effect as manually executed counterparts.

11.
Amendment. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, changed or amended, in whole or in part with respect to any Party, except by a written instrument signed by each such affected Party and, if applicable, authorized by each such Party’s board of directors, board of managers, managing member or general partner, as the case may be.

12.
Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are found by a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction, or any governmental authority with competent jurisdiction over the Parties to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement (including the remaining portion of a provision found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in part) shall remain in full force and effect disregarding such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or portion thereof and such court, arbitrator or governmental authority shall be empowered to modify such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or portion thereof to the extent necessary to make this Agreement enforceable in accordance with the intent and purposes of the Parties expressed in this Agreement to the fullest extent practicable and as permitted by applicable law.

13.
Headings. Headings used in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

14.
Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than those of the State of Delaware. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted exclusively in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (or, in the event, but only in the event, that such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such action or proceeding, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware). Service of process, summons, notice or other document by mail to such Party’s principal office shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The Parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or any proceeding in such courts and irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

[Signature Pages Follow]
6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.


  TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.  
       

By:

 
  Name:
Andrew M. O’Brien  
  Title: Authorized Signatory  
       


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.


  BIC HOLDINGS LLC  
       

By:

 
  Name: Andrew M. O’Brien  
  Title: Authorized Signatory
 
       


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.


  TREAN HOLDINGS LLC  
       

By:

 
  Name Andrew M. O’Brien  
  Title: Authorized Signatory  
       


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.


  TREAN CORPORATION
 
       

By:

 
  Name: Andrew M. O’Brien  
  Title: Authorized Signatory  
       


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.


  TREAN COMPSTAR HOLDINGS, LLC
 
       

By:

 
  Name: Andrew M. O’Brien  
  Title: Authorized Signatory  
       


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.


  AHP-TH LLC  
       

By:

 
  Name Daniel G. Tully
 
  Title Authorized Signatory  
       


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.


  ACP-TH LLC  
       

By:

 
  Name:
Daniel G. Tully  
  Title:
Authorized Signatory  
       


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.


  ACP-BHC LLC  
       

By:

 
  Name:
Daniel G. Tully  
  Title: Authorized Signatory  
       


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.


  ACP-BHC LLC  
       

By:

 
  Name:
Daniel G. Tully  
  Title: Authorized Signatory  
       


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.


  ANDREW M. O’BRIEN PREMARITAL TRUST  
       

By:

 
  Name: Andrew M. O’Brien  
  Title: Trustee  
       


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.
 

 
LEE 2020 GST DYNASTY TRUST
 
         
 
By:
     
  Name:
Steven B. Lee
 
  Title:
Trustee
 
         
         
 
STEVEN B. LEE 2020 GRAT
 
         
 
By:
     
  Name:
Steven B. Lee
 
  Title:
Trustee
 
         
 
     
 
STEVEN B. LEE
 

[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.





 
 
KYLE A. PLATH  
   
 


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.





 
 
DANIEL E. FOSTERLING  
   
 


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.





 
 
BRAD D. SCHMITZ  
   
 


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.





 
    SEAN P. RYAN  
   
 


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.





 
    RANDALL D. JONES  
   
 


[Signature Page to Reorganization Agreement]

Index of Exhibits and Schedules

 Exhibit A:    
 HoldCo Contribution Agreement
 Exhibit B:
 Compstar Holding Contribution Agreement
 Exhibit C:
 LLC Agreement of Compstar Holding
 Exhibit D:
 Termination Agreement
 Exhibit E:
 Amended and Restated By-Laws


  

Schedule I:
Trean Holdings LLC and BIC Holdings LLC Capitalization Table


Exhibit A
HoldCo Contribution Agreement

A-1

Exhibit B
Compstar Holding Contribution Agreement

B-1

Exhibit C
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
COMPSTAR HOLDING COMPANY LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “Agreement”) of Compstar Holding Company LLC (the “Company”) is entered into as of _________, 2020 by Trean Compstar Holdings LLC as the sole member of the Company (the “Member”).

WHEREAS, the Company was formed on February 5, 2018 as a Delaware limited liability company;

WHEREAS, the initial limited liability company agreement of the Company was entered into as of April 3, 2018 (as amended, the “Original Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Original Agreement was terminated as of the date hereof by the parties thereto, and the Member, which effective as of the date hereof owns 100% of the equity interests of the Company, desires to enter into this Agreement to set forth certain governance, capitalization and other terms with respect to the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Member, intending to be legally bound, hereby agrees as follows:

1.          Organization.  The Company has been organized as a Delaware limited liability company by executing and delivering a Certificate of Formation to the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 5, 2018 in accordance with and pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended (the “Act”).

2.          Name.   The name of the Company is “Compstar Holding Company LLC”.  The Member may change the name of the Company at any time and from time-to-time.  The Company’s business may be conducted under its name and/or any other name or names deemed advisable by the Member.

3.          Purpose.  The purpose and business of the Company shall be any business which may lawfully be conducted by a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Act.  The Company shall possess and may exercise all powers and privileges granted by the Act, any other law, or by this Agreement, including incidental powers thereto, to the extent that such powers and privileges are necessary, customary, convenient or incidental to the attainment of the Company’s purpose.

4.          Principal Office; Agent for Service of Process.  The principal office of the Company shall be at such place or places and in such jurisdictions as the Member may deem advisable.  The name and address of the Company’s registered agent for service of process in the State of Delaware is National Registered Agents, Inc., 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, in the City of Dover, Kent County, Delaware 19904.  The Company may change its registered agent or registered office from time-to-time as the Member deems advisable.

5.          Management.  The right to manage, control and conduct the business and affairs of the Company shall be vested solely in the Member, and the Member shall have the power and authority to exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges granted under the Act, any other applicable law and this Agreement.  The Member may appoint (and remove) such officers of the Company as the Member may from time-to-time determine to carry out the management, control and conduct of the business and affairs of the Company, all as aforesaid.  Any such appointments and any removals by the Member shall be in writing and shall be filed with the records of the Company.  The Member and any such officers so appointed shall have the authority to act as agent for the Company for purposes of conducting its business and affairs, including, without limitation, the opening of bank accounts, the making of deposits and withdrawals therefrom and the issuance of wire-transfer instructions with respect thereto, and the execution and delivery of any and all documents or agreements in the name of the Company and to which the Company shall be bound.  The Member and, except for situations in which members’ approval is expressly required by nonwaivable provisions of the Act, such officers shall have the right, authority and powers of an authorized person with respect to the business and assets of the Company as set forth in the Act and no person dealing with the Company shall be required to inquire into (and such persons may be entitled, without investigation, to rely upon) the authority of the Member or such officers to take any action on behalf of the Company.
C-1

6.          Membership Interests.  As of the date hereof, the only type of ownership interests in the Company are membership interests.  For the avoidance of doubt, all Class A Units and Class B Units (as such terms were defined in the Original Agreement) outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement are hereby recapitalized by operation of this Agreement, with each such Class A Unit and Class B Unit now being a “membership interest” under this Agreement without any class designation.  As of the date hereof, 100% of the membership interests are owned by the Member.

7.          Additional Contributions.  The Member is not required to make additional capital contributions to the Company.  All capital contributions shall be made at the option of the Member and shall be made as and when the Member deems appropriate.

8.          Membership Interests.  Membership interests of the Company may be represented by certificates at the sole discretion of the Member.  The Company hereby irrevocably elects that, to the extent certificates representing membership interests are issued, all membership interests shall be deemed securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code.  In the event the Member elects to issue certificates representing membership interests, such certificates shall bear the following legend:

“THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES AN INTEREST IN THE COMPANY AND SHALL BE A SECURITY FOR PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE.”

9.          Term.  The Company shall continue in existence in perpetuity until the termination of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 16 below.

10.        Limited Liability.  Except as otherwise required by the Act, (a) the debts, expenses, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, expenses, obligations and liabilities of the Company and (b) the Member shall not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company solely by reason of being a member or acting as the Member of the Company.

11.        Exculpation and Indemnification.

(a)         The Company shall, to the full extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Member and the officers of the Company and each affiliate, officer, controlling person, partner, employee or shareholder of any of the foregoing, together with their respective successors and assigns, heirs, executors and administrators (each, an “Indemnified Person”), from and against any and all losses, claims, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), suits or proceedings (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (collectively, “Claims”) arising from, related to or incurred or imposed upon such Indemnified Person in connection with, which arise out of, or relate to (i) the fact that such Indemnified Person is or was a member, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (ii) otherwise with respect to the Company’s property, business or affairs.  An Indemnified Person’s expenses paid or incurred in investigating, preparing or defending itself against any Claim shall be reimbursed by the Company as paid or incurred.
C-2

(b)         The indemnification provided by this Section 11 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnified Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, vote of members or otherwise.

(c)         The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person or entity who is or was a Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person or entity incurred by such person or entity in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s or entity’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person or entity against such liability under the provisions of this Section 11.

(d)         For purposes of this Section 11, references to “the Company” shall include, in addition to the surviving company, any merging company (including any company having merged with a merging company) absorbed in a merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its members, directors, managers, officers, employees or agents, so that any person or entity that is or was a member, director, manager, officer, employee or agent of such merging company, or is or was serving at the request of such merging company as a director, manager, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 11 with respect to the surviving company as such person or entity would have with respect to such merging corporation if its separate existence had continued.

12.         Allocations and Distributions.  Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company for Federal income tax purposes shall be allocated to the Member.  All distributions in respect of the ownership interests in the Company shall be made to the Member.

13.         Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Company shall end on December 31, unless otherwise determined by the Member.

14.         Method of Accounting.  The method of accounting used by the Company shall be determined by the Member.

15.         Business with the Company.   The Member shall be permitted to transact business with the Company.

16.         Dissolution.  The Company will be dissolved upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)          the written agreement of the Member; or

(b)          the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18‑802 of the Act.
C-3

Dissolution of the Company will be effective on the day on which an event described in clause (a) or (b) above occurs, but the Company will not terminate until a certificate of cancellation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the assets of the Company are distributed in accordance with the Act or applicable law.  Notwithstanding the dissolution of the Company, prior to the termination of the Company, the business of the Company will continue to be governed by this Agreement.

17.         Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, the Member and their respective successors, successors-in-title, legal representatives, heirs and assigns.  None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any person or entity other than a member or the Company, including without limitation any creditor of any member or the Company.

18.         Amendments; Waivers.  No waiver, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be valid or binding unless such waiver, modification or amendment is in writing duly executed by the Member.  No delay or omission in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.

19.         Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of Delaware.

[Signature Page Follows]
C-4

The Member has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above set forth.

 
TREAN COMPSTAR HOLDINGS LLC
     
 
By:

 
Name:
Andrew M. O’Brien
 
Title:
Authorized Signatory


[Signature Page to Compstar Holding Company LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement]
C-5

Exhibit D
Termination Agreement

D-1

Exhibit E
Amended and Restated By-Laws

E-1

Schedule I
Trean Holdings LLC and BIC Holdings LLC Capitalization Table


I-1

Exhibit 10.3

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into as of [•], 2020, by and among Trean Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Trean”), BIC Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BIC Holdings”) and Trean Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Trean Holdings”).  Each of Trean, BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings is referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively with the other Party as the “Parties”.

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, in order to facilitate the consummation of an initial public offering of Trean (“IPO”), Trean, BIC Holdings, Trean Holdings and certain other parties intend to effect certain reorganization transactions, including the Contribution (as defined below), pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, by and among Trean, BIC Holdings, Trean Holdings and such other parties named therein (the “Reorganization Agreement”);

WHEREAS, each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings desire to make a capital contribution to Trean pursuant to which each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings will transfer all of their respective assets, including all equity interests in their respective subsidiaries, to Trean on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein (collectively, the “Contributed Interests”);

WHEREAS, each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings desire to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings will contribute the Contributed Interests to Trean;

WHEREAS, the respective boards of managers of each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings have determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings and their respective unit holders to contribute, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Trean all of their respective rights, titles and interests in and to the Contributed Interests (the “Contribution”) in exchange for an economically equivalent amount of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Trean (the “Common Stock”);

WHEREAS, Trean desires to accept the Contribution from each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings in exchange for the Common Stock;

WHEREAS, the pre-IPO equity value of Trean is $[•], of which (i) [•]% is allocable to BIC Holdings which equates to an implied equity value of $[•], (ii) [•]% is allocable to Trean Holdings which equates to an implied equity value of $[•] and (iii) [•]% is allocable to Compstar Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Compstar Holding”) which equates to an implied equity value of $[•], or (a) [•]% allocable to Trean Compstar Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Trean Compstar”) which equates to an implied equity value of $[•] and (b) [•]%, in the aggregate, allocable to Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc., a Delaware corporation and Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc., a Delaware corporation (collectively, “Blake Enterprises”) which equates to an implied equity value of $[•];

WHEREAS, Trean Compstar owns 18,000,000 units designated as Class A Units of Compstar Holding, representing [•]% of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Company or $[•] of the implied equity value of Compstar Holding;


WHEREAS, the combined pre-IPO equity value allocable to the Blake Enterprises is $[•] or [•]%  pre-IPO ownership of Trean;

WHEREAS, the combined pre-IPO equity value allocable to the unit holders of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings is $[•] or [•]% pre-IPO ownership of Trean;

WHEREAS, the Blake Enterprises will receive, in the aggregate, [•]% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before giving effect to the shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the IPO in exchange for all 22,000,000 units designated as Class B Units of Compstar Holding; and

WHEREAS, BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings will receive, in the aggregate, [•]% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before giving effect to the shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the IPO in exchange for the Contributed Interests.

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1.          Contribution; Assumption; and Exchange.

1.1          Contribution of the Contributed Interests; Exchange for Common Stock.  In reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings hereby contributes, assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers, as of the date hereof, the Contributed Interests to Trean.

1.2          Assumption of Liabilities and Obligations; Entitle to Rights and Benefits.  Trean hereby assumes and agrees to perform all of the liabilities and obligations of each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings and accepts all of the rights and benefits of each of BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings, in each case, resulting from, relating to or arising out of the Contributed Interests of whatever kind or nature.

1.3          Transfer of Common Stock.  Trean shall transfer to BIC Holdings and Trean Holdings [•]% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before giving effect to the shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the IPO in exchange for the Contributed Interests.

2.          Representations and Warranties of the Parties.  Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party as follows:

2.1          Organization.  It is a corporation, duly incorporated, or a limited liability company, duly organized, in each case, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization.

2.2          Authority.  It has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to carry out its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  It has obtained all necessary corporate approvals for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of its obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other Parties) constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

2

3.          Miscellaneous.

3.1          Further Assurances.  From and after the date of this Agreement, each Party, at the request of the other Party, shall take all such action and deliver all such documents as shall be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effect the Contribution as set forth in this Agreement and otherwise enable each Party to enjoy the benefits contemplated by this Agreement.

3.2          Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the Reorganization Agreement and the other agreements being entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, representations and warranties and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.

3.3          Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  None of the Parties may assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

3.4          No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Agreement.

3.5          Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

3.6          Amendment and Modification; Waiver.  This Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each of the Parties. No waiver by any of the Parties of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the Party so waiving. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

3.7          Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement is made under, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

3.8          Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.  A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.

[signature page follows]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
  TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
 
     
  By:
   
  Name:
Andrew M. O’Brien
 
  Title: 
Authorized Signatory
 
     
  BIC HOLDINGS LLC  
       
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
Andrew M. O’Brien
 
 
Title:
Authorized Signatory  

  TREAN HOLDINGS LLC  
       
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
Andrew M. O’Brien
 
 
Title:
Authorized Signatory  



[Signature Page to HoldCo Contribution Agreement]


Exhibit 10.4


CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into as of [•], 2020, by and among Trean Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Trean”), and Trean Compstar Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Trean Compstar”).  Each of Trean and Compstar Holding is referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively with the other Party as the “Parties”.

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, Trean Compstar entered into an agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc., a Delaware corporation and Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc., a Delaware corporation (collectively, “Blake Enterprises”), Blake Baker, and Trean Holdings LLC, dated as of June 3, 2020, pursuant to which Blake Enterprises agreed to transfer all of its 22,000,000 units designated as Class B Units (the “Class B Units”) of Compstar Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Compstar Holding”), owned by Blake Enterprises, which represents [•]% of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Compstar Holding, to Trean in exchange for [•]% of the  shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Trean outstanding immediately prior to giving effect to the IPO (as defined below) of Trean;

WHEREAS, Trean Compstar currently owns 18,000,000 units designated as Class A Units (the “Class A Units”) of Compstar Holding, which represents [•]% of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Compstar Holding;

WHEREAS, Trean desires to contribute all 22,000,000 Class B Units it acquired from Blake Enterprises to Trean Compstar such that following such contribution Trean Compstar will be the sole unit holder of Compstar Holding;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Compstar Holding, as amended (the “Former LLC Agreement”), will terminate immediately following Trean’s contribution of the Class B Units to Trean Compstar, and, immediately thereafter, Trean Compstar will adopt the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Compstar Holding substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “New LLC Agreement”);

WHEREAS, in order to facilitate the consummation of an initial public offering of Trean (“IPO”), the board of directors of Trean has determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of Trean to contribute, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Trean Compstar all of Trean’s right, title and interest in and to the Class B Units; and

WHEREAS, Trean Compstar desires to accept the Class B Units from Trean.

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1.          Contribution and Acceptance.

1.1          Contribution.  In reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein, Trean hereby contributes, assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to Trean Compstar all of Trean’s right, title and interest in and to all of the issued and outstanding Class B Units.

1.2          Acceptance.  Trean Compstar hereby accepts the contribution, assignment, transfer conveyance and deliver of all of Trean’s right, title and interest in and to the Class B Units in accordance with the terms set forth herein.

1.3          Transfer of Class B Units.  The transfer of the Class B Units will take place substantially simultaneously with (and immediately following) the closing of the transaction contemplated by the Exchange Agreement.  Under the terms of the Exchange Agreement, the Former LLC Agreement, will terminate effective immediately following Trean’s contribution of Class B Units to Trean Compstar.  Immediately following the termination of such agreement, Trean Compstar will be entering into the New LLC Agreement.

2.          Representations and Warranties of the Parties.  Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party as follows:

2.1          Organization.  It is a corporation, duly incorporated, or a limited liability company, duly organized, in each case, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization.

2.2          Authority.  It has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to carry out its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  It has obtained all necessary corporate approvals for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of its obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other Parties) constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

3.          Miscellaneous.

3.1          Further Assurances.  From and after the date of this Agreement, each Party, at the request of the other Party, shall take all such action and deliver all such documents as shall be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effect the Contribution as set forth in this Agreement and otherwise enable each Party to enjoy the benefits contemplated by this Agreement.

3.2          Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the Reorganization Agreement, by and among Trean and such other parties named therein and the other agreements being entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, representations and warranties and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.

3.3          Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  None of the Parties may assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

2

3.4          No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Agreement.

3.5          Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

3.6          Amendment and Modification; Waiver.  This Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each of the Parties. No waiver by any of the Parties of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the Party so waiving. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

3.7          Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement is made under, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

3.8          Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.  A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.


[signature page follows]

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.


  TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.  
       
  By:
   
  Name: 
Andrew M. O’Brien
 
  Title:
Authorized Signatory
 
       
       
  TREAN COMPSTAR HOLDINGS LLC  
       
  By:
   
  Name:
Andrew M. O’Brien  
  Title:
Authorized Signatory  
       
       



[Signature Page to Compstar Holding Contribution Agreement]

Exhibit A
LLC Agreement of Compstar Holding




Exhibit 10.5b
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AGREEMENT
This Amendment No. 1 to Agreement (this “Amendment”), dated as of July 6, 2020, is entered into by and among Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc., a Delaware corporation (collectively, the “Baker Entities”), Blake Baker, Compstar Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), Trean Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Trean”), and Trean Compstar Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Trean Compstar”), and amends that Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2020, by and among the Baker Entities, Trean and Trean Compstar (the “Original Agreement”).  Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Amendment shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Original Agreement.
The parties (a) acknowledged in the Original Agreement that the percentage of shares of Common Stock of the IPO Entity to be issued to the Baker Entities in the Exchange was  calculated based, in part, upon the respective capitalizations (including without limitation levels of indebtedness) of the Company, Trean and BIC as of December 31, 2019, and (b) agreed in the Original Agreement that if a material change to the capitalization of the Company, Trean or BIC occurs after December 31, 2019 and prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering (other than the Trean and BIC Reorganization, the Exchange, and the transactions contemplated by and relating to the Trean and BIC Reorganization and the Exchange), the parties would agree to equitably adjust the percentage of shares of Common Stock of the IPO Entity to be issued to the Baker Entities in the Exchange (such adjustment, the “Adjustment”) in the same manner as would have been effected had such change occurred as of December 31, 2019 in order to equitably reflect the purposes and intentions of the parties in entering into the Original Agreement (it being understood that if any such change results in the Baker Entities receiving a larger percentage of the shares of Common Stock of the IPO Entity in the Exchange than is provided in the Original Agreement, the Baker Entities will still be required to sell a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in the IPO as contemplated by the Original Agreement such that the aggregate ownership of shares of Common Stock by the Baker Entities will be 9.99% of the total number of shares of Common Stock of the IPO Entity outstanding immediately after giving effect to the completion of the Initial Public Offering (calculated before giving effect to the exercise of any greenshoe option in connection with the Initial Public Offering, and calculated without giving effect to any Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of any options or warrants).  The amendments to the Original Agreement set forth below are intended, among other things, to reflect the Adjustment resulting from a change in the capitalizations of Trean and BIC since December 31, 2019.
1.          Amendments to Agreement.
(a)          Section 1(a)(i) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended to replace “14.45%” with “15.03%”.
(b)          All references in the Original Agreement to Blake Enterprises I, Inc., Blake Enterprises II, Inc. and Blake Enterprises III, Inc., including for purposes of signatories as parties to the Original Agreement, are hereby amended to instead be references to Blake Baker Enterprises I, Inc., Blake Baker Enterprises II, Inc. and Blake Baker Enterprises III, Inc., respectively.
2.          Representations and Warranties of Baker and the Baker Entities. Baker and the Baker Entities hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to Trean, Trean Compstar and the IPO Entity as follows:  Each of the Baker Entities has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, to perform its respective obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Amendment has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Baker and each of the Baker Entities. The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment has been duly authorized by each of the Baker Entities. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and performance by Baker and each of the Baker Entities of his or its respective obligations hereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the compliance by Baker and each of the Baker Entities with any of the provisions hereof will not (i) violate or conflict with the organizational documents of each of the Baker Entities, (ii) violate or conflict with any action, suit or order affecting any of the Baker Entities or the Class B Units, or (iii) require any consent or other action by any other Person under, or constitute a default under, any provision of any contract, agreement or other instrument to which Baker or any of the Baker Entities is a party or to which Baker or any of the Baker Entities assets are bound (other than with respect to any restrictions on transfer imposed by the LLC Agreement, which the parties hereto hereby waive solely in connection with effecting the Exchange). This Amendment constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Baker and each of the Baker Entities, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.
3.          Representations and Warranties of Trean and Trean Compstar.  Trean and Trean Compstar hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to each of the Baker Entities as follows: Each of Trean and Trean Compstar has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Amendment has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Trean and Trean Compstar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment has been duly authorized by Trean and Trean Compstar. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and performance by Trean and Trean Compstar of their respective obligations hereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the compliance by Trean and Trean Compstar with any of the provisions hereof will not (i) violate, or conflict with, the organizational documents of Trean or Trean Compstar, (ii) violate or conflict with any action, suit or order affecting Trean or Trean Compstar, or (iii) require any consent or other action by any other Person under, or constitute a default under, any provision of any contract, agreement or other instrument to which Trean or Trean Compstar is a party or to which any of Trean’s or Trean Compstar’s assets are bound. This Amendment constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Trean and of Trean Compstar, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.
4.          Miscellaneous.  Sections 17.7-17.10, 17.12-17.13 and 17.21 of the LLC Agreement shall apply to this Amendment as if fully set forth herein, mutatis mutandis.  This Amendment shall not be assignable by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, except that the Company, Trean and Trean Compstar may assign any or all of their rights hereunder to the IPO Entity. This Amendment, the Original Agreement, and the other documents referred to herein embody the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede and preempt all prior understandings or agreements by or among such parties which may have related to the subject matter hereof.  Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, no term of the Original Agreement shall be waived, amended or otherwise modified as a result of the entry into this Amendment. In the event there is a conflict between the terms of the Original Agreement and the terms of this Amendment (to the extent relevant to the Original Agreement), the terms provided in this Amendment shall control.  This Amendment may be amended only by the mutual written agreement of the parties hereto.  This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement.  In the event that any signature to this Amendment is delivered by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such “.pdf” signature page were an original thereof.

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first written above.
 
COMPSTAR HOLDING COMPANY LLC
       
 
By:
/s/ Andrew M. O’Brien
   
Name:
Andrew M. O’Brien
   
Title:
Authorized Signatory
       
 
TREAN COMPSTAR HOLDINGS LLC
       
 
By:
/s/ Andrew M. O’Brien
   
Name:
Andrew M. O’Brien
   
Title:
Authorized Signatory
       
       
 
TREAN HOLDINGS LLC
       
 
By:
/s/ Andrew M. O’Brien
   
Name:
Andrew M. O’Brien
   
Title:
Authorized Signatory
       
       
 
/s/ Blake Baker
 
Blake Baker
       
 
BLAKE BAKER ENTERPRISE I, INC.
BLAKE BAKER ENTERPRISES II, INC.
BLAKE BAKER ENTERPRISES III, INC.
       
 
By:
/s/ Blake Baker
   
Name:
Blake Baker
   
Title:
President




Exhibit 10.7
TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
2020 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
Section 1.
Purpose of Plan.
The name of the Plan is the Trean Insurance Group, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purposes of the Plan are to provide an additional incentive to selected officers, employees, non-employee directors, independent contractors, and consultants of the Company or its Affiliates whose contributions are essential to the growth and success of the business of the Company and its Affiliates, in order to strengthen the commitment of such persons to the Company and its Affiliates, motivate such persons to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities and attract and retain competent and dedicated persons whose efforts will result in the long-term growth and profitability of the Company and its Affiliates. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Company may grant Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonuses, Other Stock-Based Awards, Cash Awards or any combination of the foregoing.
Section 2.
Definitions.
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
(a)   Administrator” means the Board, or, if and to the extent the Board does not administer the Plan, the Committee in accordance with Section 3 hereof.
(b)   Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.
(c)   Altaris Entity” means (i) Altaris Capital Partners, LLC (“Altaris”); (ii) any Affiliate of Altaris; or (iii) any private equity, investment or similar fund or other entity managed directly or indirectly by Altaris or any of its Affiliates.
(d)   Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Bonus, Other Stock-Based Award or Cash Award granted hereunder.
(e)   Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine, consistent with the Plan. Each Participant who is granted an Award shall enter into an Award Agreement with the Company, containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion.
(f)   Base Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.
(g)     Beneficial Owner” (or any variant thereof) has the meaning defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.
1

(h)   Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(i)     By-Laws” means the amended and restated by-laws of the Company, as may be further amended and/or restated from time to time.
(j)    Cash Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 12 hereof.
(k)   Cause” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Award Agreement or in any individual employment, service or severance agreement with the Participant or, if any such agreement does not define “Cause,” Cause means (i) the commission of an act of fraud or dishonesty by the Participant in the course of the Participant’s employment or service; (ii) the indictment of, or conviction of, or entering of a plea of nolo contendere by, the Participant for a crime constituting a felony or in respect of any act of fraud or dishonesty; (iii) the commission of an act by the Participant which would make the Participant or the Company (including any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) subject to being enjoined, suspended, barred or otherwise disciplined for violation of federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, including a statutory disqualification; (iv) gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the Participant’s performance of his or her duties in connection with the Participant’s employment by or service to the Company (including any Subsidiary or Affiliate for whom the Participant may be employed by or providing services to at the time) or the Participant’s failure to comply with any of the restrictive covenants to which the Participant is subject; (v) the Participant’s willful failure to comply with any material policies or procedures of the Company as in effect from time to time, provided that the Participant shall have been delivered a copy of such policies or notice that they have been posted on a Company website prior to such compliance failure; or (vi) the Participant’s failure to perform the material duties in connection with the Participant’s position, unless the Participant remedies the failure referenced in this clause (vi) no later than ten (10) days following delivery to the Participant of a written notice from the Company (including any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) describing such failure in reasonable detail (provided that the Participant shall not be given more than one opportunity in the aggregate to remedy failures described in this clause (vi)).
(l)     Certificate of Incorporation” means the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company, as may be further amended and/or restated from time to time.
(m)  Change in Capitalization” means any (i) merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, spin-off, spin-out, repurchase or other reorganization or corporate transaction or event; (ii) special or extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, or other property), stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision or consolidation; (iii) combination or exchange of shares; or (iv) other change in corporate structure, which, in any such case, the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment pursuant to Section 5 hereof is appropriate.
(n)    Change in Control” means, unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, an event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:
(1)   any Person (or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), excluding any Altaris Entity or any group of Altaris Entities, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (I) of paragraph (2) below;
2

(2)   there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect Subsidiary with any other corporation or other entity, other than (I) a merger or consolidation (A) which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and (B) immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the Company, the entity surviving such merger or consolidation or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger or consolidation is then a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (II) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
(3)   the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than (A) a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Company following the completion of such transaction in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale or (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the entity to which such assets are sold or disposed or, if such entity is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or
(4)   the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended.
3

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred as a result of any transaction or series of integrated transactions following which any Altaris Entity (or any group of Altaris Entities) possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Company (or any successor thereto), whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the Board or the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of any successor to the Company and (ii) for each Award that constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred under the Plan with respect to such Award only if a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company shall also be deemed to have occurred under Section 409A of the Code.
(o)   Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
(p)   Committee” means any committee or subcommittee the Board may appoint to administer the Plan. Subject to the discretion of the Board, the Committee shall be composed entirely of individuals who meet the qualifications of (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and (ii) any other qualifications required by the applicable stock exchange on which the Common Stock is traded. If at any time or to any extent the Board shall not administer the Plan, then the functions of the Administrator specified in the Plan shall be exercised by the Committee. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, any action of the Committee with respect to the administration of the Plan shall be taken by a majority vote at a meeting at which a quorum is duly constituted or unanimous written consent of the Committee’s members.
(q)   Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.
(r)    Company” means Trean Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (or any successor company, except as the term “Company” is used in the definition of “Change in Control” above).
(s)    Disability” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Award Agreement or in any individual employment, service or severance agreement with the Participant or, if any such agreement does not define “Disability,” Disability means, with respect to any Participant, that such Participant, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, is (i) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company or an Affiliate thereof.
(t)    Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 20 hereof.
4

(u)    Eligible Recipient” means an officer, employee, non-employee director, independent contractor or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company who has been selected as an eligible participant by the Administrator; provided, however, to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, an Eligible Recipient of an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right means an employee, non-employee director, independent contractor or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company with respect to whom the Company is an “eligible issuer of service recipient stock” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.
(v)    Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
(w)   Exercise Price” means, with respect to any Option, the per share price at which a holder of such Option may purchase such shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Option.
(x)    Fair Market Value” of Common Stock or another security as of a particular date shall mean the fair market value as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, however, (i) if the Common Stock or other security is admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the fair market value on any date shall be the closing sale price reported on the day prior to such date, or if no shares were traded on such date, on the last preceding date for which there was a sale of a share of Common Stock or other security on such exchange, or (ii) if the Common Stock or other security is then traded in an over-the-counter market, the fair market value on any date shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices for such share of Common Stock or other security in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such share of Common Stock or other security in such market.
(y)     Free Standing Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.
(z)    Good Reason” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Award Agreement or in any individual employment, service or severance agreement with the Participant; provided that if no such agreement exists or if such agreement does not define “Good Reason,” Good Reason and any provision of the Plan that refers to Good Reason shall not be applicable to such Participant.
(aa)   ISO” means an Option intended to be and designated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
(bb)  Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not designated as an ISO.
(cc)   Option” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof. The term “Option” as used in the Plan includes the terms “Nonqualified Stock Option” and “ISO.”
(dd)   Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10 hereof.
(ee)   Participant” means any Eligible Recipient selected by the Administrator, pursuant to the Administrator’s authority provided for in Section 3 hereof, to receive grants of Awards, and, upon his or her death, his or her successors, heirs, executors and administrators, as the case may be.
5

(ff)   Performance Goals” means performance goals based on criteria selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, one or more of the following criteria: (i) earnings, including one or more of operating income, net operating income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, adjusted EBITDA, economic earnings, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (iii) earnings per share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) stock price appreciation; (x) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (xi) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xiii) operating margin or profit margin; (xiv) stock price or total shareholder return; (xv) cost targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xvi) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation and information technology goals, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; (xvii) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long term business goals, formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions; and (xviii) any combination of, or a specified increase in, any of the foregoing. Where applicable, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria or the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, and may be applied to one or more of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or a division or strategic business unit of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or may be applied to the performance of the Company relative to a market index, a group of other companies or a combination thereof, all as determined by the Administrator. The Performance Goals may include a threshold level of performance below which no payment shall be made (or no vesting shall occur), levels of performance at which specified payments shall be made (or specified vesting shall occur), and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment shall be made (or at which full vesting shall occur). The Administrator shall have the authority to make equitable adjustments to the Performance Goals as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.
(gg)   Person” has the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof.
(hh)   Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.
(ii)       Related Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.
(jj)       Restricted Stock” means Shares granted pursuant to Section 9 hereof subject to certain restrictions that lapse at the end of a specified period or periods.
6

(kk)   Restricted Stock Unit” means the right, granted pursuant to Section 9 hereof, to receive an amount in cash or Shares (or any combination thereof) equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share subject to certain restrictions that lapse at the end of a specified period or periods.
(ll)     Rule 16b-3” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.
(mm)       Shares” means Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, as adjusted pursuant to the Plan, and any successor (pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other reorganization) security.
(nn)    Stock Appreciation Right” means the right to receive, upon exercise of the right, the applicable amounts as described in Section 8 hereof.
(oo)   Stock Bonus” means a bonus payable in fully vested shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 hereof.
(pp)   Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such first Person owns or otherwise controls, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or a sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such other Person.
(qq)    Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 18 hereof.
Section 3.
Administration.
(a)          The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator and shall be administered in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (“Rule 16b-3”), to the extent applicable.
(b)          Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator, subject, in the case of any Committee, to any restrictions on the authority delegated to it by the Board, shall have the power and authority, without limitation:
(1)   to select those Eligible Recipients who shall be Participants;
(2)   to determine whether and to what extent Awards are to be granted to Participants;
(3)   to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award;
(4)   to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of each Award (including, but not limited to, (i) the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units and the conditions under which restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall lapse, (ii) the Performance Goals and periods applicable to Awards, (iii) the Exercise Price of each Option and the Base Price of each Stock Appreciation Right, (iv) the vesting schedule applicable to each Award, (v) the number of Shares or amount of cash or other property subject to each Award and (vi) subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (to the extent applicable), any amendments to the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, including, but not limited to, extending the exercise period of such Awards and accelerating the vesting schedule of such Awards);
7

(5)   to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, which shall govern all written instruments evidencing Awards;
(6)   to determine the Fair Market Value in accordance with the terms of the Plan;
(7)   to determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absence which may be granted to a Participant without constituting termination of the Participant’s employment or service for purposes of Awards;
(8)   to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable;
(9)   to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws, which rules and regulations may be set forth in an appendix or appendices to the Plan; and
(10)   to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (and any Award Agreement relating thereto), and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan and to exercise all powers and authorities either specifically granted under the Plan or necessary and advisable in the administration of the Plan.
(c)   All decisions made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons, including the Company and the Participants. No member of the Board or the Committee, nor any officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof acting on behalf of the Board or the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, omission, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board or the Committee and each and any officer or employee of the Company and of any Subsidiary thereof acting on their behalf shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, omission, determination or interpretation.
(d)   The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, delegate its authority, in whole or in part, under this Section 3 (including, but not limited to, its authority to grant Awards under the Plan, other than its authority to grant Awards under the Plan to any Participant who is subject to reporting under Section 16 of the Exchange Act) to one or more officers of the Company, subject to the requirements of applicable law or any stock exchange on which the Shares are traded.
Section 4.
Shares Reserved for Issuance; Certain Limitations
(a)   The maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be 5,058,085 shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5).
(b)   Shares issued under the Plan may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise. If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered (including Shares that are exchanged by a Participant or withheld by the Company as full or partial payment in connection with the exercise of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan or the payment of any purchase price with respect to any other Award under the Plan, as well as any Shares exchanged by a Participant or withheld by the Company or any Subsidiary to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any Award under the Plan) or if an Award otherwise terminates or expires without a distribution of Shares to the Participant, the Shares with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan. With respect to any Stock Appreciation Right that is settled by the delivery of a net number of shares of Common Stock, only the net number of shares of Common Stock delivered in settlement of such Stock Appreciation Right shall not be available for subsequent Awards under the Plan. In addition, (i) to the extent an Award is denominated in shares of Common Stock, but paid or settled in cash, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such payment or settlement is made shall again be available for grants of Awards pursuant to the Plan and (ii) shares of Common Stock underlying Awards that can only be settled in cash shall not be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan.
8

(c)   No Participant who is a non-employee director of the Company shall be granted Awards during any calendar year that, when aggregated with such non-employee director’s cash fees with respect to such calendar year, exceed $750,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for the Company’s financial reporting purposes).
Section 5.
Equitable Adjustments.
(a)   In the event of any Change in Capitalization (including a Change in Control), an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment shall be made, in each case, as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, in (i) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the kind and number of securities subject to, and the Exercise Price or Base Price of, any outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan, (iii) the kind, number and purchase price of shares of Common Stock, or the amount of cash or amount or type of other property, subject to outstanding Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonuses and Other Stock-Based Awards granted under the Plan or (iv) the Performance Goals and performance periods applicable to any Awards granted under the Plan; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from the adjustment shall be eliminated unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. Such other equitable substitutions or adjustments shall be made as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.
(b)   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in connection with a Change in Capitalization (including a Change in Control), the Administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, but subject in all events to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, for the cancellation of any outstanding Award in exchange for payment in cash or other property having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock, cash or other property covered by such Award, reduced by the aggregate Exercise Price or Base Price thereof, if any; provided, however, that if the Exercise Price or Base Price of any outstanding Award is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock, cash or other property covered by such Award, the Administrator may cancel such Award without the payment of any consideration to the Participant.
9

(c)          The determinations made by the Administrator pursuant to this Section 5 shall be final, binding and conclusive.
Section 6.
Eligibility.
The Participants under the Plan shall be selected from time to time by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, from those individuals that qualify as Eligible Recipients.
Section 7.
Options.
(a)   General. Each Participant who is granted an Option shall enter into an Award Agreement with the Company, containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, which Award Agreement shall set forth, among other things, the Exercise Price of the Option, the term of the Option and provisions regarding exercisability of the Option, and whether the Option is intended to be an ISO or a Nonqualified Stock Option (and in the event the Award Agreement has no such designation, the Option shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option). The provisions of each Option need not be the same with respect to each Participant. More than one Option may be granted to the same Participant and be outstanding concurrently hereunder. Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
(b)   Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of Shares purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion at the time of grant, but, except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, in no event shall the exercise price of an Option be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the related shares of Common Stock on the date of grant.
(c)   Option Term. The maximum term of each Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Option shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such Option is granted. Each Option’s term is subject to earlier expiration pursuant to the applicable provisions in the Plan and the Award Agreement.
(d)   Exercisability. Each Option shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions, including the attainment of Performance Goals, as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement. The Administrator may also provide that any Option shall be exercisable only in installments, and the Administrator may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.
(e)   Method of Exercise. Options may be exercised in whole or in part by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of whole Shares to be purchased, accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares so purchased in cash or its equivalent, as determined by the Administrator. As determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, with respect to any Option or category of Options, payment in whole or in part may also be made (i) by means of consideration received under any cashless exercise procedure approved by the Administrator (including the withholding of Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise), (ii) in the form of unrestricted Shares already owned by the Participant which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (iii) any other form of consideration approved by the Administrator and permitted by applicable law or (iv) any combination of the foregoing.
10

(f)   ISOs. The terms and conditions of ISOs granted hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the terms, conditions, limitations and administrative procedures established by the Administrator from time to time in accordance with the Plan. At the discretion of the Administrator, ISOs may be granted only to an employee of the Company, its “parent corporation” (as such term is defined in Section 424(e) of the Code) or a Subsidiary of the Company. All of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5 hereof) may be granted as ISOs.
(i)          ISO Grants to 10% Stockholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, if an ISO is granted to a Participant who owns shares representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of shares of the Company, its “parent corporation” (as such term is defined in Section 424(e) of the Code) or a Subsidiary of the Company, the term of the ISO shall not exceed five (5) years from the time of grant of such ISO and the Exercise Price shall be at least one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant.
(ii)         $100,000 Per Year Limitation For ISOs. To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined on the date of grant) of the Shares for which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess ISOs shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.
(iii)        Disqualifying Dispositions. Each Participant awarded an ISO under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date the Participant makes a “disqualifying disposition” of any Share acquired pursuant to the exercise of such ISO. A “disqualifying disposition” is any disposition (including any sale) of such Shares before the later of (i) two years after the date of grant of the ISO and (ii) one year after the date the Participant acquired the Shares by exercising the ISO. The Company may, if determined by the Administrator and in accordance with procedures established by it, retain possession of any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO as agent for the applicable Participant until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such Shares.
(g)   Rights as Stockholder. Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have no rights to dividends, dividend equivalents or distributions or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of the exercise thereof, has paid in full for such Shares and has satisfied the requirements of Section 17 hereof.
11

(h)   Termination of Employment or Service. In the event of the termination of employment or service with the Company and all Affiliates thereof of a Participant who has been granted one or more Options, such Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement.
(i)     Other Change in Employment or Service Status. An Option shall be affected, both with regard to vesting schedule and termination, by leaves of absence, including unpaid and un-protected leaves of absence, changes from full-time to part-time employment, partial Disability or other changes in the employment status or service status of a Participant, in the discretion of the Administrator.
Section 8.
Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a)   General. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted either alone (“Free Standing Rights”) or in conjunction with all or part of any Option granted under the Plan (“Related Rights”). Related Rights may be granted either at or after the time of the grant of such Option. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be made, the number of Shares to be awarded, the Base Price, and all other conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Related Right may be granted for more Shares than are subject to the Option to which it relates. The provisions of Stock Appreciation Rights need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions set forth in this Section 8 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
(b)   Base Price. Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, each Stock Appreciation Right shall be granted with a base price that is not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the related shares of Common Stock on the date of grant (such amount, the “Base Price”).
(c)   Rights as Stockholder. Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have no rights to dividends, dividend equivalents or distributions or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares, if any, subject to a Stock Appreciation Right until the Participant has given written notice of the exercise thereof and has satisfied the requirements of Section 17 hereof.
(d)   Exercisability.
(1)          Stock Appreciation Rights that are Free Standing Rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement.
(2)          Stock Appreciation Rights that are Related Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times nd to the extent that the Options to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof and this Section 8.
12

(e)          Consideration Upon Exercise.
(1)          Upon the exercise of a Free Standing Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but not more than, that number of Shares equal in value to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of exercise over the Base Price per share specified in the Free Standing Right, multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares in respect of which the Free Standing Right is being exercised.
(2)          A Related Right may be exercised by a Participant by surrendering the applicable portion of the related Option. Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but not more than, that number of Shares equal in value to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of exercise over the Exercise Price specified in the related Option, multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares in respect of which the Related Right is being exercised. Options which have been so surrendered, in whole or in part, shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the Related Rights have been so exercised.
(3)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may determine to settle the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right in cash (or in any combination of Shares and cash), to the extent set forth in the Award Agreement.
(f)          Termination of Employment or Service.
(1)          In the event of the termination of employment or service with the Company and all Affiliates thereof of a Participant who has been granted one or more Free Standing Rights, such rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement.
(2)          In the event of the termination of employment or service with the Company and all Affiliates thereof of a Participant who has been granted one or more Related Rights, such rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as set forth in the related Options.
(g)          Term.
(1)          The term of each Free Standing Right shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Free Standing Right shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such right is granted.
(2)          The term of each Related Right shall be the term of the Option to which it relates, but no Related Right shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such right is granted.
(h)          Other Change in Employment or Service Status. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be affected, both with regard to vesting schedule and termination, by leaves of absence, including unpaid and un-protected leaves of absence, changes from full-time to part-time employment, partial Disability or other changes in the employment status or service status of a Participant, in the discretion of the Administrator.
13

Section 9.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.
(a)   General. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be granted under the Plan. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be made; the number of Shares to be awarded; the price, if any, to be paid by the Participant for the acquisition of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units; the period of time prior to which Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units become vested and free of restrictions on Transfer (the “Restricted Period”); the Performance Goals (if any); and all other conditions of the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. If the restrictions, Performance Goals and/or conditions established by the Administrator are not attained, a Participant shall forfeit his or her Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, in accordance with the terms of the grant. The provisions of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units need not be the same with respect to each Participant.
(b)   Awards and Certificates.
(1)   Except as otherwise provided in Section 9(b)(3) hereof, (i) each Participant who is granted an Award of Restricted Stock may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be issued a stock certificate in respect of such Restricted Stock; and (ii) any such certificate so issued shall be registered in the name of the Participant, and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to any such Award. The Company may require that the stock certificates, if any, evidencing Restricted Stock granted hereunder be held in the custody of the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a stock transfer form, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such award. Certificates for shares of unrestricted Common Stock may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be delivered to the Participant only after the Restricted Period has expired without forfeiture in respect of such Restricted Stock.
(2)   With respect to an Award of Restricted Stock Units to be settled in Shares, at the expiration of the Restricted Period, stock certificates in respect of the shares of Common Stock underlying such Restricted Stock Units may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be delivered to the Participant, or his or her legal representative, in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Award of Restricted Stock Units.
(3)   Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to be settled in Shares (at the expiration of the Restricted Period) may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be issued in uncertificated form.
(4)   Further, notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, with respect to Restricted Stock Units, at the expiration of the Restricted Period, Shares (either in certificated or uncertificated form) or cash, as applicable, shall promptly be issued to the Participant, unless otherwise deferred in accordance with procedures established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and such issuance or payment shall in any event be made no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the year of vesting or within such other period as is required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code.
14

(c)       Restrictions and Conditions. The Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to this Section 9 shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions and any additional restrictions or conditions as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant or, subject to Section 409A of the Code where applicable, thereafter:
(1)          The Award Agreement may provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part based on such factors and such circumstances as set forth in the Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, the attainment of Performance Goals, the Participant’s termination of employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or the Participant’s death or Disability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control, the outstanding Awards shall be subject to Section 13 hereof.
(2)          Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant shall generally have the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares of Restricted Stock during the Restricted Period, including the right to vote such shares and to receive any dividends declared with respect to such shares; provided, however, that except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, any dividends declared during the Restricted Period with respect to such shares shall only become payable if (and to the extent) the underlying Restricted Shares vest. Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant shall generally not have the rights of a stockholder with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to Restricted Stock Units during the Restricted Period; provided, however, that, subject to Section 409A of the Code, an amount equal to any dividends declared during the Restricted Period with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock covered by Restricted Stock Units may, to the extent set forth in an Award Agreement, be provided to the Participant at the time (and to the extent) that shares of Common Stock in respect of the related Restricted Stock Units are delivered to the Participant.
(d)         Termination of Employment or Service. The rights of Participants granted Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units upon termination of employment or service with the Company and all Affiliates thereof for any reason during the Restricted Period shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.
(e)          Form of Settlement. The Administrator reserves the right in its sole discretion to provide (either at or after the grant thereof) that any Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive the amount of cash per unit that is determined by the Administrator in connection with the Award, to the extent set forth in the Award Agreement.
Section 10.
Other Stock-Based Awards.
Other forms of Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including but not limited to dividend equivalents, may be granted either alone or in addition to other Awards (other than in connection with Options or Stock Appreciation Rights) under the Plan. Any dividend or dividend equivalent awarded hereunder shall be subject to the same restrictions, conditions and risks of forfeiture as the underlying Awards and shall only become payable if (and to the extent) the underlying Awards vest. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Eligible Recipients to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock-Based Awards, or the manner in which such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be settled (e.g., in shares of Common Stock, cash or other property), or the conditions to the vesting and/or payment or settlement of such Other Stock-Based Awards (which may include, but not be limited to, achievement of Performance Goals) and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock-Based Awards.
15

Section 11.
Stock Bonuses.
In the event that the Administrator grants a Stock Bonus, the Shares constituting such Stock Bonus shall, as determined by the Administrator, be evidenced in uncertificated form or by a book entry record or a certificate issued in the name of the Participant to whom such grant was made and delivered to such Participant as soon as practicable after the date on which such Stock Bonus is payable.
Section 12.
Cash Awards.
The Administrator may grant Awards that are payable solely in cash, as deemed by the Administrator to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, and such Cash Awards shall be subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, from time to time. Cash Awards may be granted with value and payment contingent upon the achievement of Performance Goals.
Section 13.
Change in Control Provisions.
Except as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, in the event that (a) a Change in Control occurs and (b) either (x) an outstanding Award is not assumed or substituted in connection therewith or (y) an outstanding Award is assumed or substituted in connection therewith and the Participant’s employment or service is terminated by the Company, its successor or an Affiliate thereof without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason (if applicable) on or after the effective date of the Change in Control but prior to twenty-four (24) months following the Change in Control, then:
(a)   any unvested or unexercisable portion of each Award carrying a right to exercise shall become fully vested and exercisable; and
(b)   the restrictions, deferral limitations, payment conditions and forfeiture conditions applicable to each Award shall lapse and such Awards shall be deemed fully vested and any Performance Goals imposed with respect to such Awards shall be deemed to be achieved at target performance levels.
For purposes of this Section 13, an outstanding Award shall be considered to be assumed or substituted for if, following the Change in Control, the Award remains subject to terms and conditions that are no less favorable in any respect than those that were applicable to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control except that, if the Award related to Shares, the Award instead may instead confer the right to receive common stock of the acquiring entity (or such other security or entity as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, pursuant to Section 5 hereof) with an aggregate Fair Market Value that is at least equal to the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control.
16

Section 14.
Voting Proxy
The Company reserves the right to require the Participant, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to appoint such Person as shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion as the Participant’s proxy with respect to all applicable unvested Awards of which the Participant may be the record holder of from time to time to (a) attend all meetings of the holders of the shares of Common Stock, with full power to vote and act for the Participant with respect to such Awards in the same manner and extent that the Participant might were the Participant personally present at such meetings, and (b) execute and deliver, on behalf of the Participant, any written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of the shares of Common Stock in the same manner and extent that the Participant might but for the proxy granted pursuant to this sentence.
Section 15.
Amendment and Termination.
The Board may amend, alter or terminate the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or termination shall be made that would materially impair the rights of a Participant under any Award theretofore granted without such Participant’s consent. Unless the Board determines otherwise, the Board shall obtain approval of the Company’s stockholders for any amendment to the Plan that would require such approval in order to satisfy any rules of the stock exchange on which the Common Stock is traded or other applicable law. The Administrator may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Section 5 hereof and the immediately preceding sentence, no such amendment shall materially impair the rights of any Participant without his or her consent.
Section 16.
Unfunded Status of Plan.
The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.
Section 17.
Withholding Taxes.
Each Participant shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award first becomes includible in the gross income of such Participant for purposes of applicable taxes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding payment of, an amount in respect of such taxes up to the maximum statutory rates in the Participant’s applicable jurisdiction with respect to the Award, as determined by the Company. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on the making of such payments or arrangements, and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Participant. Whenever cash is to be paid pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to deduct therefrom an amount sufficient to satisfy any applicable withholding tax requirements related thereto as determined by the Company. Whenever Shares or property other than cash are to be delivered pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy any related taxes to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations as determined by the Company; provided, that, with the approval of the Administrator, a Participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by either (i) electing to have the Company withhold from such delivery Shares or other property, as applicable, or (ii) delivering already owned unrestricted shares of Common Stock, in each case, having a value not exceeding the applicable taxes to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations as determined by the Company. Such already owned and unrestricted shares of Common Stock shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined and any fractional share amounts resulting therefrom shall be settled in cash. Such an election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the Shares to be delivered pursuant to an award. The Company may also use any other method of obtaining the necessary payment or proceeds, as permitted by law, to satisfy its withholding obligation with respect to any Award as determined by the Company.
17

Section 18.
Transfer of Awards.
Until such time as the Awards are fully vested and/or exercisable in accordance with the Plan or an Award Agreement, no purported sale, assignment, mortgage, hypothecation, transfer, charge, pledge, encumbrance, gift, transfer in trust (voting or other) or other disposition of, or creation of a security interest in or lien on, any Award or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing (each, a “Transfer”) by any holder thereof in violation of the provisions of the Plan or an Award Agreement will be valid, except with the prior written consent of the Administrator, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the Administrator. Any purported Transfer of an Award or any economic benefit or interest therein in violation of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall be null and void ab initio, and shall not create any obligation or liability of the Company, and any Person purportedly acquiring any Award or any economic benefit or interest therein transferred in violation of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall not be entitled to be recognized as a holder of any shares of Common Stock or other property underlying such Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant or, during any period during which the Participant is under a legal disability, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.
Section 19.
Continued Employment or Service.
Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the grant of an Award hereunder shall confer upon any Eligible Recipient any right to continued employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate thereof, as the case may be, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate thereof to terminate the employment or service of any of its Eligible Recipients at any time.
Section 20.
Effective Date.
The Plan was adopted by the Board on __________, 2020 and became effective on __________, 2020 (the “Effective Date”).
Section 21.
Term of Plan.
No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.
18

Section 22.
Securities Matters and Regulations.
(a)          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Common Stock with respect to any Award shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator may require, as a condition of the issuance and delivery of certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms hereof, that the recipient of such shares make such agreements and representations, and that such certificates bear such legends, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable.
(b)          Each Award is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Administrator determines that the listing, registration or qualification of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Common Stock, no such Award shall be granted or payment made or Common Stock issued, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Administrator.
(c)          In the event that the disposition of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Common Stock shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act or regulations thereunder, and the Administrator may require a Participant receiving Common Stock pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Common Stock, to represent to the Company in writing that the Common Stock acquired by such Participant is acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution.
Section 23.
Notification of Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code.
If any Participant shall, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan, make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code, such Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten (10) days after filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service.
Section 24.
No Fractional Shares.
No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Administrator shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.
Section 25.
Beneficiary.
A Participant may file with the Administrator a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Administrator and may, from time to time, amend or revoke such designation. If no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate shall be deemed to be the Participant’s beneficiary.
19

Section 26.
Paperless Administration.
In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.
Section 27.
Severability.
If any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.
Section 28.
Clawback.
(a)          Each Award shall be subject to any applicable recoupment policy maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates as in effect from time to time.
(b)         Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).
Section 29.
Section 409A of the Code.
The Plan as well as payments and benefits under the Plan are intended to be exempt from, or to the extent subject thereto, to comply with Section 409A of the Code, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, the Participant shall not be considered to have terminated employment or service with the Company for purposes of the Plan and no payment shall be due to the Participant under the Plan or any Award until the Participant would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company and its Affiliates within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent that any Awards (or any other amounts payable under any plan, program or arrangement of the Company or any of its Affiliates) are payable upon a separation from service and such payment would result in the imposition of any individual tax and penalty interest charges imposed under Section 409A of the Code, the settlement and payment of such awards (or other amounts) shall instead be made on the first business day after the date that is six (6) months following such separation from service (or upon the Participant’s death, if earlier). Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this Plan shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments or benefits described in this Plan will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to any such payment. The Participant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under Section 409A of the Code.
20

Section 30.
Governing Law.
The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law of such state.
Section 31.
Titles and Headings.
The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.
Section 32.
Successors.
The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.
Section 33.
Relationship to other Benefits.
No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare, or other benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

21

Exhibit 10.8

TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
2020 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

This Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “RSU Award Agreement”), dated as of __________, ____ (the “Date of Grant”), is made by and between Trean Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ________ (the “Participant”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Trean Insurance Group, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “Plan”).

1.          Grant of Restricted Stock Units.  The Company hereby grants to the Participant ________ restricted stock units (the “RSUs”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this RSU Award Agreement and the Plan.

2.          Vesting.

(a)         The RSUs shall become vested as follows: (i) 33.3% of the RSUs shall vest on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant; (ii) 33.3% of the RSUs shall vest on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant; and (iii) 33.4% of the RSUs shall vest on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (each a “Vesting Date”); provided that the Participant remains in continuous employment with the Company or its Affiliates through, and has not given or received a notice of termination of such employment as of, the applicable Vesting Date.

(b)         Except as set forth in Section 2(c) below, if the Participant’s employment is terminated for any reason, (i) this RSU Award Agreement shall terminate and all rights of the Participant with respect to RSUs that have not vested as of the date of termination shall immediately terminate, (ii) any such unvested RSUs shall be forfeited without payment of any consideration, and (iii) neither the Participant nor any of the Participant’s successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives shall thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested RSUs.

(c)         If the Participant’s employment is terminated either (x) by the Company without Cause or (y) due to the Participant’s death or Disability, and provided in each case that the Participant (or the Participant’s estate, if applicable) executes and delivers to the Company (and does not revoke) a general release of claims in a form satisfactory to the Company within sixty (60) days following such termination (or such shorter period as may be specified by the Company in accordance with applicable law): (i) the portion of the RSUs that are scheduled to vest on the next applicable Vesting Date shall immediately vest and shall be settled as soon as practicable after the date of such termination of employment in accordance with Section 3 below, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such date of termination occurs, (ii) this RSU Award Agreement shall terminate and all rights of the Participant with respect to the portion of the RSUs, if any, that have not vested as of the date of termination in accordance with this Section 2(c) shall immediately terminate, (iii) any such unvested RSUs shall be forfeited without payment of any consideration, and (iv) neither the Participant nor any of the Participant’s successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives shall thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested RSUs.


3.          Settlement.  Each RSU granted hereunder shall represent the right to receive, in the sole discretion of the Company, either (i) one (1) Share or (ii) an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) Share (as applicable, the “Settlement”).  The Settlement shall occur as soon as practicable after the applicable Vesting Date, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such Vesting Date occurs.

4.          Voting and Other Rights.  The Participant shall have no rights of a stockholder with respect to the RSUs (including the right to vote and the right to receive distributions or dividends) unless and until Shares are issued in respect thereof following the applicable Vesting Date.

5.          RSU Award Agreement Subject to Plan.  This RSU Award Agreement is made pursuant to all of the provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and is intended, and shall be interpreted in a manner, to comply therewith.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this RSU Award Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.  The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.  The Participant hereby acknowledges that all decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator in respect of the Plan, this RSU Award Agreement and the RSUs shall be final and conclusive.

6.          Restrictive Covenants.

(a)         Acknowledgement. The Participant hereby acknowledges that (i) he or she is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6 (the “Restrictive Covenants”), (ii) the Restrictive Covenants survive the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates and the termination of the RSU in accordance with the terms thereof and (iii) the Company would not have made the grant of RSUs to the Participant in the absence of his or her agreement to be subject to the Restrictive Covenants.

(b)         Nondisclosure of Confidential Information. During the course of the Participant’s employment with the Company, the Participant will have access to certain Confidential Information. During his or her employment by the Company and thereafter, the Participant agrees to hold in confidence and not access, disclose or use for his or her own benefit, other than such benefit as the Participant may derive as a member of the Company, the Company’s Confidential Information. For purposes of this RSU Award Agreement, “Confidential Information” means data and information (i) relating to the business of the Company, regardless of whether the data or information constitutes a trade secret under applicable law, (ii) disclosed to the Participant or of which the Participant became aware as a consequence of the Participant’s employment with the Company, (iii) having value to the Company, (iv) not generally known to competitors of the Company, and (v) which includes trade secrets, methods of operation, names of customers, price lists, financial information and projections, route books, personnel data, and similar information; provided, however, that such term shall not mean data or information (1) which has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Company, except where such public disclosure has been made by the Participant without authorization from the Company, (2) which has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or (3) which has otherwise entered the public domain through lawful means. In the event that the Participant becomes legally compelled to disclose any Confidential Information, the Participant shall provide the Company with written notice of such requirement within twenty-four (24) hours of learning of such obligation (and in any event, prior to any disclosure) to allow the Company to seek a protective order or other remedy. The Participant agrees to cooperate with the Company (at the Company’s expense) in seeking such protection for Confidential Information. The Participant further agrees that any disclosure of Confidential Information pursuant to legal compulsion shall be only to the minimum extent necessary to comply with the Participant’s legal obligation.
2


(c)        Non-Solicitation of Clients, Customers or Suppliers. The Participant agrees that while the Participant is employed with the Company or its Affiliates and for a period equal to one (1) year following the date of a Participant’s termination of employment for any reason, the Participant will not solicit or assist in soliciting for the benefit of a Competing Business, or divert, entice or otherwise take away any Person who is, at the time of such solicitation, a customer, vendor or manufacturer of the Company or its Affiliates or who otherwise provides business, patronage or orders to the Company or its Affiliates. The “Company’s Business” shall mean any enterprise, business or venture which is engaged in by the Company or its Affiliates from time to time during the Participant’s employment with the Company. A “Competing Business” means a person, concern or entity other than the Company which is engaged in or proposes to be engaged in the Company’s Business. 

(d)         Non-Solicitation of Employees. The Participant agrees that while the Participant is employed with the Company or its Affiliates and for a period equal to one (1) year following the date of a Participant’s termination of employment for any reason, the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, whether on behalf of the Participant or of a Competing Business, (i) solicit, recruit, induce, lure or attempt to hire away any individual who is an employee of the Company or its Affiliates, (ii) solicit or encourage any employee of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate such individual’s employment or breach any restrictive covenant between such employee and the Company or such Affiliate or (iii) hire or employ any individual who is an employee of the Company or its Affiliates.
3


(e)         Proprietary Rights. The Participant assigns to the Company or its designee all of the Participant’s interest in any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements and patentable or copyrightable works initiated, conceived or made by the Participant, either alone or in conjunction with others, during the Participant’s employment with the Company and related to the Company’s Business. Whenever requested to do so by the Company and at the Company’s expense, the Participant shall execute any and all applications, assignments or other instruments that the Company, in good faith, shall deem necessary to apply for and obtain trademarks, patents or copyrights of the United States of America or any foreign country or otherwise protect the interests of the Company and its Affiliates therein. These obligations shall continue beyond the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company with respect to inventions, discoveries, improvements or copyrightable works initiated, conceived or made by the Participant during the Participant’s employment with the Company.

(f)         Return of Company Property. Upon termination of the Participant’s employment for any reason or earlier, upon the Company’s request, the Participant shall promptly return to the Company all Property (as defined herein) that has been entrusted or made available to the Participant by the Company. For purposes of this RSU Award Agreement, “Property” means all Confidential Information, records, files, electronic storage media, memoranda, reports, price lists, customer lists, drawings, plans, sketches, keys, codes, computer hardware and software, equipment and other property of any kind or description prepared, used or possessed by the Participant during the Participant’s employment with the Company (and any duplicates of any such property), which relate to the Company or its Affiliates, or the Company’s Business.

(g)          Remedies. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions contained in this Section 6 are reasonable, necessary, and impose no greater restraint on the Participant than is necessary to protect what the Participant acknowledges to be the Company’s legitimate business interests. The Participant agrees that, in the event of a breach of Section 6 of this RSU Award Agreement, damages will not be an adequate remedy and the Company will be entitled, inter alia, to injunctive relief to restrain any such breach, threatened or actual. The Participant expressly waives any obligation by the Company to post a bond or other security as a condition to obtaining such injunctive relief. Notwithstanding anything in this RSU Award Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, and subject to the Company’s ability to obtain remedies in equity, including, without limitation, specific performance, injunctive relief, a temporary restraining order, and/or a permanent injunction in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the Board determines in good faith that the Participant has committed a breach of the Restrictive Covenants, then the Board may immediately cause the RSUs to cease to vest.

(h)         Permitted Disclosures.  Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec.1833(b), the Participant will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret of the Company that (i) is made (A) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to the Participant’s attorney, and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding.  If the Participant files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, the Participant may disclose the trade secret to his or her attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the Participant (1) files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and (2) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.  Nothing in this RSU Award Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. Sec.1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by such section.  Further, nothing in any agreement the Participant has with the Company will prohibit or restrict the Participant from making any voluntary disclosure of information or documents related to any violation of law to any governmental agency or legislative body, or any self-regulatory organization, in each case, without advance notice to the Company.
4


7.          No Rights to Continuation of Employment.  Nothing in the Plan or this RSU Award Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.

8.          Tax Withholding.  The Company shall be entitled to require a cash payment by or on behalf of the Participant in respect of any sums required or permitted by federal, state or local tax law to be withheld with respect to the Settlement of any RSUs; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Participant shall be permitted, at his or her election, to satisfy the applicable tax obligations with respect to any RSUs by cashless exercise or net share settlement, pursuant to which the Company shall withhold from the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued upon settlement of the RSUs the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the applicable tax obligations.

9.          Section 409A Compliance.  The intent of the parties is that the payments and benefits under this RSU Award Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent subject thereto, and accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this RSU Award Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Participant shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of any payments under this RSU Award Agreement which are subject to Section 409A of the Code until the Participant would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.  Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this RSU Award Agreement shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to this RSU Award Agreement or any other arrangement between the Participant and the Company during the six-month period immediately following the Participant’s separation from service shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Participant’s separation from service (or, if earlier, the Participant’s date of death).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, if the sixty (60) day period (or such shorter period as may be specified by the Company in accordance with applicable law) referenced in Section 2(c) hereof begins in one taxable year and ends in a second taxable year, the Settlement shall occur in the second taxable year.  The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments described in this RSU Award Agreement will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to any such payment.  The Participant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under Section 409A of the Code.
5


10.        Governing Law.  This RSU Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law of such state.

11.        RSU Award Agreement Binding on Successors.  The terms of this RSU Award Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and upon the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, transferees, assignees and successors in interest, and upon the Company and its successors and assignees, subject to the terms of the Plan.

12.        No Assignment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this RSU Award Agreement, neither this RSU Award Agreement nor any rights granted herein shall be assignable by the Participant.

13.        Necessary Acts.  The Participant hereby agrees to perform all acts, and to execute and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this RSU Award Agreement, including but not limited to all acts and documents related to compliance with federal and/or state securities and/or tax laws.

14.        Severability.  Should any provision of this RSU Award Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, or enforceable only if modified, such holding shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this RSU Award Agreement, the balance of which shall continue to be binding upon the parties hereto with any such modification (if any) to become a part hereof and treated as though contained in this original RSU Award Agreement.  Moreover, if one or more of the provisions contained in this RSU Award Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to scope, activity, subject or otherwise so as to be unenforceable, in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision, such provision or provisions shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it or them, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear, and such determination by such judicial body shall not affect the enforceability of such provisions or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

15.        Entire Agreement.  This RSU Award Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding among the parties as to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any other agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

16.        Headings.  Headings are used solely for the convenience of the parties and shall not be deemed to be a limitation upon or descriptive of the contents of any such Section.

17.        Counterparts; Electronic Signature.  This RSU Award Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.  The Participant’s electronic signature of this RSU Award Agreement shall have the same validity and effect as a signature affixed by the Participant’s hand.
6


18.        Amendment.  No amendment or modification hereof shall be valid unless it shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

19.        Set-Off.  The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees, without limiting the rights of the Company or its Affiliates otherwise available at law or in equity, that, to the extent permitted by law, the number of Shares or the amount of cash due to the Participant under this RSU Award Agreement may be reduced by, and set-off against, any or all amounts or other consideration payable by the Participant to the Company or its Affiliates under any other agreement or arrangement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliates; provided that any such set-off does not result in a penalty under Section 409A of the Code.

[Signature Pages Follow]
7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this RSU Award Agreement as of the date set forth above.

TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

By:
   
     
Print Name:
   
     
Title:
   

[Signature Page to RSU Award Agreement]


The undersigned hereby accepts and agrees to all the terms and provisions of the foregoing RSU Award Agreement.

PARTICIPANT

Signature:
   
     
Print Name:
   
     
Address:
   
     
     

[Signature Page to RSU Award Agreement]


Exhibit 10.9

TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
2020 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

This Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (this “Option Award Agreement”), dated as of __________, ____ (the “Date of Grant”), is made by and between Trean Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ________ (the “Participant”).  Any capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Trean Insurance Group, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “Plan”).

1.          Grant of Non-Qualified Stock Option.  The Company hereby grants to the Participant an option to purchase ________ Shares at an Exercise Price of $_____ per share (the “Option”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Award Agreement and the Plan.

2.          Vesting.

(a)          The Shares subject to the Option shall become vested as follows: (i) 33.3% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant; (ii) 33.3% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant; and (iii) 33.4% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (each a “Vesting Date”); provided that the Participant remains in continuous employment with the Company or its Affiliates through, and has not given or received a notice of termination of such employment as of, the applicable Vesting Date.

(b)          Except as set forth in Section 2(c) below, if the Participant’s employment is terminated for any reason prior to the Vesting Date, (i) this Option Award Agreement shall terminate and all rights of the Participant with respect to the Shares subject to the Option that have not vested shall immediately terminate, (ii) any such unvested Shares subject to the Option shall be forfeited without payment of any consideration, and (iii) neither the Participant nor any of the Participant’s successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives shall thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Shares subject to the Option.

(c)          If the Participant’s employment is terminated either (x) by the Company without Cause or (y) due to the Participant’s death or Disability, and provided in each case that the Participant (or the Participant’s estate, if applicable) executes and delivers to the Company (and does not revoke) a general release of claims in a form satisfactory to the Company within sixty (60) days following such termination (or such shorter period as may be specified by the Company in accordance with applicable law): (i) the portion of the Shares subject to the Option that are scheduled to vest on the next applicable Vesting Date shall immediately vest on the date of such termination of employment, (ii) this Option Award Agreement shall terminate and all rights of the Participant with respect to the portion of the Shares subject to the Option, if any, that have not vested as of the date of termination in accordance with this Section 2(c) shall immediately terminate, (iii) any such unvested Shares subject to the Option shall be forfeited without payment of any consideration, and (iv) neither the Participant nor any of the Participant’s successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives shall thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Shares subject to the Option.

1


3.          Timing of Exercise.  Following the vesting of the Option as set forth in Section 2 hereof, the Participant may exercise all or any portion of such Option at any time prior to the earliest to occur of:

(a)          The 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant;

(b)          The 1st anniversary of the date of the Participant’s termination of employment (x) by the Company without Cause or (y) due to the Participant’s death or Disability;

(c)          Ninety (90) days following the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or its Affiliates as a result of a voluntary termination by the Participant; and

(d)          The close of business on the last business day immediately prior to the date of the Participant’s (A) termination of employment by the Company for Cause or (B) breach of any restrictive covenants set forth in any agreement or other arrangement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliates.

4.          Method of Exercise.  The Participant may exercise the Option by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased, accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate exercise price of the Shares so purchased in cash or its equivalent; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Participant shall be permitted, at his or her election, to satisfy payment of the aggregate exercise price of such Shares by cashless exercise or net share settlement, pursuant to which the Company shall withhold from the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise of the Option the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised.

5.          Voting and Other Rights.  The Participant shall have no rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to the Option (including the right to vote and the right to receive distributions or dividends) unless and until Shares are issued in respect of the exercise of the Option in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

6.          Option Award Agreement Subject to Plan.  This Option Award Agreement is made pursuant to all of the provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and is intended, and shall be interpreted in a manner, to comply therewith.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Option Award Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.  The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.  The Participant hereby acknowledges that all decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator in respect of the Plan, this Option Award Agreement and the Option shall be final and conclusive.

2


7.          Restrictive Covenants.

(a)          Acknowledgement. The Participant hereby acknowledges that (i) he or she is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 7 (the “Restrictive Covenants”), (ii) the Restrictive Covenants survive the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates and the exercise or termination of the Option in accordance with the terms thereof and (iii) the Company would not have made the grant of Options to the Participant in the absence of his or her agreement to be subject to the Restrictive Covenants.

(b)          Nondisclosure of Confidential Information. During the course of the Participant’s employment with the Company, the Participant will have access to certain Confidential Information. During his or her employment by the Company and thereafter, the Participant agrees to hold in confidence and not access, disclose or use for his or her own benefit, other than such benefit as the Participant may derive as a member of the Company, the Company’s Confidential Information. For purposes of this Option Award Agreement, “Confidential Information” means data and information (i) relating to the business of the Company, regardless of whether the data or information constitutes a trade secret under applicable law, (ii) disclosed to the Participant or of which the Participant became aware as a consequence of the Participant’s employment with the Company, (iii) having value to the Company, (iv) not generally known to competitors of the Company, and (v) which includes trade secrets, methods of operation, names of customers, price lists, financial information and projections, route books, personnel data, and similar information; provided, however, that such term shall not mean data or information (1) which has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Company, except where such public disclosure has been made by the Participant without authorization from the Company, (2) which has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or (3) which has otherwise entered the public domain through lawful means. In the event that the Participant becomes legally compelled to disclose any Confidential Information, the Participant shall provide the Company with written notice of such requirement within twenty-four (24) hours of learning of such obligation (and in any event, prior to any disclosure) to allow the Company to seek a protective order or other remedy. The Participant agrees to cooperate with the Company (at the Company’s expense) in seeking such protection for Confidential Information. The Participant further agrees that any disclosure of Confidential Information pursuant to legal compulsion shall be only to the minimum extent necessary to comply with the Participant’s legal obligation.
3


(c)          Non-Solicitation of Clients, Customers or Suppliers. The Participant agrees that while the Participant is employed with the Company or its Affiliates and for a period equal to one (1) year following the date of a Participant’s termination of employment for any reason, the Participant will not solicit or assist in soliciting for the benefit of a Competing Business, or divert, entice or otherwise take away any Person who is, at the time of such solicitation, a customer, vendor or manufacturer of the Company or its Affiliates or who otherwise provides business, patronage or orders to the Company or its Affiliates. A “Competing Business” means a person, concern or entity other than the Company which is engaged in or proposes to be engaged in the Company’s Business.

(d)          Non-Solicitation of Employees. The Participant agrees that while the Participant is employed with the Company or its Affiliates and for a period equal to one (1) year following the date of a Participant’s termination of employment for any reason, the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, whether on behalf of the Participant or of a Competing Business, (i) solicit, recruit, induce, lure or attempt to hire away any individual who is an employee of the Company or its Affiliates, (ii) solicit or encourage any employee of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate such individual’s employment or breach any restrictive covenant between such employee and the Company or such Affiliate or (iii) hire or employ any individual who is an employee of the Company or its Affiliates.

(e)          Proprietary Rights. The Participant assigns to the Company or its designee all of the Participant’s interest in any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements and patentable or copyrightable works initiated, conceived or made by the Participant, either alone or in conjunction with others, during the Participant’s employment with the Company and related to the Company’s Business. Whenever requested to do so by the Company and at the Company’s expense, the Participant shall execute any and all applications, assignments or other instruments that the Company, in good faith, shall deem necessary to apply for and obtain trademarks, patents or copyrights of the United States of America or any foreign country or otherwise protect the interests of the Company and its Affiliates therein. These obligations shall continue beyond the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company with respect to inventions, discoveries, improvements or copyrightable works initiated, conceived or made by the Participant during the Participant’s employment with the Company.

(f)          Return of Company Property. Upon termination of the Participant’s employment for any reason or earlier, upon the Company’s request, the Participant shall promptly return to the Company all Property (as defined herein) that has been entrusted or made available to the Participant by the Company. For purposes of this Option Award Agreement, “Property” means all Confidential Information, records, files, electronic storage media, memoranda, reports, price lists, customer lists, drawings, plans, sketches, keys, codes, computer hardware and software, equipment and other property of any kind or description prepared, used or possessed by the Participant during the Participant’s employment with the Company (and any duplicates of any such property), which relate to the Company or its Affiliates, or the Company’s Business.

4


(g)          Remedies. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions contained in this Section 7 are reasonable, necessary, and impose no greater restraint on the Participant than is necessary to protect what the Participant acknowledges to be the Company’s legitimate business interests. The Participant agrees that, in the event of a breach of Section 7 of this Option Award Agreement, damages will not be an adequate remedy and the Company will be entitled, inter alia, to injunctive relief to restrain any such breach, threatened or actual. The Participant expressly waives any obligation by the Company to post a bond or other security as a condition to obtaining such injunctive relief. Notwithstanding anything in this Option Award Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, and subject to the Company’s ability to obtain remedies in equity, including, without limitation, specific performance, injunctive relief, a temporary restraining order, and/or a permanent injunction in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the Board determines in good faith that the Participant has committed a breach of the Restrictive Covenants, then the Board may immediately cause the Options to cease to vest or be exercisable.

(h)          Permitted Disclosures.  Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Sec.1833(b), the Participant will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret of the Company that (i) is made (A) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to the Participant’s attorney, and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding.  If the Participant files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, the Participant may disclose the trade secret to his or her attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the Participant (1) files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and (2) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.  Nothing in this Option Award Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. Sec.1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by such section.  Further, nothing in any agreement the Participant has with the Company will prohibit or restrict the Participant from making any voluntary disclosure of information or documents related to any violation of law to any governmental agency or legislative body, or any self-regulatory organization, in each case, without advance notice to the Company.

8.          No Rights to Continuation of Employment.  Nothing in the Plan or this Option Award Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

5


9.          Tax Withholding.  The Company shall be entitled to require a cash payment by or on behalf of the Participant in respect of any sums required or permitted by federal, state or local tax law to be withheld with respect in respect of the Option; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Participant shall be permitted, at his or her election, to satisfy the applicable tax obligations with respect to the Option by cashless exercise or net share settlement, pursuant to which the Company shall withhold from the number of Shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise of the Option the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the applicable tax obligations.

10.          Governing Law.  This Option Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law of such state.

11.          Option Award Agreement Binding on Successors.  The terms of this Option Award Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and upon the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, transferees, assignees and successors in interest, and upon the Company and its successors and assignees, subject to the terms of the Plan.

12.          No Assignment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Option Award Agreement, neither this Option Award Agreement nor any rights granted herein shall be assignable by the Participant.

13.          Necessary Acts.  The Participant hereby agrees to perform all acts, and to execute and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Option Award Agreement, including but not limited to all acts and documents related to compliance with federal and/or state securities and/or tax laws.

14.          Severability.  Should any provision of this Option Award Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, or enforceable only if modified, such holding shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Option Award Agreement, the balance of which shall continue to be binding upon the parties hereto with any such modification (if any) to become a part hereof and treated as though contained in this original Option Award Agreement.  Moreover, if one or more of the provisions contained in this Option Award Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to scope, activity, subject or otherwise so as to be unenforceable, in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision, such provision or provisions shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it or them, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear, and such determination by such judicial body shall not affect the enforceability of such provisions or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

15.          Entire Agreement.  This Option Award Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding among the parties as to the subject matter hereof, and supersede any other agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

6


16.          Headings.  Headings are used solely for the convenience of the parties and shall not be deemed to be a limitation upon or descriptive of the contents of any such Section.

17.          Counterparts; Electronic Signature.  This Option Award Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.  The Participant’s electronic signature of this Option Award Agreement shall have the same validity and effect as a signature affixed by the Participant’s hand.

18.          Amendment.  No amendment or modification hereof shall be valid unless it shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

19.          Set-Off.  The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees, without limiting the rights of the Company or its Affiliates otherwise available at law or in equity, that, to the extent permitted by law, any amount due to the Participant under this Option Award Agreement may be reduced by, and set-off against, any or all amounts or other consideration payable by the Participant to the Company or its Affiliates under any other agreement or arrangement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliates; provided that any such set-off does not result in a penalty under Section 409A of the Code.

[Signature Pages Follow]
7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Option Award Agreement as of the date set forth above.

TREAN INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

By:
   
     
Print Name:
   
     
Title:
   

[Signature Page to Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement]


The undersigned hereby accepts and agrees to all the terms and provisions of the foregoing Option Award Agreement.

PARTICIPANT

Signature:
   
     
Print Name:
   
     
Address:
   
     
     

[Signature Page to Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement]

Exhibit 23.1

 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
50 South 6th Street
Suite 2800
Minneapolis, MN 55402-1538
USA
 
Tel: +1 612 397 4000
Fax: +1 612 397 4450
www.deloitte.com

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 9, 2020 relating to the financial statements of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
July 8, 2020



Exhibit 23.2

 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
50 South 6th Street
Suite 2800
Minneapolis, MN 55402-1538
USA
 
Tel: +1 612 397 4000
Fax: +1 612 397 4450
www.deloitte.com
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 9, 2020 relating to the combined financial statements of BIC Holdings LLC and Trean Holdings LLC. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
July 8, 2020



Exhibit 99.1
 
CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE
 
Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Trean Insurance Group, Inc., and any amendments or supplements thereto, including the prospectus contained therein, as an individual to become a director of Trean Insurance Group, Inc. upon consummation of the initial public offering of Trean Insurance Group, Inc.’s common stock, to all references to me in connection therewith, and to the filing or attachment of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.
 
   
   
 
/s/ Terry P. Mayotte       
 
Name: Terry P. Mayotte
 
Date:   July 9, 2020